Tag Archives: Non-Lethal Weapons

Failure-To-Report-Crime & False-Reality-Construct | #Media POPPCon | 60 Minutes/CBS/Sep 1, 2019: “Targeted Americans: Brain trauma suffered by U.S. diplomats abroad could be work of hostile foreign government”

OP-ED | Ramola D | Posted September 4, 2019

And this–a reprise of CBS 60 Minutes’ March 17 video airing of this story–is precisely why the large-scale domestic US government agency crimes of wrongful targeting, FISA abuse, and human trafficking of Americans inside the US into non-consensual military and Intelligence testing, experiments, and operation of non-lethal microwave and other energy weapons via tiny little point-and-shoot devices and high celltowers, drones, planes, and satellites both remain hidden from larger public view.

Because journalists like Scott Pelley and the CBS Overtime interviewer Ann Silvio willingly run the Cover-Op where microwave weapons are “mysterious” and terms like “tinfoil-hats” are supposedly unknown to the interviewer, one that she has to ask her interviewees, also CBS producers (interminably circular internal-review here), Michael Rey and Oriana Zill de Granados, about.

CBS Overtime Ann Silvio:
“The Tinfoil Hat Club? What’s the meaning of that? What’s the joke?”

“Mysterious” Weapons that First Hit Diplomats in Cuba and China? Hardly!

The notion that such assaults with microwave weapons effecting neurological damage are only known to have been directed at diplomats—mysteriously similarly—in Cuba and China, and “have never been reported by anyone else to date” dismisses and disappears the years and decades of report of such weapon assaults by whistleblowers, activists, journalists, and ordinary Americans as well as citizens in Europe, Australia, and elsewhere.

To examine this reportage, see especially the stories covered here at this site & at my video channel Ramola D Reports, at Cheryl Welsh’s MindJustice.org, at Australian human rights advocate Paul Baird’s SurveillanceIssues.com, at Dr. Eric Karlstrom’s GangstalkingMindControlCults.com and 911nwo.com, at the European websites ICAACT.org and ICATOR.be, and reference books by many whistleblowers including Mark Rich’s New World War, Gloria Naylor’s 1996, Dr. Rauni Kilde’s Bright Light on Black Shadows, Dr. John Hall’s Guinea Pigs: Technologies of Control, Dr. Robert Duncan’s The Matrix Deciphered and Project Soulcatcher, and Mary Gregory’s Microwave Experiment: A Story of Government Testing On a US Customs Officer. See the whistleblowing reportage from FBI, CIA, and NSA whistleblowers Geral Sosbee, Bob Levin, Barbara Hartwell, and Karen Melton-Stewart; others, like Mark Novitsky and Kevin Shipp have also acknowledged the retaliative government usage of energy weapons inside the US on whistleblowers.

Also see the recent Memorandum on mass surveillance abuse and treasonous Fusion Center activities I sent in this summer, as an investigative science and technology journalist reporting these crimes for five years now, to President Trump here:

Once Again, A Memo to President Trump: Massive Surveillance State Abuses | Treason on the Ground, in the USA: Public-Private Partners in Targeted Killing of Americans | 26 June 2019

CBS, like the New York Times, is Building & Hyping a False-Reality-Construct

Indeed, the fact that these record numbers of historically reporting American victims inside America were never mentioned and all discussion of weapon effects on this show proceeds in their complete absence points to the deliberate construction of a False-Reality to deceive Americans with.

The greatest danger of course, and therefore the greatest crime, is the misleading of the common viewer’s mind: This includes, unexpectedly and unpardonably, the educated viewer’s mind. Primed to believe the prettified vistas on television, with smooth-shaven male anchors and fluffed-up female anchors earnestly reading lines off a tele-prompter (or directly lying into the camera), we still have doctors, lawyers, engineers, professors and the like simply taking in the sludge-dipped narrative dripping from mainstream news outlets, permitting themselves to be misled and deceived by such avid POPPCon—Psy Op Propaganda Pieces Conning the public.

Meanwhile, Neuroweapons and Microwave and Sonic and Scalar Weapons Are Freely Being Used on the American Public; Targeted Americans Abound

What amazes me is the clear acting prowess of such figureheads as Scott Pelley, whose furrowed brow and astonished questioning suggest full involvement in this narrative, a deep concern about these oh-so-mysterious weapons assaulting the hapless diplomats in China and Cuba—which his entire demeanor, slant, and script suggest have never been heard of before in human history.

CBS 60 Minutes Anchor Scott Pelley

This attitude is echoed in all others posing as journalists in this story, including the two producers Michael Rey and Oriana Zill de Granados interviewed by the CBS Overtime interviewer,

CBS Producers Michael Rey and Oriana Zill de Granados: “So there was some reporting done, that this was Mass Hysteria”

and that interviewer, Ann Silvio, herself, who famously queries “And what does that, tinfoil-hat club mean, what’s the joke there?” Projecting absolute ignorance of this rather settled trope now, a deliberate mainstream image—no doubt spread abroad by the MockOppers at the CIA “Conspiracy-Theory”-Label-Creation lounge–used to decry any report of “mysterious” happenings such as observed UFOs or, increasingly in recent times, energy-weapon-hits, a common enough occurrence among activists, whistleblowers, and all good people of integrity who have crossed paths with common criminals manipulating the powers of Fusion Centers for trafficking into Mil/Intel weapons-testing-and-use projects, and who are reporting this neuro/microwave weapon use inside America.

CBS 60 Minutes/NSA acknowledgment of HPM weapons
CBS 60 Minutes/NSA knows exactly what these microwave weapons do, something thousands of Americans have been reporting for years

Perhaps the real answer lies online in the CBS’ “Cast and Crew” page at IMDB, featuring the “stars” of CBS: they Are running a fictional movie program here, and we just think it’s News because it’s couched in the language of News, it wears the guise of News, it projects the stripes of News.

But it’s not publishing News.

The writers named above instead have been publishing—over at least 3 decades–the true news of neuroweapon/microwave weapon/sonic weapon/scalar weapon and other “mysterious” classified weapons being used on Americans and people worldwide, some as expressed in a slew of published patents, some only as reported by victims, and some revealed by military and Intelligence whistleblowers. Some in fact disguised now as public-domain neuroscience or neuropsychiatry and in use currently in hospitals and clinics, as this recent interview highlighting the fact that Weaponized Neuroscience Has Entered the Public Domain details:

Articles at this site have steadily been investigating and revealing the underlying mechanism of FISA fraud and FBI abuse-of-powers, in tandem now with a variety of other legal-trickery means, which have permitted agencies like the CIA, FBI, DHS, DHHS in addition to the DOJ and DOD to get away with deploying such weapons on vast numbers of ordinary citizens as well as whistleblowers, activists, protesters of tyranny—which include neuroweapons inflicting very similar damage to that reported by US diplomats Catherine Werner and Mark Lenzi, Robyn and Britta Garfield, and ex-NSA Mike Beck—but CBS makes no mention of them, in the kind of clear ignoring of historic journalistic reportage that the New York Times has also exhibited in its coverage of these weapons first reported as sonic, then microwave, then neuroweapons attacking embassy personnel in Havana and Ghuangzou and Shanghai.

Bubble of Deceit That Seeks to Cover the Planet While Positing True-Media Coverage as Deceptive “Fringe”

As many true-media journalists know, “Fringe” like “Conspiracy Theory” and “Tinfoil” has come to rest as a dismissive term used by corporate-media hounds to discredit, devalue, denigrate the reportage of truth-seeking writers and journalists reporting the reality on the ground of what is transpiring in America and worldwide.

As a consequence, outfits like CBS 60 Minutes (a “classic” program, in existence since 1968, and recipient of numerous Emmy awards, their website reminds us—for good acting?) in conjunction with other outlets such as The New York Times, The Daily Beast, Wired, the Chicago Sun-Times and others, it appears are seeking to create a profoundly injurious bubble of deceit that falsely informs human consciousness in a colonizing coup-d’etat by relegating swiftly to the margin all extant coverage revealing the truth.

This explains why pathetic article after article (citing questionable psychologists and sociologists) is pumped out by the corporate-media conglomerate, positing “Targeted Individuals” the so-labeled reporting victims of non-consensual neuro/bio/energy weapons-testing-and-use, as mentally ill, paranoid, delusional, schizophrenic: inviting readers and viewers to swallow their false-narratives instead, of a world untouched by Surveillance Abuses, Governmental Power Abuses, and unacceptable Government Brain Experimentation Projects on the citizenry—but also a world recording the inexplicable rise of Mental Illness, Internet-Influenced, creating the unique phenomenon of “people finding each other on the Internet” to then wallow in a mass delusion of government-weapons-use on their bodies.

We must recall the astonishing fact that the government’s use of propaganda on the citizenry was approved in recent times, and remark the even-more-recent as-astonishing confession from The New York Times that their stories—supposedly unbiased reportage but obviously not–were approved by government readers—the CIA perhaps, who has much to hide?

Excerpt, Consortium News/New York Times Admits it Sent Story to Government for Approval

Simply put, what that means is that US government agencies are now freely publishing lies—call it propaganda, call it Psy Ops: Pure Lies by another name—through the media organ of mainstream-publishing, and once top-notch outlets like The New York Times are permitting them to do so.

Watching Scott Pelley—who himself will not mention these Psy Op propaganda articles from such compliant journalists as Neil Steinberg, Mike McPhate, Laura Yan, and Justin Rohrlich, among others—

Commentary To Be Published Here Soon | #ArticleComing

Commentary to be published here soon | #ArticleComing

it seems to me the Bubble of Deceit is layered and concentric, much as the targeting operations themselves are: In the inner circle sits 60 Minutes and the Times and a number of other Storytellers, “establishing reality”–read False-Reality-Construct—by maintaining an insulated, reality-ignoring focus on the Grand Deceit being pulled off, while not mentioning at all any previous coverage, or if at all, only referring to it as “fringe.” In the outer circle sprawl the grassroots Deceivers, making contact with people on the ground and slurring, scorning and labeling all those who report Surveillance/Exploitation crime as delusional and mentally ill, with the help of equally-deceiving or just plain questionable psychologists and sociologists. Finally, in an outermost circle, sprawl the various grassroots Thespians aka Role Players, who participate in creating the news story, also playing from a script, helping to create the central narrative, pushing Disinfo as needed, overpowering the people on the ground as needed, helping blur the lines between roleplayer/infiltrator and real victim. So no-one knows a massive Psy Op has been collectively pulled off on the American psyche here: the Bubble of Deceit is all-encompassing.

Catherine Werner, smiling, saying, “I’m not feeling well”
Mark Lenzi. “He uses top secret equipment to analyze electronic threats to diplomatic missions.”

The Grand Deceit here of course being pulled off by these CBS Media POPPConners is that Mark Lenzi and Catherine Werner and the rest of their friends and colleagues are reporting a new kind of crime with a new kind of invisible weapon, when this very crime with this very kind of invisible weaponry has been reported continuously for decades and points to absolute Treason rampant in the US—as also in countries worldwide.

The great tragedy is that friends, family, colleagues, neighbors of those being the most harmed, the reporting victims of these neuroweapon and other neuro/bio/energy weapon crimes are being in this fashion thoroughly deceived, and thereby—as a direct result of such deceptive media coverage, which they are primed to believe–turn against and decry, denigrate, and abandon their own kin in one of the greatest betrayals of these dystopian times.

Indeed, corporate-media outlets pushing such profound deception have become participants in the crime.

Ramola D

Ramola D is an award-winning author, poet, journalist, educator, publisher, and human rights activist who continues to report extrajudicial targeting with neuro/bio/energy weaponry by an out-of-control and corrupt US government mechanism and has become increasingly interested in exposing the media treachery and deceit which protects it. Her story of being wrongfully targeted may be found widely online, including in the opening part of this to-be-continued series: Parallel Construction To Project #FBILies About Stand-Out Americans in Order to Target Them for Life-Takedown & Deadly Anti-Personnel NLW/Neurotech Assaults

Her fiction, poetry, and writer-interviews have been widely published. Subscribe to her video-channel at Youtube.com/RamolaDReports for ongoing science and tech, investigative, and human rights journalism. Stay tuned for the revival of her literary review Delphi Quarterly and author website ramolad.com, the launching of a literary press, and a new book of short fiction whose publication has been mysteriously delayed. If you are a whistleblower, activist, journalist or other wrongfully targeted who wishes to publicize via podcast interview or have information to share for an article, please write to her with your story at ramolad@everydayconcerned.net. If you appreciate her voice and work, please support her no-holds-barred truth-seeking and clear-speaking journalism via Patreon.com/RamolaD or via the Paypal Donate link here.

Dr. Eric Karlstrom | Flagship Post | Organized Gang Stalking (GISTAPWO – 666), Mind Control, and Cults

–Ramola D/Posted 5/1/2019

Extensive and detailed post from Dr. Eric Karlstrom, Emeritus Professor of Geography from California State University,  publishing the culmination of his years of research on the phenomenon of organized “gangstalking” or Stasi Community-Oriented-Policing and Psychological Warfare being inflicted on populations of all countries especially NATO countries today by Intelligence agencies, militaries, Fusion Centers and the private contractors they deal with, who have consented to use Remote Access, Remote Assault Weapons (AKA “Non-Lethal Weapons” and “Less Than Lethal Weapons”) and Psy Ops to physically and psychologically torture, terrorize, and subjugate large swaths of human populations–in absolute treason and consent to committing the most atrocious Organized Crimes Against Humanity the world has ever seen

Please also watch the Global Gestapo series which Dr. Karlstrom and I have been running, at Ramola D Reports, where we discuss various aspects of these Crimes and he makes available the vast compendium of his research into the historic underpinnings of these current-day genocide and torture projects, which Western governments and others seek to hide under Mental Health labels, outright denial, and Mainstream Media Treason Propaganda.

Dr. Karlstrom’s Summary of this flagship post on his home page which he has permitted re-posting of at this site:

“The “big lies” of: 1) 9/11, 2) the “Global War on Terrorism” and “National Security Enterprise,” and 3) catastrophic man-caused global warming/climate change are propaganda and coercive PSYOP deceptions designed to justify conquest by global military-police and imposition of totalitarian, world government (UN Agenda 2030). To achieve their long-sought Luciferic empire, Judeo-Masonic-Illuminati-satanists controlling the major nations are waging unconventional-electronic-cyber-netcentric-civil-military and brain (psychotronic) warfare against civilian populations. This “Fourth Generation” warfare deploys special operations forces (SOFs) and psychological operations groups (POGs) of all military branches, government intelligence agencies, FBI, police, private security contractors, first responders, and civilian (“Neighborhood Watch”/”Citizens On Patrol”) and cult-religious groups in conjunction with false-flag, state-sponsored terrorism and weather warfare (geoengineering), “total surveillance/big data,” Global Information Grid (GIG), A.I. (Artificial Intelligence) supercomputers, PSYOPS, satellites, directed energy/”nonlethal” and neuro weapons, the Global Neural Network (hive mind), no-touch torture, “man-machine integrations,” and “brain-to-computer” interface supercomputers for mind and behavioral control of individuals and populations. This system identifies, tracks, targets, and eliminates innocent civilians, whistle-blowers, critics of government policy, etc. who are secretly and extra-judicially classified as “threats”/ “adversaries”/ ”enemies”/”terrorists,” etc. Elite planners expect that by 2030, these A.I. warfare and brain subjugation systems will be fully automated and will combine the above elements with 5G, the Internet of Things (IoT), SmartCities, Smart devices, and the “one-world brain;” the internet.”

A truly outstanding researcher, writer, public speaker and educator, Dr. Karlstrom’s biographical profile marks him as questing and unflinching in his search for the truth on all fronts. From his website, 911nwo.org:

Eric Karlstrom began teaching at California State University, Stanislaus in 1990, after five years as an Assistant Professor at Northern Arizona University, one year as a Visiting Professor at The University of Kansas, and one year as an Adjunct Professor at the University of Wyoming. At CSUS, in addition, to teaching physical and environmental geography courses (Geomorphology, Climatology, Introduction to Physical Geography, Human Ecology), he has also taught courses cross-listed with the Geology department (Geology/Geography of Soils, Physical and Environmental Geology), and an honors course (State of the World: The Environmental Perspective).

Throughout his career, Dr. Karlstrom has continued his research program in soils and geomorphology as means of reconstructing Quaternary paleoclimates. This research has involved field investigations in Montana, northern Arizona, Kansas, Wyoming, Alberta, and British Columbia. In the 1980’s, Karlstrom served as an officer (Treasurer) of the American Quaternary Association.

The following short quotes outline perhaps the major challenge that American’s face today.  Whereas Thomas Jefferson noted:

“WHENEVER THE PEOPLE ARE WELL-INFORMED, THEY CAN BE TRUSTED WITH THEIR OWN GOVERNMENT”

CIA Director, William Casey, articulated the exact opposite goal at  his first staff meeting under President Reagan in 1981:

“WE’LL KNOW OUR DISINFORMATION PROGRAM IS COMPLETE WHEN EVERY THE AMERICAN PEOPLE BELIEVE IS FALSE.”

Since the corporate media now presents us mostly with “info-tainment) / propaganda rather than facts and the truth, it now seems incumbent upon citizens / researchers to discern the truth from many various sources and disseminate the facts to their fellow citizens.  As an educator (University Professor for 30 years), this is my goal.  It is my hope that, fortified with accurate information, the American citizens will have the wisdom and ability to implement the solution, articulated by Jefferson over 200 years ago:

“THE TWO ENEMIES OF THE PEOPLE ARE CRIMINALS AND GOVERNMENT, SO LET US TIE THE SECOND DOWN WITH THE CHAINS OF THE CONSTITUTION SO THE SECOND WILL NOT BECOME A LEGALIZED VERSION OF THE FIRST.”

Please share this tremendous post pulling together the multiple military assaults on humanity from this outstanding research scholar and professor. Many thanks to Dr. Eric Karlstrom for his selfless and extraordinary public service to humanity, as he educates the world on the Truth about “Targeted Individuals” and why the world’s governments, particularly the US, struggle to hide the enormous platter of crimes they continue recklessly to commit against them.

*****

Organized Gang Stalking (GISTAPWO – 666), Mind Control, and Cults

INTRODUCTION, SUMMARY, AND CONCLUSIONS (3/24/19):

Webmaster: Dr. Eric T. Karlstrom (ETK), Emeritus Professor of Geography, California State University, Stanislaus

Other websites maintained by webmaster include:

naturalclimatechange.org
911nwo.com
sanluisvalleywaterwatch.com
erickarlstrom.com

“What’s happening here is that we’re building a domestic military because it’s unlawful or unconstitutional to use American troops on American soil. So what we’re doing here, and let’s not kid about it, we’re building a domestic army and we’re shrinking the military because the government is afraid of its own citizens. We’re building an Army over here and I can’t believe that people aren’t seeing it. Is everybody blind?”

Marine Corps Col. Peter Martino At Concord, NH, Town Council Meeting (2013) We’re Building A Domestic Army:” Marine Corps Colonel Before Concord, NH, Town Council (8/2013)

NSA-whistleblower, Bill Binney: “NSA decided that with bulk acquisition of data, US citizens would be the first to have (all) their information collected. The rest of the world are now being treated like US citizens.”

Moderator: “In a recent London Guardian story, you said the NSA was surveilling its own population for “totalitarian population control.” Can you say that again in your own words?”

Binney: Yes, it falls back to the principles of totalitarianism and how dictators have operated down through the centuries. It’s know what your people are doing and find the ones who are not conforming to what you want them to do and then get rid of them. And that’s fundamentally what this process does.

Moderator: … there is a historical relationship between mass surveillance on a population and the crushing of dissent of that population. Can you explain that?

Binney: Well, this goes back to Caesar Augustus. Anybody that opposed him- you needed to know about it first of all, and once that happened, they would disappear. The same was true of the Soviet Union or East Germany with the Stasi. If you said anything out of line, you ended up in jail or in a sanitarium or something or in a gulag somewhere. The same was true of the Nazis and the Gestapo and SS.

This is the way totalitarian states operate. This gathering knowledge about people and the entire population is a totalitarian procedure. This is the domestic threat that our Constitution and the oath of office we took was given to prevent. No other country in the world could have done to us what we have done to ourselves.

This is the time when all good Americans need to stand up and oppose this. … these agencies are threatening what is fundamental to human rights everywhere. (We) have to ensure that we have some way of verifying and keeping these agencies in line.

Ex-NSA’s Bill Binney on Operation “Stellar Wind;” NSA’s Totalitarian, Global, Bulk Data Acquisition Spying Program; How NSA Surveilles You

Webmaster comment: What government spy agencies like the NSA refer to as “surveillance,” then, often refers, in practice, to extra-judicially targeting anyone for slow-kill, soft-kill, silent-kill, no-touch torture and murder.

Government is not reason; it is not eloquence; it is force! Like fire, it is a dangerous servant and a fearful enemy.

George Washington

It is Rothschild Zionism’s control over the U.S. Military Intelligence complex, and its total subversion of this complex, which the American citizenry must collectively be made aware of. Especially since this Orwellian complex is being used in secret to brain map the entire U.S. population in the interest of ultimately reducing us to a cybernetic race of beings, whose state of consciousness will come from a neural network of artificial intelligence driven computers.

Imagine a race of people all thinking the same thoughts simultaneously while being incapable of having an individual thought – a true slave race – and you can begin to understand the inherent evil which drives those who operate within the very hierarchy of this complex.

“If we are attempting to unravel the secret of the most perplexing mystery of this century, we should acknowledge that certain segments of mankind, in order to accomplish their power-hungry plans, have often been happy to pull a veil over the eyes of (if not put out the eyes of) their fellows who inhabit this earth.

James F. Marino, “The Human Species Is On The Precipice Of Becoming A Race Of Mind-Controlled Cybernetic Slaves”

“The state, with the aid of psychiatrists, can effectively silence people who oppose its policies. State manipulation of psychiatry for political ends is a reality in many countries.”

– “The Breaking of Bodies and Minds: Torture, Psychiatric Abuse, and the Health Professions” (1985)

Brains can be stolen and raped. The authorities do it! In 1977, the New York Times published 30 articles about the CIA’s brain control systems. The most important things brought to light were that this project had already begun in the late 1940’s and that with this technology, they had built a state-within-a-state.

In April 10, 1967, the New York Times editorial, “Push-Button People,” discussed the ongoing (mind control/cybernetics) experiments and warned about the dangers of this technology. They also mentioned that probably there were countries that already planned to subjugate their people using this technique. Both the U.S. and Sweden were countries that had far-reaching plans to subjugate citizens, beyond their knowledge, in brain control systems.”

Also, you should be aware that many of those that sit in the (EU) parliament also have their brain incorporated into the defense departments’ supercomputer control systems. Of course, they become a type of puppets for the will of others.

THE EUROPEAN COMMISSION’s ETHICAL BOARD wrote (2005):

“Brain-computer interface (BCI) or direct brain control are communication technologies: they take information from the brain and externalize it…. Contemporary society is confronted with changes that have to do with the anthropological (ETK- and spiritual) essence of individuals…To what extent might this technology be misused by the military? The Member States and their ethics councils have a responsibility to create conditions for education and constructive, informed debates in this area.”

Throughout the history of mankind, there has never existed anything more totalitarian. There has never been anything more anti-democratic. A dictatorship can never be greater than when its citizens’ brains are linked to computer control.

The State has become a cannibal, a rapist who is eating its citizens. Transforming us into biological manipulable components.

What happened during over 60 years of brain experimentation? Which doctors, professors, what institutions have been involved in the most anti-democratic project that ever existed? By what kinds of methods has it been possible to keep it off the media and from people’s attention? What is the role of the medical corporations? They are involved. FOI’s (Sweden’s DOD/DARPA) and America’s NSA supercomputers must be turned off. We are all about to become the State’s lab rats and chip-regulated behavior-skulls.

(The Phoenix Program) in Vietnam in 1970 used this same brain technology to identify and mass murder 33,000 civilians who were identified, by the technology, as Vietcong sympathizers!”

– Robert Naeslund: The Human Brain Project

Webmaster’s Brief Summary Statement: Having explored the topics in this and the above websites extensively over the past years and decades, I can finally summarize my findings in the following paragraph!:

The “big lies” of: 1) 9/11, 2) the “Global War on Terrorism” and “National Security Enterprise,” and 3) catastrophic man-caused global warming/climate change are propaganda and coercive PSYOP deceptions designed to justify conquest by global military-police and imposition of totalitarian, world government (UN Agenda 2030). To achieve their long-sought Luciferic empire, Judeo-Masonic-Illuminati-satanists controlling the major nations are waging unconventional-electronic-cyber-netcentric-civil-military and brain (psychotronic) warfare against civilian populations. This “Fourth Generation” warfare deploys special operations forces (SOFs) and psychological operations groups (POGs) of all military branches, government intelligence agencies, FBI, police, private security contractors, first responders, and civilian (“Neighborhood Watch”/”Citizens On Patrol”) and cult-religious groups in conjunction with false-flag, state-sponsored terrorism and weather warfare (geoengineering), “total surveillance/big data,” Global Information Grid (GIG), A.I. (Artificial Intelligence) supercomputers, PSYOPS, satellites, directed energy/”nonlethal” and neuro weapons, the Global Neural Network (hive mind), no-touch torture, “man-machine integrations,” and “brain-to-computer” interface supercomputers for mind and behavioral control of individuals and populations. This system identifies, tracks, targets, and eliminates innocent civilians, whistle-blowers, critics of government policy, etc. who are secretly and extra-judicially classified as “threats”/”adversaries”/”enemies”/”terrorists,” etc. Elite planners expect that by 2030, these A.I. warfare and brain subjugation systems will be fully automated and will combine the above elements with 5G, the Internet of Things (IoT), SmartCities, Smart devices, and the “one-world brain;” the internet.

Short Definitions of Gang Stalking, Mind Control, Cults, and GISTAPWO-666:

Gang Stalking:

Gang Stalking is the common term for military-intelligence protocols used by the US government, cooperating States, private security firms, and civilian-vigilante and other groups to incrementally and systematically destroy persons secretly designated as “internal enemies/”threats”/terrorists,” “targets,” etc. Most “enemies” are invented to justify and perpetuate the phony, multi-trillion dollar “War on Terrorism”/”National Security Enterprise” system. Many targeted citizens are human trafficked and used as non-consensual human experimentees in military, corporate, and academic neuroweapons and nonlethal weapons testing programs. Synonyms for gang stalking include “Zersetzung” (German scientific term for “decomposition,” “disintegration,” “corrosion”), “counter-intelligence stalking,” “organized stalking,” “workplace mobbing,” etc. This system has been developed and deployed over the past century by “security services;” including the Soviet Cheka and KGB, the East German Stasi police, MI6/CIA/NATO’s Operation Gladio and “Stay Behind Armies” in post-WWII Western Europe, and in the FBI and CIA’s COINTELPRO (“counter-intelligence program”), MKULTRA, MHCHAOS and Phoenix Programs, among others.

Gang stalking protocols incorporate covert “soft torture”-“slow kill,” “silent kill,” and “soft-kill” psyop techniques with electromagnetic (psychotronic) weapons that harass, torture, manipulate, and eliminate “targets”/”adversaries.” This global operation is here termed GISTAPWO-666; for “Global Intelligence-Syndicate, Secret, Satanic, Space-based, Surveillance, Stalking, Tracking, Targeting, Torture, Terrorism, Termination, Transhumanism And Psycho-Political, Policing-for-Profit, Psychotronic, and Psychological Warfare Operations.”Today, GISTAPWO-666 is a key component of the totalitarian, UN Agenda 21 (Agenda for the Twenty-First Century) and the U.S. military’s “New (“Unconventional”) World War” cum “full-spectrum dominance” of planet earth.

Global Gang Stalking operations (GISTAPWO-666) deploy essentially the same personnel, technologies and objectives as JADE HELM and UWEX, the massive multi-state US military drills for “dissident extraction” carried out in 2015 and 2016. These “assymetrical,” “unconventional,” network-centric warfare,” “civil-military and cyber-warfare operations”-“Military Operations Other Than War” are carried out by 1) all military branches and their Special Operations Forces and psychological operations groups, 2) CIA, FBI, DHS, NSA, FEMA, etc. 3) local, federal and state police, 4) private security contracting firms, and 5) many sectors of the civilian population. Victims may be the targets of tens to hundreds of illegal, covert operations per day. Each of these operations generally also involve deployment of: 1) GIG (Geographic Information Grid) satellite system, 2) AI-supercomputers, 3) “big data” derived by NSA surveillance, 4) the wireless smart phone-cell tower communication system, and 5) psychological operations (psyops), and 6) plainclothes military and civilian psy-actors, “surveillance role players,” “crisis actors,” etc.

All of these operations involve secret targeting of citizens who have been extra-judicially designated as “enemies of the state”/”enemy combatants”/”domestic terrorists.” These citizens are secretly placed on black lists such as the “Terrorism Watch List,” “Main Core,” and FEMA Detainment Lists. Like Operation 9/11, which provided the pretext for these treasonous activities, these black, “wet” operations are entirely unconstitutional and illegal. We may speculate that these operations are prelude to: 1) imposition of martial law and a totalitarian police state in America and perhaps worldwide, and possibly 2) mass genocide, as called for by UN Agenda 21 (2030) documents.

Mind Control:

Since WWII, scores of top-secret mind control experiments and programs, including Projects MKULTRA, Bluebird, Artichoke, Chatter, MKOften, MKDelta, and MKSearch, have been, and are still being conducted by the CIA and the US military in conjunction with psychologists, psychiatrists and cognitive/neuro-scientists at universities, medical facilities and military bases across America. These programs build upon prior research done at the Tavistock Institute in England, in Nazi and pre-Nazi Germany, and elsewhere. They commonly involve the use of non-consenting and unwitting civilians in “terminal experiments.” The principle goal has always been twofold: 1) to “get control of an individual to the point where he will do our bidding against his will and even against such fundamental laws of nature such as self-preservation” (wording from original 1953 MKULTRA documents), i.e., creation of programmed multiple personality “Manchurian Candidates”-mind-controlled assassins, and 2) to create a “pscyho-civilized” (aka “mind-controlled,” bio-robotized) society. To achieve these ends, all manner of chemicals, biologicals, drugs, electro-shock, sleep and sensory deprivation, brain implants, electromagnetic frequencies, and torture techniques have been tested on human subjects.

Cults:

In recent centuries, intelligence services have created innumerable cults, including the Rosicrucians, Freemasons, Illuminati, Theosophy, Mormonism, and a host of UFO, New Age, Christian, and Satanic cults, including Scientology, Jonestown, Children of God, Heaven’s Gate, Church of Satan, Temple of Set, Branch Dividians, etc. These cults are mini-totalitarian systems that provide cover for controllers to advance various secret agendas, including subjugation of cult members through coercion, mind control, traumatic abuse, forced and slave labor, etc. A look at “deep politics” reveals that the “master cult” is the Judeo-Masonic-Illuminati, a satanic cult based on the black magic system of the Jewish Kabbalah. The long-term plan of the “slave masters,” as spelled out in the Old Testament, Talmud, Kabbalah, “Protocols of Zion,” and the Communist Manifesto” among other documents, is global dominion. The phrase, “Tikkun Olam,” Hebrew for “reinvention or repair of the world,” refers to the coming Jewish world empire- the Jewish Utopia. Under Noahide Law (Jewish law for gentiles), all non-Jews (goyim) would be robbed, robotized, enslaved, and/or genocided.

GISTAPWO-666:

The following 13-minute video by DJ Welsh of Level 9 News explains GISTAPWO-666’s larger context. The US government/Pentagon is implementating a computer-driven “autonomous warfare system” designed to achieve “full spectrum dominance of the human terrain.” This system regards civilians as “combatants” and “human inventory items,” identifies desirable and undesirable groups and individuals, and deploys “electronic warfare” (EW) and “man-machine integrations” to target and remove “undesirables” in order to “master the human domain.” TCs (“targeted citizens”) are being targeted by this system.

In “YOU Are THE ENEMY” (2014), Preston James, Ph.D., of “Veterans Today” identifies America’s rulers as the International Zionist Criminal Syndicate (IZCS). In Revelation 2:9 and 3:9, Jesus Christ refers to this system as the “Synagogue of Satan.” Their goal, in my opinion, is to implement fascist, one-world government/UN Agenda 2030 under the transhumanist, antichrist-BEAST system. The interests of the American people, the American constitutional republic, and humanity itself may be best served by filing a class action lawsuit against the U.S. government. For further information, insights, and clarifications please refer to the nearly 900 posts on this website:

Introductory Statement to “TCs” (Targeted Citizens) and Others:

If you are a “Targeted Citizen” (TC) (aka “Targeted Individual” (TI)), you have been secretly and extra-legally designated by unknown and unaccountable persons as an “enemy of the state.” The full resources of the State, including the civilian sector, are coordinated by the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) and the FBI to slowly, silently, and secretly torture, terrorize, and kill you. In other words, the Federal-State bureaucracy collectively termed the “Interagency,” which includes the military, intelligence, paramilitary (police, private security and intelligence firms), academic, legal, and civilian sectors, is waging psychological, chemical, and electronic warfare against you. (See: “New World War; Revolutionary Methods for Political Control” by Mark M. Rich, 2011).

As “enemy of the state,” you are a non-person, very much like the “detainees” at Guantanamo Bay and the Palestinians. Your constitutionally-guaranteed civil liberties and due process of law have been (illegally) stripped. You have been secretly enrolled in a highly covert program that intelligence services have developed over the past century to terrorize and eliminate political enemies, foreign spies, heads of state, journalists, “dissidents,” critics of government, activists, etc. Unbeknownst to you, your name probably appeared on a classified, secret blacklist, such as the “Terrorism Watch List,” before your targeting/torture began. Bottom line: Officially, you are now an “it,” a “target,” and no longer a legal person.

Rather, you are an (illegal) “covert operation” to be executed by military, intelligence, civilian, and any number of non-governmental agencies on behalf of the State. You are a potential “contract” for thousands of private security firms such as the FBI-spinoff, InfraGard, and the Israeli Mossad-spinoff, Black Cube. These and other mercenary and organized crime groups partner with the U.S. government, FBI, DHS, CIA, police agencies and others to wage the phony “war on terrorism” against you and millions of other innocent civilians worldwide. You may also be a non-consensual human guinea pig in one or several of the innumerable DARPA-Pentagon-funded weapons-testing and mind control programs and experiments now being carried out secretly and globally which involve hundreds to thousands of neuroscience-psychology-biology-computer science departments at universities and medical facilities.

“Counter-terrorism” is an integral part of the “National Security Enterprise,” the “Global War on Terrorism,” and the Pentagon’s “Fourth Generation Warfare”/”Revolution In Military Affairs” (RMA). Most “targets” are innocent civilians who have been designated as “enemies” to help justify the multi-trillion dollar “National Security”-“Counter-Terrorism” corporate-military-intelligence-police complex which drives the American economy as well as the global “terrorism” economy (which also profits from arms and drugs sales, human trafficking, sex trafficking, child trafficking, etc.). Since 9/11, some $9 trillion in federal funds has been transferred from social programs to the National Security Establishment and over $6 trillion in federal funds have been squandered to prosecute foreign wars of aggression under the pretext of “The War on Terrorism.” These wars primarily benefit (greater) Israel and the corporate-military complex.

Many Targeted Citizens are unaware they are being targeted, tracked, and monitored via satellite and supercomputer and on-the-ground government and private security spies and community-based agents (CBA), informants, etc. They are unaware that their day-to-day activities are surveilled, manipulated, disrupted, and controlled by shadowy military special forces operatives and other government and private security agents, vigilantes, paid street thugs, and other “useful idiots” and “useful idiot groups.” They are unaware that hordes of mind and behavioral scientists at hundreds to thousands of universities and medical facilities are essential participants in these operations.

Georgetown University neuroscientist and “neuro-ethicists,” Dr. James Giordano, spelled out the rational for these highly treasonous activities in a 2017 lecture at Lawrence Livermore Laboratories in Livermore, CA:

“We” (Pentagon-big science-National Security Establishment) need “viable targets” “to test our latest neuroweapons and neurotechnology.” Giordano also noted that “mortality and morbidity (in these programs) is real.”

Regardless of his/her level of awareness, the “TC’s” life, freedom, and sovereignty are disrupted, controlled, and effectively, stolen through these operations. TCs now effectively inhabit an unreal, false world, a virtual “electronic concentration camp.” The invisible fence of this cage is comprised of lies, spies, “surveillance role players,” “spotters,” setups, covert ops, psyops, defamation campaigns, betrayal by friends and family, electronic assaults and manipulations, and scripted sabotage and street theater by strangers- all designed to psychologically break down the TC. As noted, many TCs are also “disposable subjects” in (CIA) MKULTRA-style “terminal experiments” that involve torture and/or mind mapping/mind cloning from electromagnetic and neuro-weapons. Similar techniques were deployed against civilian populations by the Soviet Cheka and KGB, Russian FSB, East German Stasi, CIA-MI6-NATO’s Operation Gladio in Western Europe, FBI’s COINTELPRO, CIA’s MHCHAOS and Phoenix Program, etc. Similar technologies were recently deployed against American and Canadian diplomats in Cuba. Luke Harding, journalist with The Guardian, describes his own targeting by the Russian FSB (Federal Security Service) in his book, “Mafia State” (2011).

A 2003 Boston Globe article states that the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) plan is to recruit 100 million citizen-spies to fight the “War on Terrorism.” Is it any wonder that unemployment in America today is at its lowest (3.9%) since 1969, when the FBI’s secret COINTELPRO, the CIA’s top-secret MHCHAOS and Phoenix political spying/sabotage/murder programs and the CIA’s MKULTRA mind control programs were in full swing? Is it any wonder that America is falling apart? Effectively, CIA-DOD-NSA-FBI-DHS, etc. are staging a covert civil war here.

The Bigger Picture:

I regard the late Dr. Rauni Kilde, former chief medical officer of Northern Finland, political insider, and author of “Bright Light on Black Shadows,” as perhaps the world’s leading expert on organized stalking and mind control. These essential insights of Dr. Kilde provide the much-needed context to help explain GISTAPWO-666 operations:

a) The elite have plans to get rid of 2/3 of the world’s population with electromagnetic warfare, chemical warfare, and psychological warfare.
b) The nations, and by extension, the secret services, militaries, etc., are the “plaything” of the (ETK: Judeo-Masonic-satanic) elite.
c) Mind control, MK, is listed as a “non-lethal weapon” by the military. This technology links the brains of people via implanted microchips to satellites controlled by ground-based super-computers.
d) All the US military branches are involved in developing this technology, in cooperation with civil institutions like the Department of Health, in what is known as the NEURAL NETWORK ASSOCIATION. At their 1991 conference, it was revealed that they submitted and endorsed over 1000 projects in brain-computer technology at 350 medical centers, universities, etc.
e) Cybernetics, full neurological control and communication, has been in use since the 1940s without the knowledge of the public. The objectives are behavior modification and influencing mental and bodily functions, processes, and emotions remotely through computer-satellite links.
f) Directed Energy (DE) weapons, mostly EMF (electromagentic frequency) and acoustic weapons, act on the psyche and the body of human beings and all living creatures. They have been called by many names: Psycho-physical weapons, weapons of information warfare, psychotronic weapons, cognitive weapons, neurological weapons, mind-invasive weapons, mind control and electronic harassment weapons, remote neural monitoring, active denial systems, weapons of electronic warfare, means of neuro-linguistic programming, means for behavior modification, means of influence technology, computerized brainwashing machines, devices to zombify people, means to induce mental and physical illness, means for hostile surveillance, people zappers, and weapons of mass destruction.
g) On July 21, 1994, the U.S. Department of Defense (DOD) proposed that “non-lethal” weapons be used against anyone engaged in activities that DOD opposed. That could include almost anyone.
h) The secret services and their sabotage and terror “departments” are the biggest “terrorists” in the world and work together with the mafia. That was the case even in World War II.
i) More crimes against humanity have been committed under the shield of “national security” than people can ever know…. possibly even more than the mafia.
j) Mass remote mind control of the population is achieved via the mobile phone network.
k) This is the main policy of the United States government.

Implications

The implications of the above statements, all all of which are documented on this website, are profound and staggering. They include:

1) The American corporate-military-intelligence complex’s fraudulent “War on Terrorism” and “National Security Enterprise” system comprises a multi-trillion dollar business. Its perpetuation requires the perpetual destabilization of domestic and foreign populations and continual creation and/or invention of foreign and domestic “enemies,” “adversaries,” “threats,” and “targets.”
2) The duly-constituted US government has effectively been overthrown. Criminals controlling the US government have scrapped the US Constitution and are waging war on the American people.
3) Through the use of incessant, fear-inducing propaganda and the GISTAPWO-666-organized stalking-electro-terrorism system, government leaders have successfully manipulated millions of American citizens into becoming “perpetrators” who stalk and terrorize their fellow citizens, thus effectively stage-managing a civil war.
4) America today is a fascist corporate-civil-military-intelligence-police state,
5) The US government is more or less indistinguishable from the international criminal syndicate that controls it. Veterans Today contributor, Dr. Preston James, Ph.D., identifies this group as the International Zionist Criminal Syndicate (IZCS). Thus, the U.S., like Russia and many Third World nations, is a “mafia state,”
6) The international criminal syndicate controlling America appears to be behind or at least co-extensive with the Illuminati-New World Order-UN-one-world-government antichrist system.
7) The leaders of this international criminal cabal have a long-term plan to genocide the majority of the population and to reduce the rest of us to mind-controlled slaves.
8) As noted, the late Dr. Rauni Kilde concludes: “Mass remote mind control of the population is (to be) achieved via the mobile phone network.”
9) Thus, among other things, “TCs” could be ‘beta tests’ for the remote, electronic torture, mind and behavioral manipulation, and possibly extermination of the population through the 5G-AI-IoT-internet-cyber warfare system. In 1979, Israel created Operation Talpiot to achieve wireless control over humanity through their control of these technologies.

Terminology Issues

The term “gang stalking” is an inadequate descriptor for this monstrously evil system. “Counter-intelligence stalking” better identifies its predatory inventors and primary perpetrators. Here, I often use the more comprehensive term, “GISTAPWO-666,” an abbreviation for “Global Intelligence-Syndicate, Secret, Satanic, Space-based, Surveillance, Stalking, Tracking, Targeting, Torture, Terrorism, Termination, Transhumanism And Psycho-Political, Policing-for-Profit, Psychotronic, and Psychological Warfare Operations.”

The terms “Targeted Individual” (TI) and “dissident” are also inadequate and misleading. Rather, we “Targeted Citizens” (TCs) are generally more accurately characterized as “truth-tellers,” “whistleblowers,” “peace activists,” “human rights activists,” “veterans,” retirees,” “Christians,” “patriots,” “constitutionalists,” “critics of government policy,” “individuals thought to represent a particular demographic group, ” i.e., just about anyone.

The Following Quotes Help Explain The Logic, Dynamics, and Perpetrators of the “Global Gestapo” (GISTAPWO-666):

1) “If you tell a lie big enough and keep repeating it, people will eventually come to believe it. The lie can be maintained only for such time as the State can shield the people from the political, economic and/or military consequences of the lie. It thus becomes vitally important for the State to use all of its powers to repress dissent, for the truth is the mortal enemy of the lie, and thus by extension, the truth is the greatest enemy of the State.”

-Joseph Goebbels, Reich Minister of Propaganda of Nazi Germany

Webmaster (ETK) Comment: Thus, if, for example, a full professor of Geography such as myself (the webmaster) proves in his websites that 9/11 was a false-flag, state-sponsored, synthetic terror event contrived by the U.S.A. and Israel; or that the “War on Terrorism” and “Man-Caused Global Warming” are fraudulent cover stories which mask totalitarian New World Order agendas, that person might be secretly placed on the “Terrorism Watch List” and become a “targeted citizen” (TC).

2) “The goal is to create a nationwide system of “vigilantes” who do not think for themselves but follow orders — the Evildoing, US-Gov-paid “defense” contractors’ private army of “shooters” (not thinkers). The network is run by contractors and by DHS’s (Department of Homeland Security’s) 78 fusion centers. The propaganda is that they are fighting terrorists (and that is what they tell these vigilante suckers). The truth is that they are constructing a nationwide GPS/cellphone-directed prison system that now contains ALL Americans.”

-Targeted Individual (TI)

3) …. regarding “The National Security Racketeering Network”… “the program” at its core is an extra-judicial, political targeting and elimination program. This is a soft-kill operation. The expected outcome is self-harm, financial disruption, social disruption (of “Targeted Citizens”). They want to get rid of you (the TC) via any means possible in a clandestine fashion and also have fun and generate revenue while doing it. This is a style of “parasitic crony capitalism” because Department of Justice, Department of Homeland Security, and possibly DOD, are farming out contracts on innocent Americans….. So it is both a political targeting operation as well as a revenue generation scheme that starts off within the deep state shadow government.

I’ve read that DOJ/DHS have contracts with corporate private prisons in which DOJ helps these prisons maintain a certain quota of prisoners. They’ve done the same thing with the private intelligence agencies which run the extra-judicial militias, or targeting crews, which DOJ refers to as “surveillance role players” or” live action role players.” (I.e., they guarantee delivery of “quotas” of “targeted individuals.”

Who owns these private intelligence agencies? Retired federal law enforcement and intelligence personnel; FBI, NSA, DEA, JTTF, Homeland Security, ex-military officers…. there are over 1800 private intelligence agencies in the US that operate with zero oversight. This is a giant racketeering network…. probably the biggest, underground, black-market illegal businesses in the United States today.

Dr. X Keyscore

4) “I can pay one half of the working class to kill the other half.” 19th-century robber baron, Jay Gould

5) “Neuroscience captures $175 billion dollars annual market space…. The brain is the next battlespace…. We are targeting the brain…. We need to recon (the) target area (i.e., the domestic population) in order to: 1) acquire viable targets and 2) avoid collateral damage. Like (in) any race, the morbidity and mortality, going at this speed… is real.

We are tracking neurological or brain signatures of key targeted individuals that are thought to represent whole groups. If I understand how his or her brain works and do this on a broad enough scale, I can develop patterns and I can use this in ways that informs my intelligence; this force multiplies and synergizes my human intelligence (HUMINT), my signals intelligence (SIGINT), and my communications intelligence (COMINT). NEURINT (Neuro intelligence) coupled with assessment and access gives me these capabilities…. I can utilize neuro-pharmacologics and various forms of brain stimulation to extract information from key intelligence targets.”

-Dr. James Giordano, Professor of Neuroscience, Georgetown University, DARPA/U.S. Army Consultant Confessions of a High-Level Perp: Dr. James Giordano – Battlespace/Organized Stalking Applications of Neuroscience and Neuroweapons (2017 youtube lecture, my transcription and notes, and pdf)

6) “As a Targeted Individual, you are attacked by many forces from all sides. You are an enemy of the state. This is called Joint Targeting. This military strategy is described in these military documents. You are a MILITARY TARGET.

Joint Publication 3-60: Joint Targeting (Joint Chiefs of Staff, 2007) (pdf)
Joint Publication 3-60: Joint Targeting (2013) (pdf)
JP-3-60 Joint Targeting and US Targeted Killings (Joint Chiefs of Staff, 2013)

These documents describe how and why you are chosen as a Target. They even describe why your immediate and extended family is attacked as well:

“Target development always approaches adversary capabilities from a systems perspective. While a single target may be significant because of its own characteristics, the target’s real importance lies in its relationship to other targets within an operational system. A target system is most often considered as a collection of assets directed to perform a specific function or series of functions. While target systems are intra-dependent to perform a specific function, they are also interdependent in support of adversary capabilities (e.g., the electric power system may provide energy to run the adversary’s railroads that are a key component of their military logistic system). Target development links these multiple target systems and their components (targets) to reflect both their intra- and interdependency that, in aggregate, contribute to the adversary capabilities.”

Citizens Against Harmful Technology (CAHT)

Webmaster (ETK) comment: While the term, JOINT, here evidently refers to “Joint Chiefs of Staff,” Kay Griggs (M.A. in history, political insider, descendant of James Madison, Christian, and TI) offers a different definition worth considering in US Army is a Mind-Control Operation Run by Sexual Deviants:

“He’s a robot, my husband…. except when he’s drinking. He says he’s an existentialist. My husband, Col. George Griggs, had gone through four years of mind control (at Princeton). And I believe his brother was killed to keep him in. Bill Clinton was also one of those profiled boys. It’s mind control, MKULTRA, somebody said. Even my husband’s roommates in Princeton told me about it.

Vietnam was really important because a lot of (mind control) experiments were done on boys (young soldiers) who went over there.

Joint mob-military partnership operations were conducted in Korea and Vietnam. At the highest levels of the Marine Corps and the Army in the Special Operations Forces, the individuals are all actually in the (Jewish) Brooklyn-New Jersey mob. My husband, General Al Gray, General Sheehan, Henry Kissinger, Caspar Weinberger… are part of a group of Zionists who came over from Germany. They do a lot of money laundering in the banks, cash transactions in the banks for the drugs they are bringing over. The military (personnel) are all involved once they retire. They go into drug and secondary weapons sales. It’s all about the “funny money.”

It’s Training and Doctrine Command, it’s NATO, it’s SHAPE (Supreme Headquarters Allied Powers Europe), started by President Eisenhower (a Jew). It’s a totally independent corporation. It’s main function is to sell weapons and launder money. It’s all being done by Army people who are now JOINT. The word JOINT is used to describe the people (Jews) who came over illegally to escape Nazi Germany… They are cowards and bullies….

You see the organized crime, the Meyer Lansky, the Jewish Kabalist group, who don’t believe in God, believe they have to get rid of all the good people… and they get brownie points in their little cult for doing that. They really do this. They are killing good people on purpose… All (American) Jews are automatically in the Israeli military.”

7) “Immediately after his public address to a shaken nation (after the staged, false-flag, state-sponsored terror attack of) Sept. 11, 2001, President George Bush (ETK: Yale, Skull and Bones, class of 1968) turned to his White House staff and gave them secret orders to allow torture saying: “I don’t care what the international lawyers say, we are going to kick some ass.” In the months that followed, administration attorneys translated the president’s unlawful orders into US policy by adopting three controversial neoconservative (Jewish neo-Trotskyite) doctrines (ETK: aka lies):

1) The President is above the law.
2) Torture is legally acceptable.
3) The U.S. Navy Base at Guantanamo Bay is not U.S. territory.

… (Then) the Bush administration began building a global gulag for torture at Abu Ghraib, Baghram, Guantanamo and half a dozen additional sites worldwide. In February, 2002, the White House assured the CIA that the administration’s public pressure to abide by the Geneva Conventions did not apply to its operatives and the White House also allowed the agency 10 enhanced interrogation (torture) methods designed by agency psychologists, including waterboarding.

…Through this total three phase attack on sensory receptors, cultural identity and individual psyche, Guantanamo perfected the CIA’s psychological torture paradigm. After regular inspections of Guantanamo from 2002 to 2004, the International Red Cross reported: “The construction of such a system cannot be considered other than a form of cruel, unusual, and degrading treatment, and a form of torture.”

Dr. Alfred McCoy: The History of Mental Torture in the U.S.A.

8) “The Vietnam war was the formative experience for a generation of CIA and military intelligence personnel involved in the Phoenix program. They viewed the military defeat in Vietnam as a betrayal on the home front, a loss of will by domestic political enemies, not a military failure against a nationalistic revolution fought as a guerilla war.

The Phoenix program, assassinating suspected VC (Viet Cong) sympathizers in a systematic manner, worked well and is the blueprint for the current black operation (aka gang stalking) targeting thousands of loyal Americans using state of the art microwave and radio frequency radiation weapons. The motivation to suppress domestic dissidents and to assassinate loyal American opposition stems from the perception of dissent against the war as treason. This philosophy is stated very clearly in the “Mind War” (1980) paper written by Michael Aquino.

The Department of Defense has a huge stake in futuristic technology that kills by ionizing and non-ionizing radiation, leaving little or no trace. The indiscriminate killing of the Phoenix program continues on American soil. The terms “soft kill,” “slow kill,” and “silent kill” refer to the new way of killing the enemy in conflicts short of war and in small wars of the future. The counterinsurgency doctrine has now been applied to the home front so that the perceived betrayal of the military in Vietnam will not be repeated.

The generation of CIA and military intelligence led by Ted Shackley, Richard Helms, (CIA Director) William Casey, Maj. John Singlaub, Richard Secord, Maj. John B. Alexander, Col. Michael Aquino, Paul Vallilee and others have built the perfect beast, using selective assassination that leaves no trace. The ability to cull the human herd with “silent kill” technology allows a few personalities to remake the entire society in their own image.

Extremely low frequency (ELF) technology slowly drives the target crazy with silent sound, similar to the CIA MKULTRA psychiatrist, Dr. Ewen Cameron’s, “psychic driving” technique, used to break down the target’s personality. The new buzzwords at the Pentagon are “synthetic telepathy” and “psychotronics.” Another means of attack on targets is the Smirnoff patent, that uses subliminal suggestion to manipulate human behavior. This patent was purchased by the remote viewing company, Psi Tech Corporation.

Military intelligence officers involved in developing these “non-lethal weapons” also control Psi Tech. Emotional manipulation is accomplished using Dr. Michael Persinger’s work to remotely project emotional states that the brain entrains or locks onto and emulates. One can broadcast rage or fear at an individual target to manipulate and control them. As if these methods were not enough to torture and murder people, add to this nightmarish toolbox, active gang stalking. CIA-created cults and other cause-oriented groups are used by actively harassing them in public in neutralization techniques described in counterintelligence operations manuals that are aimed at enemy agents.

In the race to develop a new weapon it has always been necessary to test it on human beings. Perfecting the latest weapons designed to kill slowly and silently as well as perfecting the process of controlling the human mind are no different. Once the weaponry has been perfected on these few thousand people, the same techniques will be applied en mass to the general population and then to humanity as a whole.”

Marshall Thomas, “MONARCH: The New Phoenix Program” (2007) (See: “Gang stalking”/Electronic Torture as Asymmetric Warfare Against Political Dissenters (M. Thomas),MONARCH: The New Phoenix Program (Marshall Thomas)- youtube, notes, and book linkMonarch- The Phoenix Program Parts 1-5 (Marshall Thomas)CIA Monarch and MKULTRA Mind Control Programs (1-5) youtubes (Marshall Thomas))

9) “The (CIA’s) Phoenix program, created in 1967, brought together 25 agencies and aimed them at (Vietnamese) civilians in the “insurgency….” They are teachers, laborers, mailmen, farmers; but they’re not soldiers… It’s political warfare. It’s secret. It’s against the rules of war. It violated the Geneva Conventions…. It pulls together people from the army, navy, air force, and Special Forces. It includes the Vietnamese secret services. It coordinates everybody that’s involved in the war and brings every resource to bear on the political people in the villages, in an effort to wipe them off the face of the earth.… The total number of (civilian) people killed was between 25,000 and 40,000. They relied on sanitized military jargon to obscure the inhuman brutality that pervaded “death squad” operations like the Phoenix program.

(This) is what Homeland Security does in the US (today); bringing agencies together and focusing them on civilians who look like “terrorists”…. (Now as then) murdering civilians is unstated policy.

“Where can the Phoenix Program be found today? Wherever:

1) Governments of the left or right use military and security forces to enforce their ideologies under the aegis of anti-terrorism,
2) Police check points ring major cities,
3) Paramilitary police units patrol in armored cars,
4) Military forces are conducting counterinsurgency operations,
5) Emergency decrees are used to suspend due process,
6) Dissidents are interned indefinitely,
7) Dissidents are rounded up and deported,
8) Security forces use informants to identify dissidents,
9) Security forces keep files and computerized black lists on dissidents,
10) Security forces conduct secret investigations and surveillance on dissidents,
11) Security forces (or thugs in their hire) harass and murder dissidents,
12) Such activities go unreported in the press.”

-Douglas Valentine, “The CIA As Organized Crime: How Illegal Operations Corrupt America and the World” (2017) (See: From the Phoenix Program (1967-1972) to Today’s Global Gestapo (GISTAPO-666): Excerpts from D. Valentine’s “The CIA As Organized Crime” (2017) Posted onCIA’s Phoenix Program/”Computerized Genocide”/CIA As Organized Crime/DHS As New Phoenix Program: Douglas Valentine Interviews)

Webmaster (ETK) Statement: All of the above Phoenix program activities are currently being carried out by America’s “National Security Establishment/Enterprise” within America and globally. ERGO, GANG STALKING-GISTAPO-666 IS THE GLOBAL PHOENIX PROGRAM.”

10) “There is now a New American War. It is inside America. It is called the “War on Terror”. The enemy is YOU! It is a staged, Phony War that has been created by the International Zionist Crime Syndicate (IZCS).

Every Military Force needs an enemy. Without an ongoing or perpetual war, the War profiteers quickly go bankrupt. In order to keep their profit stream going from war, war-profiteers need to create successive new wars or a significant threat of impending war.

This new War on Terror has been socially engineered to provide a continual stream of degradations and provocations against the average American, provoking many in a never-ending stream to resist, and causing them to be labeled dissenters. Once they have been labeled dissenters they are put on a Department of Homeland Security (DHS) Main Core Terror Watch List, which top insiders know is a targeted assassination list for later eradication of all Freedom-loving Americans who want to restore the American Constitutional Republic.

At present the Main Core list has over ten million Americans on it, and it is growing every day with thousands of new additions. Get a ticket for a driving offense or any arrest (even if later proven innocent) and it is highly likely you will be placed on this Main Core Terror Watch and Assassination list.

Over time these provocations are designed to result in a continuing stream of America dissenters that want to take their Republic back from the zionist hijackers and will meet DHS tyranny and force with the like. Any and all Dissenters are now being defined as “Enemies of the State”.

… the Department of Homeland Security is now recognized as a major IZCS beach-head inside America and part of a long term plan to establish a foreign controlled IZCS neo-Bolshevik military force inside America to tyrannize, wage war against, and eventually serially mass murder most Americans.

This is why some top insiders refer to DHS as the New American Gestapo or Stasi. Some see it now morphing into a New Red Cheka mass-murder machine for dispensing Bolshevik-style Red Terror and the serial mass-murder of Americans.

The War on Terror is obviously a Phony. But it has been the greatest boon to the American Defense Complex ever, with many times more net American Taxpayer dollars spent on this war than any other war in history, including WW2 or the Vietnam War.”

-Preston James, Ph.D., (YOU Are THE ENEMY, Veterans Today (2014))

11) “We have been compelled to create a permanent armaments industry of vast proportions. Added to this, three and a half million men and women are directly engaged in the defense establishment. We annually spend on military security more than the net income of all United States corporations.

…. we have been compelled to create a permanent armaments industry of vast proportions. This conjunction of an immense military establishment and a large arms industry is new in the American experience. The total influence – economic, political, even spiritual – is felt in every city, every Statehouse, every office of the Federal government. We recognize the imperative need for this development. Yet we must not fail to comprehend its grave implications. Our toil, resources and livelihood are all involved; so is the very structure of our society.

In the councils of government, we must guard against the acquisition of unwarranted influence, whether sought or unsought, by the military-industrial complex. The potential for the disastrous rise of misplaced power exists and will persist.

We must never let the weight of this combination endanger our liberties or democratic processes. We should take nothing for granted. Only an alert and knowledgeable citizenry can compel the proper meshing of the huge industrial and military machinery of defense with our peaceful methods and goals, so that security and liberty may prosper together.

(ETK Comment: That the “military-industrial complex” has now executed a success coup (overthrow) of the American government is evidenced by the fact that “alert and knowledgeable citizens are now targeted as “enemies of the state.”)

Akin to, and largely responsible for the sweeping changes in our industrial-military posture, has been the technological revolution during recent decades. In this revolution, research has become central, it also becomes more formalized, complex, and costly. A steadily increasing share is conducted for, by, or at the direction of, the Federal government.

…The prospect of domination of the nation’s scholars by Federal employment, project allocations, and the power of money is ever present – and is gravely to be regarded…. we must be alert to the danger that public policy could itself become the captive of a scientific-technological elite.”

-President Dwight D. Eisenhower in his farewell speech, January 17, 1961

12) “Intelligence operations have turned out to be a domestic war.” -Maria Serna, Crusade For Justice (From CounterSpy Volume 3, Issue 1, 1976) (Declassified “CounterSpy” Magazine (1973-1984) Issues Expose U.S. Government-CIA-FBI Criminal/Terrorist Operations Worldwide)

13) “Should the practice of Spydom become universal, farewell to all domestic confidence and happiness.” -London Times, Christmas 1859

(ETK comment: “The practice of Spydom” has become universal.)

14) “I toiled wholeheartedly in the vineyards because it was fun, fun, fun. Where else could a red-blooded American boy lie, kill and cheat, steal, deceive, rape and pillage with the sanction and blessing of the All-Highest?”

-Colonel George Hunter White, MKULTRA Operative, CIA/OSS (Office of Strategic Services)/FBN in his final report to Dr. Sidney Gottlieb, overseer of 4 CIA’s MKULTRA Programs, including “Midnight Climax”

15) “I will splinter the CIA into a thousand pieces and scatter it into the wind.” – President John F. Kennedy, shortly before his assassination (by the CIA and others) on Nov. 22, 1963

16) “It is the function of the CIA to keep the world unstable, and to propagandize the American people to hate, so we will let the establishment spend any amount of money on arms….” -John Stockwell, Ex-CIA Station Chief and highest CIA employee to “go public” (EX-CIA Whistleblower, John Stockwell: “US Fascist Shadow Government, CIA Secret Wars and Drug Running, Gulf War I and NWO, JFK Assassination, etc. (1986, 1989, 1991)

17) “Abolish the CIA and Covert Action: The Organizing Committee demands the CIA and covert action be abolished not only because we recognize that the CIA serves only the multinational corporate empire, which is thoroughly antidemocratic and unAmerican, but also because the CIA ls a criminal organization and covert actions are criminal actions.” -(From CounterSpy Volume 2, Issue 4, 1976) ((Declassified “CounterSpy” Magazine (1973-1984) Issues Expose U.S. Government-CIA-FBI Criminal/Terrorist Operations Worldwide)

18) “My basic thesis is that the Jews are a criminal people, and the Jews completely control the United States, and the Jews are using the United States as a vehicle to take over the World.”

“There is no United States as people think of it. It’s just a puppet in the Jews’ hands. It’s a plaything for the Jews… The US government and American Jewry are virtually interchangeable…

Jews are intensely selfish, intolerant and antisocial. They are full of hate, greed, malice. Naturally, other people, i.e. the non-Jews, don’t like being bulldozed aside, robbed and murdered by the Jews, and will sooner or later resist. That is where the lies and deceit of the Jews come into place. No lie is too big for a Jew, no lie is too small… Jews live by lying, and die with coming in contact with the truth.”

“Almost everyone who has been around me turned out to be a secret agent working for the Jews, working for the CIA… The Jews have planted so many of their Jew agents and CIA rats all around me. So many people… girlfriends, lawyers, everybody almost, turned out to be working for the CIA and the Jews. Unbelievable but true.”

-Bobby Fischer (of Jewish parentage), American chess grandmaster, 11th World Chess Champion, often considered the greatest chess player ever (and possible TI)

19) “Jews are behind the whole (organized stalking) thing.” Alan Landis, implanted TI of Jewish parentage who claims to have suffered microwave attacks for over four decades to webmaster, 2014

(See: Deceive and Hide- Jewish Mob Stalking Culture youtube (With Partial Transcription of Text)Jewish Gang StalkingMore On Jewish Gang StalkingJewish Gang Stalking: Israeli Contractors Protect Weinstein by Stalking Women and Reporters (11/17)Jewish Organized Stalking: Harvey Weinstein’s Army of Spies)

20) “We (Jews) control America, and the Americans know it.” -Arial Sharon, Israeli Prime Minister, October, 2001

21) “With so many jews involved with methods of deep psychological torment directed at me for so many years, it is impossible that these methods are not culturally jewish, known by all jews above a certain age…. This culturally jewish method of profiling and stalking someone to ruin would have existed before technology made it easy, perhaps explaining why jews have been exiled from so many lands.

The benefits to shadow governments are endless; spy operations, police stings, drug dealing, money laundering drops and black operation terror events where an asset or target are surrounded by nothing but layers of backup in a pre-scripted crowd simulation…. What gave away the core of this mob stalking method as culturally jewish was that Israelis always positioned themselves in the lead to appear as a victim, with their terrain cues consistently ordinary, per Mossad and Shin Bet’s mottos of deception and concealment as a strategy.

The culturally jewish methods of deception and concealment are mafia tactics, as evidence by the similarity in criminal activities between American jewish mafia and the Israeli mafia; the embedded Nation of Israel and Israel proper:

Jewish-American mafia criminal activities: Narcotics trafficking, racketeering, gambling, loan sharking, bookmaking, contract killing, diamond trafficking, extortion, weapons trafficking, fraud, prostitution & money laundering.

Israeli mafia criminal activities: Drug trafficking, diamond trafficking, racketeering, loan sharking, robbery, extortion, money laundering, highjacking, gambling, prostitution, bookmaking, weapons trafficking and human trafficking.”

“Deceive and Hide- Jewish Mob Stalking Culture” youtube (Op Catalyst; And Partial Transcription of Text)

22) “The Jewish people as a whole will be its own Messiah. It will attain world domination by the abolition of other races, by the abolition of frontiers, the annihilation of monarchy, and by the establishment of a world republic in which the Jews will everywhere exercise the privilege of citizenship. In this new world order, the Children of Israel will furnish all the leaders without encountering opposition. The Governments of the different peoples forming the world republic will fall without difficulty into the hands of the Jews. It will then be possible for the Jewish rulers to abolish private property, and everywhere to make use of the resources of the state.

-Baruch Levy, Letter to Karl Marx, La Revue de Paris, p. 54, June 1, 1928

23) “When the Messiah comes every Jew will have 2800 slaves.” -Simeon Haddarsen, fol. 56-D (Jewish Talmud)

24) “The goal for which we have striven so concertedly for three thousand years is at last within our reach, and because its fulfillment is so apparent, it behooves us to increase our efforts and our caution tenfold. I can safely promise you that before ten years have passed, our race will take its rightful place in the world, with every Jew a king and every Gentile a slave. We will openly reveal our identity with the races of Asia and Africa. I can state with assurance that the last generation of white children is now being born.

“Our control Commissions will, in the interest of peace and wiping out our interracial tensions, forbid the whites to mate with white. The white woman must cohabit with members of the dark races, the white men with black women. Thus the white race will disappear, for mixing the dark with white means the end of the white man, and our most dangerous enemy will become only a memory. We shall embark upon an era of ten thousand years of peace and plenty, the Pax Judaica, and our race will rule undisputed over the world. Our superior intelligence will easily enable us to retain mastery over a world of dark people.

… This war will end for all time the struggle against the Gentiles… Our race will rule undisputed over the world… And so, with vision of world victory before you, go back to your countries and intensify your good work, until that approaching day when Israel will reveal herself in all her glorious destiny as the Light of the World”.

-Rabbi Emanuel Rabinovich; Speaking of the Third World War, Rabbi Rabinovich is publicly reported to have addressed a special meeting of Rabbis in Budapest on January 12, 1952 as reported in the Nov/Dec 2000 issue of Americas Bulletin (N.P. Purvis, Editor), The Canadian Intelligence Service – Excerpt from September 1952 issue, “The World’s Troublemakers,” [See resources ] “THE STRUGGLE AGAINST THE GENTILES”

25) “For my part, whatever anguish of spirit it may cost, I am willing to know the whole truth; to know the worst and to provide for it.”

-Patrick Henry, American Founding Father, first Governor of Virginia

Webmaster’s Introduction:

I began this website in the fall of 2016 with the goal of learning as much as possible about global organized stalking and mind control operations and sharing that information with others. As a former university professor and a “Targeted Individual” myself since at least about 2004, I have researched these topics both from an academic standpoint as well as from my own direct experience. This website is an outgrowth of my naturalclimatechange.org911nwo.com, and sanluisvalleywaterwatch.com websites and builds upon and/or incorporates information provided in those websites. Having researched these related issues for decades, I can now offer some major conclusions, the chief of which is that through their systematic torture and murder of law-abiding American citizens, the U.S. military-intelligence is guilty of committing the highest form of treason imaginable.

Indeed, today, the U.S. military wages secret warfare on the people of the world in order to assert “full spectrum dominance” over planet earth and usher in One-World-Government as per United Nations Agenda 21 (“Agenda for the 21st Century,” now called Agenda 2030). The U.S. and Israeli governments and their corporate partners now conduct surveillance on everyone. And they secretly deploy high-tech, directed energy- and neuro-weapons against (probably) many millions of “Targeted Individuals” (TIs) worldwide who have been extra-judicially placed on “Terrorism Watch Lists” and classed as “enemies of the state.” These people are referred to as “the target” and “it” in Joint Publication 3-60 of the Joint Chiefs of Staff (see above quote) and are denied due process of law, their constitutionally-guaranteed civil liberties, and the protection of the innumerable state, federal, and international laws and statutes that prohibit such non-consensual targeting/non-consensual experimentation on civilians. These surveillance, targeting, torture, neutralization, and killing operations are part of the U.S. military’s “Unconventional Warfare” carried out on behalf of the global financial elite by their minions, the intelligence agencies, governments, militaries and private security contractors, against civilian populations in order to suppress the truth, cover-up their own crimes, profit from human trafficking of TIs, and test their latest neuro- and nonlethal weapons.

The U.S. military’s “Fourth Generation Warfare” is a product of the “Revolution in Military Affairs” (RMA) that occurred in the 1980s and 1990s. Its major components include: “Information Warfare,” “Perception Management,” “Military Operations Other Than War” (MOOTW), “Low-Intensity Conflict (LIC)” “Cyber-Warfare,” “Net-Centric Warfare,” Psychological Operations, Psycho-Political Operations, and the use of no-touch torture technologies including “nonlethal” (directed energy) and other neuro-weapons. These so-called “counter-terrorism operations” actually constitute terrorism waged against domestic populations. (See: Mark M. Rich’s “The New World War: Revolutionary Methods for Political Control,” 2011 and excerpts from that book on this website: Beastiary of Terms in the New War (Against Civilians)Psychopaths New World War Against All HumanityPsyop As a Fundamental Component of Organized Stalking, and Excellent Explanation of Organized Stalking Operations- Mark Rich Youtubes).

As per the U.S. military’s (related) “civil-military” and “net-centric” war doctrines, responsibility and culpability for these criminal, unconstitutional operations is divested among many sectors of society, including law enforcement (DHS, DOJ, FBI, local, state and federal police), private corporate contractors and local businesses, innumerable civilian and vigilante groups, religions, cults, non-governmental organizations (NGOs), and many universities and medical facilities, etc.

Why? “Full spectrum dominance” of everything and everyone. What for? Innumerable statements by global leaders tell us why (also see quotes below).

James Paul Warburg, son of Paul Warburg, both of the Warburg (German Jewish banking) family that co-founded the Federal Reserve, stated on February 17, 1950 before the Senate Foreign Relations Committee:

“We shall have World Government, whether or not we like it. The question is only whether World Government will be achieved by consent or by conquest.”

The American people never consented to World Government. Nonetheless, our nation, world, and Western Civilization itself is being conquered incrementally by the international financial elite and their paid minions.

Multiple goals and effects of global organized stalking/mind control/electronic torture operations include:

1) massive make-work program; establishment of a massive make-work program that radically expands the National Security Enterprise/Terrorism sector of the economy through: a) allocation of billions of federal dollars to watchlist and target generally law-abiding civilians through the DHS-FBI Fusion Center system, b) human trafficking of “TIs” as non-consensual human experimentees into military-university-corporate-state neuroscience and weapons-testing programs*, and c) illegal seizure of terminated targets’ assets*,

(*As revealed in the “Iran-Contra” scandal of the 1980s, the rogue corporate-military-intelligence (CIA-mafia) networks of the criminal “shadow government” (National Security Enterprise) have also profiteered from international sales of illegal drugs and weapons, trafficking of sex slaves and children, etc., for many decades. Among many names for this “shadow government” is Dr. Alfred McCoy’s term, “covered netherworld.”)

2) formation of “secret armies;” formation of vast “secret armies” of “perpetrators” (“perps”) comprised of military special forces operatives, “civilian warfighters,” citizen spies, recruited criminals, government agents/informants/spies, “surveillance role players,” “crisis actors,” academic and medical cognitive and neuroscience researchers, and others, to: 1) maintain control over all sectors of society, 2) squelch all potential dissent and civil rights movements, 3) “divide and conquer” domestic populations, 4) artificially create a civil war in which civilians police, stalk, harass, torture, and kill each other,

3) “Isolate and Remove” (ISR) and “asset stripping” of dissident/”targets” with no-touch torture, “nonlethal weapons;” organized stalking of “Targeted Individuals” by these secret armies is accompanied by deployment of high-tech, military-grade “nonlethal” electromagnetic and neuro-tech weapons to ISR (“isolate and “remove”) TIs from society (i.e., eliminate/”suicide”/kill them), which allows elites and/or the state to seize “targets’” assets through insurance fraud, etc.

4) create worldwide “no-touch torture, psychotronic concentration camp;” create a no-touch, electronic Guantanamo Bay-Abu Ghraib-style torture-mind control system that can be deployed anywhere on earth at any time against anyone viewed with disfavor by those in power.

5) create mass shooters through invisible, no-touch torture; the “zionist-controlled USA is running COINTELPRO-COPs-Gang-Stalking and wireless-MKULTRA program on millions of innocent Americans in order to advance a political agenda to create psycho-bombs; mass shooters who create a gun problem so they can ban them” according to Dr. Robert Duncan (CIA scientist, whistleblower, and author of “Project: Soul Catcher: Volume 2: Secrets of Cyber and Cybernetics Warfare Revealed”)

6) cover-up their own criminality; psychological and/or physical breakdown/incarceration/institutionalization/”slow kill” murder of TIs via “no-touch torture” eliminates “dissidents,” “whistleblowers,” “truth-tellers,” and dissent, in general, thus facilitating suppression of the truth and the implementation of the long-sought, totalitarian one-world government. Removal of “political enemies” through these targeted killings also facilitates the cover-up of this and other government crimes, covert ops, and massive propaganda lies, including 9/11, staged false-flag terror events, prosecution of illegal wars, the phony war on terrorism, the phony man-caused global warming hoax, etc.

7) neuro-weapons testing/brain- and soul-mapping/cloning; military research, development, and refinement of a variety of neuro-weapons, as well as the mapping, digital copying, and cloning human brains and souls (defined as “intellect, will, and emotions”) is carried out to create: a) “enhanced” cyborg supersoldiers, b) a race of transhumanist (human-computer) cyborg slaves/bio-robots, and c) enhancement of “conscious” AI (artificial-intelligence) supercomputers, d) fascist military-intelligence domination the entire world population through use of neuroweapons/neurotechnologies which permit remote mind control, torture, and mind influencing, and e)a host of other objectives,

8) “divide and conquer” society for total control; dividing society into three classes; a) predators, including elites and “perps”, b) prey, including targeted individuals and audiences, and c) clueless and cowardly bystanders, aka “the bewildered herd.” This “divide and conquer” strategy facilitates total control of societies by elites and eliminates the threat of genuine protest, meaningful social movements, etc.,

9) create a society of sadists and spies; traditional Christian values such as love, truth, beauty, honor, kindness, courage, and service to others are replaced in progressively dehumanized societies by a sadistic-mafia-spook-style “thugocracy” (rule by thugs) with a “Lord of the Flies” jungle mentality in which sadistic, violent guerilla tactics are commonly employed to “keep the peace,”

10) militarize, weaponize, criminalize, and satanize society; societies are thus “weaponized,” “criminalized,” and “satanized” to such an extent that these types of illegal and unconstitutional activities continue unreported and unpunished,

11) creation of New World Order electronic military-intelligence-vigilante police state;creation of a global, totalitarian, corporate-owned New World Order military-intelligence-vigilante civilian-police state linked to AI supercomputers, cell towers, and electromagnetic frequency and advanced neuro-tech weapons can be covertly deployed against any and all individuals and groups in all sectors of society.

Through economic policies, zoning restrictions, and man-caused catastrophes such as the California wildfires, etc., citizens are now gradually being forced out of rural and suburban areas into crowded UN Agenda 21 “Smart Cities,” where total physical control can be exerted through control of food, water, and energy, etc. and total psychological and behavioral control can be exerted through GISTAPO-666,

12) electronic/psychotronic genocide of populations; large populations can be genocided and/or turned into bio-robots using these technologies.

13) elites attain immortality; elites evidently hope to develop and use these brain-to-computer mapping and copying technologies to transform themselves into a race of immortal, omniscient, transhumanist “gods” who would rule a universal, one-world antichrist kingdom… forever.

In light of the vast scope, complexity, and import of these global operations, then, the commonly-used terms, “organized stalking,” “gang stalking,” and “counter-intelligence stalking” hardly appear adequate. Hence, we need to find more accurate and appropriate terms. So let’s mimic the alphabet soup agencies themselves (DOD, DHS, FBI, NSA, CIA, DIA, DARPA, etc.) who devise acronyms that describe the principle components of their operations (such as MIG (Military Intelligence Group), COINTELPRO (Counter-intelligence Program), USAINTC (USA Intelligence Command), etc)?

Of the numerous acronyms I have come up with thus far (Best Acronyms For “Gang Stalking” and “Targeted Individuals”.), my current favorites are:

1) “GISSSSSSSTTTTTTAPPPPPPPWO;” for “Global Intelligence-Syndicate, Secret, Satanic, Space-based, Surveillance, Stalking, Tracking, Targeting, Torture, Terrorism, Termination, Transhumanism And Psycho-Political, Policing-for-Profit, Psychotronic, and Psychological Warfare Operations.” (GISSSSSSTTTTTTAPPPPPPWO should be pronounced in a harsh, guttural, Nazi accent, with the 6 S’s forming a prolonged hiss and the 6 T’s and 6 P’s pronounced with machine gun-like, rapid-fire staccato). Alternatively, it can be more simply rendered to as “GISTAPWO- 666” and/or “GIS(6)T(6)AP(6)WO” (with 6’s as superscripts).

2) GOG’S NeW GESSTTTTTAPO: “Global Organized Stalking Groups’ Neuro Warfare Groups’ Surveillance, Stalking, Tracking, Targeting, Torture, Termination, Tyranny, and Pscyhological Operations.”

These terms are used interchangeably throughout this website, along with “Global Gestapo” (GG), as synonyms and descriptors for “global organized stalking/electronic torture/mind control” operations.

Readers should also understand that “GISTAPO-666” is just one component of a multi-pronged “state-sponsored terrorism”/”unconventional warfare” global take-down strategy that includes other types of operations as well. These include:

1) Weather warfare/geoengineering; for example: a) global aerial spraying of chemtrails, b) manufactured “frankenstorm” hurricanes such as Harvey, Katrina, Michael, etc., c) geoengineered DEW (Directed Energy Weapon) fires in California and elsewhere and d) HAARP-(High Active-Frequency Auroral Research Program)-ELF- (Extremely Low Frequency) induced droughts, floods, earthquakes, etc.
2) chemical, biological, and psychological operations,
3) propaganda and soft-mind control through controlled media and alternative media
4) mass trauma-based mind control through staged, false-flag “terror” incidents such as 9/11, Sandy Hook, the Boston bombings, etc., etc.
5) Special Forces and Tactical Psychological Operations Teams’ “asymetrical war” operations now being deployed to destabilize most nations in the world.
6) others of which most of us remain unaware

These “unconventional warfare” strategies are scalable and can be used to target domestic populations, individuals, uncooperative government officials and political leaders, and other groups. They comprise important elements of the “New World War.” In “YOU Are THE ENEMY,” Veterans Today reporter, Preston James, Ph.D., describes the basic war strategy by which government agents and paid provocateurs fabricate “a continual stream of degradations and provocations” against civilians:

“This new War on Terror has been socially engineered to provide a continual stream of degradations and provocations against the average American, provoking many in a never-ending stream to resist, and causing them to be labeled dissenters.

Once they have been labeled dissenters they are put on a Department of Homeland Security (DHS) Main Core Terror Watch List, which top insiders know is a targeted assassination list for later eradication of all Freedom-loving Americans who want to restore the American Constitutional Republic.

At present the Main Core list has over ten million Americans on it, and it is growing every day with thousands of new additions. Get a ticket for a driving offense or any arrest (even if later proven innocent) and it is highly likely you will be placed on this Main Core Terror Watch and Assassination list.

Over time these provocations are designed to result in a continuing stream of American dissenters that want to take their Republic back from the zionist hijackers and will meet DHS tyranny and force with the like. Any and all Dissenters are now being defined as “Enemies of the State”.”

Thus, GISTAPO-666 particularly targets and neutralizes/eliminates citizens who have been secretly “watchlisted,” classified as “dissenters”/whistleblowers, and are now being used as “non-consensual human experimentees” (guinea pigs). TIs are subject to covert torture, “soft-kill,” “slow-kill,” and “silent-kill” murder via “nonlethal weapons” as well as mind and behavioral control via neuro-weapons and psy-ops (gang stalking), brain- and soul-mapping, and EMF (electro-magnetic frequency) and neuro-weapons-testing programs. Just as in the CIA’s top-secret, MKULTRA and related mind control black, wet projects of the 1940s onward, non-consenting civilians today are being used as unwilling and usually unwitting test subjects in these “terminal” (unto death) experiments.

Government propagandists justify the deployment of GISTAPO-666 and related FBI/DHS/NSA “counter-terrorism” programs under the (false) pretexts/cover stories of “National Security,” the phony “War On Terrorism”, and “Law and Order.” These operations are executed by the “interagency,” aka “National Security Enterprise-U.S. military-corporate complex,” perhaps the world’s most profitable business. The annual U.S. “defense budget” is about $800 billion and, according to neuroscientist/neuroethicist, Dr. James Giordano, the neuroscience/neurotech industry alone currently garners $175 billion/year of “market share.” (See: Confessions of a High-Level Per; Dr. James Giordano).

It should be stressed that most of the individuals and groups (termed “perpetrators” or “perps”) that execute these covert, illegal, and unconstitutional terror and torture operations are guilty of committing criminal felonies as well as treason for they are violating the constitutionally-guaranteed rights of their fellow citizens and/or their own sworn oaths to protect the U.S. Constitution and the American public from enemies foreign and domestic.

What makes this new form of terrorism/covert torture/warfare so insidious and effective is that the public is largely unaware of the existence of the high-tech weapons and technologies it deploys. Weaponized directed energy wavelengths and frequencies can silently and invisibly target, manipulate, and degrade minds/behaviors as well as induce premature deaths from heart attacks, strokes, cancers, and a host of other maladies, etc. EM frequencies are also used by the military and private subcontractors to control weather. These effects are possible when these weaponized electromagnetic wavelengths and frequencies are deployed in combination with satellites, cell towers, supercomputers, spraying of metallic particulate and nano-particles into the atmosphere (chemtrails), cyber warfare systems, and other high-tech weapons.

This website and my 911nwo.com website documents that the ultimate powers behind these criminal operations are the Judeo-Masonic-Satanic (“Illuminati”/”British Israel”/Old Black Nobility) financial-power elite which has captured America and most other nations. (See: Who Are “They?” Their Statements Say…. Starts With J). This elite has captured and effectively controls the USG-CIA-FBI-NSA-DOD-DIA-DHS-NATO-NASA-NORAD-Mossad-MI6 and myriad allied national and corporate institutions, including the global mafia. (Numerous TIs and authors have reached this conclusion as well. And numerous TIs assert that these operations are accompanied by mafia-style “asset stripping” of “targets.”) These elites believe that dissent, independent thinkers, and independent thought must be eradicated in order to usher in their long-planned, totalitarian, fascist, feudalistic, New World Order-One-World-Government-antichrist kingdom (“Jewish Utopia”) to be ruled from Jerusalem.

As of December 16, 2018, some 767 posts on this site present valuable information pertaining to these nefarious operations and related topics. The following ten posts provide a good introductory background for understanding these extremely sophisticated and complex operations which remain officially unacknowledged:

1) “YOU Are THE ENEMY” by Preston James, Ph.D. (Veterans Today, 2014) gives the big picture of how and why our government, captured and controlled by the IZCS (International Zionist Criminal Syndicate), is targeting and murdering American civilians.

YOU are THE ENEMY by Preston James, PH.D. (Veterans Today, 2014)

2) “Mind Control: History and Applications” (2012) by webmaster, Dr. Eric Karlstrom, explains the history and technologies of Post-World War II CIA mind control operations.

Mind Control: History and Applications (Dr. Eric Karlstrom)

3) The (Jewish) Controllers and Their Destructive Mission by webmaster, Dr. Eric Karlstrom, provides a historical explanation and ultimate source of the drive for a Judeo-Masonic-satanic-driven for world government and the enslavement of humanity. These elements, I believe, are ultimately behind GISTAPO-666, the global gang stalking, mind control, and criminal cult operations;

The (Jewish) Controllers And Their Destructive Mission

4) “Man-Made Climate Change in the Skies: OR Playing God with the Atmosphere and Earth” is a power point presentation by Dr. Eric Karlstrom (webmaster) in 2011 that explains the history, pertinent patents, and laws related to Post-World War II geoengineering/weather warfare operations in America.

Man-Made Climate Change in the Skies (Dr. Eric Karlstrom, pdf)

5) The “Mind Control Slave” website, duplicated here in Parts 1-3 below, seems to provide some of the best, most technically sophisticated descriptions of modern organized stalking, psychotronics, and mind control operations.

Part 1: The Use of Electronics and Implants, Drug-Induced Mind Control, and Secret Government (Part 1 From “Mind Control Slave”)

Part 2: Body and Mind Manipulation, Tips for Brain Implant Victims, Gang Stalking Detail (diagrams), and ex-FBI Ted Gunderson Testimony on Gang Stalking (From “Mind Control Slave:” Part 2)

Part 3: Organized Gang Stalking, Electronic Harassment, and Psychotronic Tortures (From “Mind Control Slave:” Part 3)

6) These brief news stories and ads prove that “targeted killing” is a growth industry and job description in America!

U.S. Targeted Killings, U.S. Military Joint Targeting Publication 3-60, Joint Targeting School, and Lucrative TARGETING JOBS!

7) “Fourteen Inferred Goals of Global Intelligence Stalking/Electronic Torture/Mind Control Operations; Qui Bono? (9/11/18 Synopsis) was a recent attempt by webmaster, Dr. Eric Karlstrom, to summarize the basic elements of GISTAPO-666 and try to surmise who benefits (Qui Bono?).

Inferred 14 Goals of Global Intelligence Stalking/Electronic Torture/Mind Control Operations; Qui Bono? (9/11/18 Synopsis)

8) Summary of Precursors, Components, and Inferred Goals and Structure of GOG’s NeW GESSTTTTTTAPO

9) References on Gang Stalking, Mind Control and Cults

10) The Declaration of War Against America and the World/Genocide Plan by Rand Corporation (1954): Silent Weapons For Quiet Wars

11) Rothschild and Rockefeller-Controlled Financial Institutions/Corporatocracy Now Control North America

SOME OF THE MAIN STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS OF GISTAPO-666 ARE DESCRIBED ON THIS FLIER (Please Copy and Distribute Widely):
_____________________________________________________________________________________

DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY (D.H.S.)

TERRORIST WATCH LIST SCAM

THOUSANDS (MILLIONS?) OF INNOCENT PEOPLE PUT ON WATCHLIST
WITH NO VETTING AT ALL, JUST GOOD OL’ BOY SAY-SO

CHAIN OF COMMAND & PYRAMID SCHEME PARTICIPANTS ARE:

DHS/FBI/FUSION CENTERS/CIVILIAN VIGILANTES (NEIGHBORHOOD NAZIS such as INFRAGARD)

REAL PURPOSE:

– STEALING TAX PAYER MONIES FOR FALSIFIED TERRORIST NUMBERS TO JUSTIFY SUPPORT FOR PHONY “WAR ON TERRORISM;”
– HUMAN TRAFFICKING: SELLING INHUMANE, NON-CONSENSUAL KILL CONTRACTS ON VICTIMS TO MILITARY INDUSTRIAL COMPLEX;
– MURDER OF WATCH-LISTED INNOCENT CIVILIANS FROM TORTUROUS EXPERIMENTS;
– ID THEFT/LIFE INSURANCE FRAUD/TRUST FUND FRAUD/JOINT PROPERTY PURCHASES FRAUD THAT PAY OFF GHOST PARTNERS UPON DEATH (MURDER

TACTICS:

– BLANKETING AREA WITH FALSE AND VICIOUS SLANDER & LIBEL OF TARGETED INDIVIDUAL (TI);
– MULTI-PERSON PAID RELAY-STYLE STALKING HARASSMENT 24/7;
– HOME BREAK-INS;
– PET THEFTS/MUTILATIONS/MURDERS;
– GASSING, POISONING, REWIRING SMART METERS TO KILL, USING HIGH TECH COVERT WEAPON, SUCH AS DIRECTED ENERGY WEAPONS;
– COVERTLY IMPLANTING VICTIMS (AND THEIR VEHICLES) WITH CHIPS TO FACILITATE TARGETING

POLICE AND LOCAL AUTHORITIES ARE TOLD TO BUTT OUT OF SANCTIONED FEDERAL PROGRAM OR PARTICIPATE (THOUGH ENTIRELY UNCONSTITUTIONAL)

VICTIMS ARE FALSELY LABELLED MENTALLY ILL AND THEIR PLEAS FOR EQUAL PROTECTION UNDER THE LAW ARE DISMISSED AND MOCKED

VICTIMS END UP WRONGFULLY MURDERED, INCARCERATED, OR COMMITTED
_______________________________________________________________________________________

WHY AND QUI BONO (WHO BENEFITS)?

The key questions, of course, are:

1) Who is behind all this? and

2) Why would any group of people put so incredibly much effort and money into torturing, creating hellish conditions for, and covertly murdering innocent civilians?

3) What group has the power, resources, and motivation to create such a gargantuan society-wide system that can achieve total control of the “minds and souls” of humanity?

Answers are to be found in the following statements:

1) “There is a plot in this land to (mentally) enslave every man, woman and child. Before I leave this high and noble office I intend to expose this plot.”

President John F. Kennedy, Nov. 12, 1963, 10 days before his public execution

“For we are opposed around the world by a monolithic and ruthless conspiracy that relies on covert means for expanding its sphere of influence–on infiltration instead of invasion, on subversion instead of elections, on intimidation instead of free choice, on guerrillas by night instead of armies by day. It is a system which has conscripted vast human and material resources into the building of a tightly knit, highly efficient machine that combines military, diplomatic, intelligence, economic, scientific and political operations.

Its preparations are concealed, not published. Its mistakes are buried not headlined. Its dissenters are silenced, not praised. No expenditure is questioned, no rumor is printed, no secret is revealed.”

President John F. Kennedy, April 27, 1961

This plot was proceeding rapidly during Kennedy’s administration (1961-63) as expressed in the following:

2) “In 1953, (CIA Director Allen) Dulles, speaking before a national meeting of Princeton alumni, distinguished two fronts in the then-current “battle for men’s minds”: a “first front” of mass indoctrination through censorship and propaganda, and a “second front” of individual “brainwashing” and “brain changing.” Before an audience of fellow Ivy Leaguers, Dulles skipped the usual pieties about democracy. The same year, Dulles approved the CIA’s notorious MKULTRA project, and exempted it from normal CIA financial controls.”

Alex Constantine, Psychic Dictatorship in the U.S.A. 1995

Overwhelming evidence indicates that the public execution of JFK in 1963 and staging of the 9/11 false-flag synthetic terror event in 2001 were in fact massively planned “trauma-based mind control” events that were part of a series of coups or “overthrows” of the US government. This “shadow government” has also been called the “Deep State,” “New World Order,” “Illuminati,” “CIA-Mossad-MI6-Mafia,” “Zionazis,” “International Zionist Criminal Syndicate,” “hidden hand,” etc. This same group, hell-bent on world domination, IS prosecuting these modern crimes.

And what group(s) or spiritual power(s) (or both) lie behind this “monolithic and ruthless conspiracy” to which President John F. Kennedy referred? This question is readily answered by sampling statements of informed experts through history. Indeed, history and the published confessions of the “perpetrators” reveal that this same secular-“spiritual” power orchestrated the French and Russian Revolutions, World Wars I and II, the Great Depression, and many other calamities. The following statements suffice to identify the true perpetrators of these atrocities (See Who Are “They?” Their Statements Say…. Starts With J:

The following statements, made by knowledgeable commentators over the past 150 to 200 years, reveal the truth:

3) “There is a Jewish conspiracy against all nations; it occupies almost everywhere the avenues of power- a double assault of Jewish revolution and Jewish finance, revolution and finance.”

Rene Groos, La Nouveau Mercure, Paris, 1917

4) “…the final result of the Messianic revolution will always be the same…. the nations will be converted to Judaism and will obey the law, or else they will be destroyed, and the Jews will be the masters of the world.”

G. Batault, Le Probleme Juif (1921), p. 135; The Secret Powers Behind Revolution, by Vicomte Leon de Poncins (1929)

5) “The day is not far distant when all the riches, all the treasures of the earth, will become the property of the children of Israel.”

Jew and high Mason, Cremieux, founder and president of L’Alliance-israelite-universelle (1860); from “The Trail of the Serpent,” by Inquire Within (1936)

6) “We (Jews) control America, and the Americans know it.” Arial Sharon, Israeli Prime Minister, October, 2001

7) “Creative destruction is our middle name, both within our own society and abroad. We tear down the old order every day, from business to science, literature, art, architecture, and cinema to politics and the law. Our enemies have always hated this whirlwind of energy and creativity, which menaces their traditions (whatever they may be) and shames them for their inability to keep pace. Seeing America undo traditional societies, they fear us, for they do not wish to be undone. They cannot feel secure so long as we are there, for our very existence—our existence, not our politics—threatens their legitimacy. They must attack us in order to survive, just as we must destroy them to advance our historic mission.“

Jewish Neoconservative, Michael Ledeen, “The War Against the Terror Masters,” 2003

8) “Jews rule the world by proxy. They get others to fight and die for them.” Malaysian Prime Minister Mahathir Mohamad, 2003

9) “Israel was behind all four fronts in 9/11, that momentous event in our nation´s history: 1) The actual terror attacks themselves; 2) the subsequent cover-up; and both 3) ¨the U.S.-led military invasions overseas¨ and 4) the ¨domestic security state apparatus.¨

Hugh Akins, “Synagogue Rising,” 2012

10) ….”A SERIOUS SPELL, A RACIAL DELUSION OF SUPERIORITY HAS BEEN CAST ON MANY JUDAICS NO MATTER WHERE THEY LIVE, BUT ESPECIALLY SO AMONG THOSE LIVING IN GREATER ISRAEL, WHERE THE LUCIFERIAN HEX FLAG FLIES. WHETHER TRUE OR NOT, TOP ZIONIST LEADERS BELIEVE THIS HEX FLAG SIGNIFIES THE MERGER OF DEMONIC FALLEN ANGEL BEAST-BLOODLINES FROM ABOVE, BRED WITH HUMAN FEMALE BLOODLINES BELOW. THEY BELIEVE THIS MAKES THEM THE “CHOSEN ONES” OF THEIR GOD LUCIFER, AND SUPERHUMAN OR PART GOD ALSO.”

Preston James, Ph.D., Veterans Today, 2014

11) “Most Jews do not like to admit it, but our god is Lucifer. And we are his chosen people. Lucifer is very much alive.”

Harold Rosenthal, Jewish aide to Senator Henry Jackson, 1976 interview

12) “Judaism is a secret Satanic cult posing as a religion…. Judaism is not Monotheistic but Luciferian. It’s goal is the replacement of God with the secret Jewish leadership. Both the Talmud and the Cabala are dedicated to the proposition that only Jews are human…. Modern history and culture reflect a Cabalistic (Satanic) spell cast on the human race. It is dedicated to the fulfillment of prophecy, the eventual enslavement of mankind by the “Jews” who in practice will be the crazed Illuminati Order.”

Henry Makow, Jewish writer, 2009

13) “Use the courts, use the judges, use the constitution of the country, use the medical societies and its laws to further our ends. Do not stint in your labor in this direction. And when you have succeeded you will discover that you can now effect your own legislation at will and you can, by careful organization, by constant campaigns about the terrors of society, by pretense as to your effectiveness, make the capitalist himself, by his own appropriation, finance a large portion of the quiet Communist conquest of that nation.”

Address of the Jew Laventria Beria, Soviet Secret Police Chief, “The Communist Textbook on Psychopolitics,” p. 8 (1930s)

14) “The goal for which we have striven so concertedly for three thousand years is at last within our reach, and because its fulfillment is so apparent, it behooves us to increase our efforts and our caution tenfold. I can safely promise you that before ten years have passed, our race will take its rightful place in the world, with every Jew a king and every Gentile a slave. We will openly reveal our identity with the races of Asia and Africa. I can state with assurance that the last generation of white children is now being born.

“Our control Commissions will, in the interest of peace and wiping out our interracial tensions, forbid the whites to mate with white. The white woman must cohabit with members of the dark races, the white men with black women. Thus the white race will disappear, for mixing the dark with white means the end of the white man, and our most dangerous enemy will become only a memory. We shall embark upon an era of ten thousand years of peace and plenty, the Pax Judaica, and our race will rule undisputed over the world. Our superior intelligence will easily enable us to retain mastery over a world of dark people.

… This war will end for all time the struggle against the Gentiles… Our race will rule undisputed over the world… And so, with vision of world victory before you, go back to your countries and intensify your good work, until that approaching day when Israel will reveal herself in all her glorious destiny as the Light of the World”.

Rabbi Emanuel Rabinovich; Speaking of the Third World War, Rabbi Rabinovich is publicly reported to have addressed a special meeting of Rabbis in Budapest on January 12, 1952 as reported in the Nov/Dec 2000 issue of Americas Bulletin (N.P. Purvis, Editor), The Canadian Intelligence Service – Excerpt from September 1952 issue, “The World’s Troublemakers,” [See resources ] “THE STRUGGLE AGAINST THE GENTILES”

15) “Jews are behind the whole (organized stalking) thing.” TI of Jewish parentage who claims to have suffered microwaved attacks for over four decades to webmaster, 2014

Thus, the horrible and yet simple reality is that the very rich and powerful group on planet earth behind these atrocities may actually be demonically (and/or technologically) possessed to do the bidding of their masters, Lucifer and his servants. On my websites, I generally refer to this group as “Judeo-Masonic-satanists,” although they go by many other names, as noted.

How does this mostly-hidden dynamic of infiltration, corruption, and appropriation of governments and societies actually play out today in terms of policy and events? The following quotes provide answers to this question:

1) “There is now a New American War. It is inside America. It is called the “War on Terror”. The enemy is YOU! It is a staged, Phony War that has been created by the International Zionist Crime Syndicate (IZCS).

This New War on Terror has an enemy. That enemy is the American People, You and Me…. And anyone who wants to restore the American Republic will also be defined as a “Domestic Terrorist”. DHS is a terrorist group, hand assembled by American/Israeli dual citizen Traitors and is designed to tyrannize, capture and eventually be deployed against Americans to serially mass murder them. This is why they have been called the New American Gestapo of the Neo-Bolshevik Red Cheka Terror Machine.

This phony, staged War on Terror has been very craftily engineered to be an unending war that will assure perpetual war profits for Defense Contractors and a perpetual supply of artificially created enemies inside America to feed that war.

Here is the new game in the so-called American Defense Industry. It is a stateside game and it involves magically transforming any and all innocent, Constitutional, law-abiding citizens into Domestic Dissenters, “Domestic Terrorists” or “Potential Domestic Terrorists. Either of these categories is considered “reasonable suspicion” enough to place then on numerous “watch lists” and to stalk or gang-stalk these folks Cointelpro-style.

Actually the real situation is just the opposite–it is the USG and specifically the Fusion Centers and the Department of Homeland Security run by perverts, thugs and lowlifes and enemies of “we the people”. These scum are the real risk to the true and actual National Security of America the Republic and a significant risk to all honest, law abiding, Constitutional Americans. And the USG and DHS and Fusion Center officials are nothing less than world class criminals committing both High Treason and Sedition against America the Republic. The USG has been hijacked and is being run by those who have turned everything upside down.”

Preston James, Ph.D., YOU Are THE ENEMY, Veterans Today (2014)

2) “The elite have plans to get rid of 2/3 of the world’s population with electromagnetic warfare, chemical warfare, and psychological warfare…. Mind control, MK, is listed as a “non-lethal weapon” by the military… (In 2002), the United Nations Institute for Disarmament Research (UNIDIR) in Geneva, Switzerland, designated mind control as a weapon of mass destruction along with nuclear bombs… This technology links the brains of people via implanted microchips to satellites controlled by ground-based super-computers….

…All the US military branches are involved in the development of the technology, in cooperation with civil institutions like the Department of Health, in what is known as the NEURAL NETWORK ASSOCIATION. At their 1991 conference, it was revealed that they submitted and endorsed over 1000 projects in brain-computer technology at 350 medical centers, universities, etc.

…The best way to control people without their knowledge is through mind control. According to the CIA Director in 1972, mind control means a world where every thought, emotion, observation, and need is controlled….. Cybernetics, full neurological control and communication, has been in use since the 1940s without the knowledge of the public… The objectives are behavior modification and influencing mental and bodily functions, processes, and emotions remotely through computer-satellite links….

…Directed Energy (DE) weapons, mostly EMF (electromagentic frequency) and acoustic weapons, act on the psyche and the body of human beings and all living creatures. They have been called by many names: Psycho-physical weapons, weapons of information warfare, psychotronic weapons, cognitive weapons, neurological weapons, mind-invasive weapons, mind control and electronic harassment weapons, remote neural monitoring, active denial systems, weapons of electronic warfare, means of neuro-linguistic programming, means for behavior modification, means of influence technology, computerized brainwashing machines, devices to zombify people, means to induce mental and physical illness, means for hostile surveillance, people zappers, and weapons of mass destruction.

…(And) the Swedish military research (FOI) declares in their report of activities that their goal is to direct the cognitive functions of people for a lifetime.

… On July 21, 1994, the U.S. Department of Defense (DOD) proposed that “non-lethal” weapons be used against anyone engaged in activities that DOD opposed. That could include almost anyone. DOD’s potential enemies may be counter-cultural individuals, those with opposing political viewpoints, economic competitors, biological undesirables, etc. From my point of view, the uses of this new technology philosophically are comparable to and amount to the Biblical Fall of man, the eviction from paradise. The all-encompassing thought-reading and mind-influencing capacity (of this technology) divides man into two encampments: Those few “God-like” people, who are allowed to use these means, and all others, whose freedom and free will is being taken away.

We have been very surprised to hear about school and shopping center shootings. How many realize that these are tests where mind control programming is used to create a human robot. The serial killer is a victim himself, being programmed to be an emotionless robot and following orders to kill. The real killers sit behind computers and send him electromagnetic beams to the brain.

…. the secret services and their sabotage and terror “departments” are the biggest “terrorists” in the world and work together with the mafia. That was the case even in World War II, as has been published decades ago…. More crimes against humanity have been committed under the shield of “national security” than the people can ever know…. possibly even more than the mafia.

…To label the (non-consensual) human experimentees, the victims of mind control, as paranoid-schizophrenic is a crime against humanity…”

-Dr. Rauni Kilde, M.D., author, former Chief Medical Officer of Northern Finland, From: “Bright Light on Black Shadows” (2015)

3) “The Vietnam war was the formative experience for a generation of CIA and military intelligence personnel involved in the Phoenix program. They viewed the military defeat in Vietnam as a betrayal on the home front, a loss of will by domestic political enemies, not a military failure against a nationalistic revolution fought as a guerilla war.

The Phoenix program, assassinating suspected VC (Viet Cong) sympathizers in a systematic manner, worked well and is the blueprint for the current black operation (aka gang stalking) targeting thousands of loyal Americans using state of the art microwave and radio frequency radiation weapons. The motivation to suppress domestic dissidents and to assassinate loyal American opposition stems from the perception of dissent against the war as treason. This philosophy is stated very clearly in the “Mind War” (1980) paper written by Michael Aquino.

The Department of Defense has a huge stake in futuristic technology that kills by ionizing and non-ionizing radiation, leaving little or no trace. The indiscriminate killing of the Phoenix program continues on American soil. The terms “soft kill,” “slow kill,” and “silent kill” refer to the new way of killing the enemy in conflicts short of war and in small wars of the future. The counterinsurgency doctrine has now been applied to the home front so that the perceived betrayal of the military in Vietnam will not be repeated.

The generation of CIA and military intelligence led by Ted Shackley, Richard Helms, (CIA Director) William Casey, Maj. John Singlaub, Richard Secord, Maj. John B. Alexander, Col. Michael Aquino, Paul Vallilee and others have built the perfect beast, using selective assassination that leaves no trace. The ability to cull the human herd with “silent kill” technology allows a few personalities to remake the entire society in their own image.

Extremely low frequency (ELF) technology slowly drives the target crazy with silent sound, similar to the CIA MKULTRA psychiatrist, Dr. Ewen Cameron’s, “psychic driving” technique, used to break down the target’s personality. The new buzzwords at the Pentagon are “synthetic telepathy” and “psychotronics.” Another means of attack on targets is the Smirnoff patent, that uses subliminal suggestion to manipulate human behavior. This patent was purchased by the remote viewing company, Psi Tech Corporation.

Military intelligence officers involved in developing these “non-lethal weapons” also control Psi Tech. Emotional manipulation is accomplished using Dr. Michael Persinger’s work to remotely project emotional states that the brain entrains or locks onto and emulates. One can broadcast rage or fear at an individual target to manipulate and control them. As if these methods were not enough to torture and murder people, add to this nightmarish toolbox, active gang stalking. CIA-created cults and other cause-oriented groups are used by actively harassing them in public in neutralization techniques described in counterintelligence operations manuals that are aimed at enemy agents.

In the race to develop a new weapon it has always been necessary to test it on human beings. Perfecting the latest weapons designed to kill slowly and silently as well as perfecting the process of controlling the human mind are no different. Once the weaponry has been perfected on these few thousand people, the same techniques will be applied en mass to the general population and then to humanity as a whole.”

Marshall Thomas, “MONARCH: The New Phoenix Program” (2007)

Webmaster speaking:

Thus, I call on good people everywhere to awaken to the dire threat that this group and the “New War” pose to the American Constitutional Republic and to all humanity and life on earth. We each must take whatever actions we can to halt this “controlled demolition” of Western Civilization.

A Secular Perspective

Those who cannot wrap their minds around the “spiritual” dimensions of this problem may, perhaps, be better able to comprehend it when it is couched in secular terms, as it was in ex-MI6 author, George Orwell’s dystopian novel, “1984.” GISTAPO-666-organized stalking/torture/mind control operations is metaphorically represented in the drama played out in last part of “1984” when Inner Party Member, O’Brien (who represents the CIA/MI6/Tavistock/Royal Family/Rothschild/Judeo/Masonic/Satanic elite) tortures citizen Winston Smith (a “dissenter” capable of independent thought and resistance to tyranny) until he finally acknowledges that 2 + 2 equals whatever O’Brien wants it to equal. After the torture and brain washing is complete and Winston Smith finally loves “Big Brother,” he is, of course, killed. The goal of the “Party” is to extinguish all independent thought, and even the possibility of independent thought, dissent, resistance, and the restoration of human dignity… forever.

Orwell’s “1984” and Aldous Huxley’s “Brave New World” dystopian visions of the future have become our present reality. Please, dear reader, never forget that Orwell and Huxley are Britishauthors and that Britain is the principle home of Freemasonry, the “mother of all secret societies” and a gentile front for Judaism. We must understand that the “full spectrum dominance” plan stems, yes, from the IZCS (“International Zionist Criminal Syndicate”) but that this international group uses the nations to advance their agendas. In the past one hundred years, this diabolical plan has been advanced most dramatically through the policies of England, Germany, the U.S., Russia/Soviet Union, and now, especially, Israel, which is the creation of the Rothschilds (“King of the Jews”), Britain, and the IZCS.

Surveying the vast planning and resources that have been and are being poured into realizing the ambitions of the Judeo-Masonic-satanist psychopaths who believe they have the right to play god, redesign God’s creation, and usher in the satanic kingdom (“tikkun olam” is the Hebrew word meaning “reinvent the world”), three things seem certain to this observer:

1) To the psychopathic-eugenicist (demonically-possessed) ruling elite, be they Jews, Masons, CIA, MI6, university psychopaths, oops, I mean psychologists, GISTAPO-666, mind control, torture, organized stalking operations are a kind of “game” similar to a cat playing with a mouse it is devouring. They enjoy the game and derive pleasure and strength from others’ suffering. In “People of the Lie; The Hope For Healing Human Evil,” Dr. M. Scott Peck distinguished those who are “falling” from those who have “fallen.” Clearly, these individuals are “fallen.” And Peck also made a passionate plea that our institutions, particularly the military, needed to metaphorically exorcised of systemic evil. The policies of the U.S. military today are so disgraceful and inhuman that it is clear that America’s military and intelligence agencies are also “fallen.”

2) Those who take it upon themselves to “play God,” be they Jews, CIA, Masons, Rosicrucians, Tavistock Institute, university psychologists, or whoever, become devils. Using the Jewish Kabbalistic system of satanic black magic, the Judeo-Masonic elite are working hard to magically and alchemically transform God’s incomparably beautiful creation, the earth’s biosphere, into hell and the “crown of his creation” (man) into bio-robotized slaves, and

3) While it will appear they are winning for a time, they will eventually lose; and they will pay dearly for their colossal overreach: God will certainly cast them into eternal perdition.

Thus, regardless of whether we view it in secular or spiritual terms, our present plight is not really new. EXCEPT that widespread deployment of “nonlethal”/neuro-tech weapons” and weather warfare (geoengineering) and other high-tech weapons by governments and private entities against civilian populations makes our present plight far more dangerous than ever. Still, we can take inspiration from the insights, wisdom, and courage of our forebears:

“It is error alone which needs the support of government. Truth can stand by itself.”

“Truth will do well enough if left to shift for herself. She seldom has received much aid from the power of great men to whom she is rarely known & seldom welcome. She has no need of force to procure entrance into the minds of men. Error indeed has often prevailed by the assistance of power or force. Truth is the proper & sufficient antagonist to error.”

“The God who gave us life, gave us liberty at the same time; the hand of force may destroy, but cannot disjoin them.”

-Thomas Jefferson

“A nation of sheep will beget a government of wolves.”

– Edward R. Murrow

“Dissent is the only thing that rescues democracy from a quiet death behind closed doors.”

– William James

“The liberties of a people never were, nor ever will be, secure when the transactions of their rulers may be concealed from them.
…. The eternal difference between right and wrong does not fluctuate, it is immutable.
…. Should I keep back my opinions at such a time, through fear of giving offense, I should consider myself as guilty of treason toward my country, and of an act of disloyalty toward the Majesty of Heaven, which I revere above all earthly kings.

“They tell us, sir, that we are weak; unable to cope with so formidable an adversary. But when shall we be stronger? Will it be the next week, or the next year? Will it be when we are totally disarmed, and when a British guard shall be stationed in every house? Shall we gather strength by irresolution and inaction? Shall we acquire the means of effectual resistance by lying supinely on our backs and hugging the delusive phantom of hope, until our enemies shall have bound us hand and foot? Sir, we are not weak if we make a proper use of those means which the God of nature hath placed in our power.

…. Is life so dear, or peace so sweet, as to be purchased at the price of chains and slavery? Forbid it, Almighty God! I know not what course others may take; but as for me, give me liberty or give me death!”

Patrick Henry, a Founding Father of America, first Governor of Virginia

The extent of the capture, complicity, and criminality of the U.S. government is indicated by Dr. Webster Tarpley’s research into military drills, war games, and exercises conducted on the day of and leading up to 9/11 proves. This research proves that Operation 9/11 was very much a product of the American business, military, and government establishment in collusion with Israel (See: 911nwo.com). Agencies (the “interagency”) participating in this top-secret operation include:

1) The White House and Vice President Richard Cheney
2) NORAD = North American Aerospace Defense Command- (Wikipedia: combined organization of the United States and Canada that provides aerospace warning, air sovereignty, and defense for North America)
3) NEADS = Northeastern Air Defense Sector
4) SEADS= Southeastern Air Defense Sector
5) The CIA
6) The DIA (Defense Intelligence Agency),
7) The FBI
8) The U.S. Army
9) The U.S. Navy
10) The U.S. Marine Corps
11) US Air Force Bases: Andrews AFB, Nellis AFB, Nevada; Offutt AFB, Nebraska; Barksdale AFB, Louisiana; Minot AFB, North Dakota; Whiteman AFB, Missouri, Wright-Patterson AFB, Dayton, OH; Keflavik AFB, Iceland, Dobbins AFB, Georgia;STRATCOM = U.S. Strategic Command (Wikipedia: United States
12) U.S. Strategic Command (USSTRATCOM) is one of nine Unified Combatant Commands of the United States Department of Defense (DoD). It is charged with space operations (such as military satellites), information operations (such as information warfare), missile defense, global command and control, intelligence, surveillance, and reconnaissance (C4ISR), global strike and strategic deterrence (the United States nuclear arsenal), and combating weapons of mass destruction.)
13) AWACS = Air Warning and Control System
Pentagon MASCAL- Pentagon “mass casualty project” (contingency exercise held by Secretary of Defense between Oct. 24 and 26, 2000. The exercise required emergency response teams, members of the defense protective services, and U.S. government officials to conduct emergency simulations in preparation for a possible plane crash into the Pentagon.)
14) Air Combat Command
15) US Space Command
16) U.S. SOCOM: U.S. Special Operations Command
17) U.S. CENTCOM: U.S. Central Command
18) USJFCOM: U.S. Joint Forces Command
19) NRO: National Reconnaissance Office
20) FEMA (Federal Emergency Management Agency)
21) U.S. Coast Guard
22) The FAA (Federal Aviation Administration)
23) U.S. Department of Transportation
24) U.S. Army P2OG: Proactive Pre-emptive Operations Group
25) The Mayor of New York City, Rudolph Giulliani
26) New York City Fire and Police Departments
27) NY OEM: Office of Emergency Management
28) NY Police and Fire Departments
29) New York City
30) Fiduciary Trust Co. of WTC, 97th floor South Tower
31) Pennsylvania local first responders and emergency managers
32) Westmorland Co., Pennsylvania (Shanksville)
33) Miami Dade County Police Dept.
34) Forts: Fort Belvoir, Fort Monmouth, NJ,
35) Canadian government

And some 40 additional unnamed agencies! This is “the Interagency” in action!

From: “911: Synthetic Terror; Made in the U.S.A., by Webster Tarpley, 5th Edition; and Summary of Tarpley’s “The 46 drills, War Games, and Exercises of 9/11” and Inside Job! (And yet Much More) Tarpley’s “46 Drills Of 9/11”

Thus, our plight today is that our captured nation (America) serves the interests of the IZCS (International Zionist Criminal Syndicate). It has done so for more than 100 years, since the passing of the Federal Reserve Act of 1913 at least. Since World War II, the American economy has been dominated by military spending and hence, many of the best and brightest amongst us have been recruited to accomplish the “one world” goal of our occupiers by “any means necessary.” These quotes, among others, support this conclusion:

1) “I toiled wholeheartedly in the vineyards because it was fun, fun, fun. Where else could a red-blooded American boy lie, kill and cheat, steal, deceive, rape and pillage with the sanction and blessing of the All-Highest? Pretty Good Stuff, Brudder!”

-Colonel George Hunter White, MKULTRA Operative, CIA/OSS (Office of Strategic Services)/FBN in his final report to Dr. Sidney Gottlieb, overseer of CIA’s MKULTRA Program

2) “Mr. Speaker, we are here now in Chapter 11. Members of Congress are official trustees over the greatest reorganization of any bankrupt entity in world history, the U.S. government.”

Speaker-Representative James Traficant, Jr. (Ohio), addressing the House of Representatives, 1993

“Israel has used America as a whore…. They control our government, our media, and the finances of this country…. Through their lobby, Israel has manifested total power over the Congress of the United States… We’re conducting the expansionist policy of Israel and everybody’s afraid to say it… They are controlling much of our foreign policy, they are influencing much of our domestic policy. They control much of the media, they control much of the commerce of the country, and they control powerfully both bodies of the Congress. They own the Congress… Israel gets billions a year from the American taxpayers, while people in my district are losing their pension benefits…. and if you open your mouth, you get targeted. I was the number one target of the American Israeli Public Affairs Committee… We have investigated and found 2 separate incidents of AIPAC spying on America….

My concern is the taxpayers and the citizens of the United States should control their government, not a foreign entity… But if you deal with the real problems in America, YOU GET TARGETED.”

James Traficant, Jr., U.S. House of Representatives (Ohio) (1941-2014), who was expelled from the House and served 8 years in prison and then killed for representing the interests of the United States rather than those of Israel and the Jews, in FOX News interview below.

Many statements and speculations proferred in the above introduction-summary-conclusions section may seem alarming, even preposterous, but they are supported by considerable research, including the (767) posts on this website as well as my 911nwo.comnaturalclimatechange.org, and San Luis Valley Waterwatch.com websites, each of which references an extensive body of literature.

FURTHER OBSERVATIONS; PRECURSORS TO GISTAPO-666 (aka GOG’S NEW GESSTTTTTAPO) AND ADDITIONAL RESOURCES (2017 version of INTRODUCTION)

This website provides educational resources for individuals and groups interested in learning about organized gang stalking (aka “counter-intelligence stalking”), electronic torture, mind control-behavioral manipulation-cloning, and cults. Many article, youtubes, and audio interviews on this site derive from and are also posted on my www.911nwo.com website. I anticipate that this website will grow as needed to provide information and tools with which so-called “targeted individuals” (TIs) in all nations can better protect themselves from the global totalitarian police state that now threatens to destroy our lives, our freedoms, our Constitutions, and in America, our Democratic Republic. It was during my extended investigations into Operation 9/11, the New World Order, and the fraudulent “War On Terrorism” for my www.911nwo.com website that I felt compelled to come to grips with the related topics of mind control, directed energy weapons, cults, Satanic Ritual Abuse, the planned (Luciferic) One World Religion, and organized gang stalking.

Organized or “counter-intelligence” stalking, harassment, and torture involves the covert deployment of highly-organized and global citizen-military-intelligence-corporate spy networks that form, in effect, secret armies (aka “guerrilla Special Operations Forces”), as well as the use of sophisticated and invisible electronic weapons (aka psychotronic/directed energy/”non-lethal”/”no touch torture”/”soft-kill, slow-kill, and silent-kill” weapons) and various mind control techniques against activists, dissidents, and whistle-blowers who have been covertly designated as “Targeted Individuals” (TIs) and “Watch-Listed Individuals” (WLIs). These so-called TIs and WLIs are generally innocent civilians; citizens who are secretly designated “potential terrorist threats,” “adversaries,” and “enemies” of the state and are secretly placed on classified “terrorism watch lists” generated in DHS/FBI fusion centers by local police departments, Neighborhood Watch vigilantes, etc. Many of the “perpetrators” (aka “surveillance role players,” “spotters,” “psy-actors,” etc.) are drawn from the approximately one million employees of the approximately 6,000 private security firms now operating in the U.S.!

Notwithstanding the fact that organized stalking is carried out by multiple sectors of society and that it is largely paid for by the American taxpayers(!), it is illegal, unconstitutional, and immoral: Indeed, organized stalking is a criminal felony that violates the 1st, 4th, 5th, 6th, 7th, 8th, 9th, 13th, and 14th Amendment rights of American citizens. Therefore, every “perpetraitor,” from the myriad street level “perps” to the directors of the program within military, intelligence, and corporate hierarchies, is a criminal felon! And yet, amazingly, this treasonous crime against humanity goes largely unacknowledged and unpunished by society at large, the mainstream media, law enforcement, and the government institutions whose function is to protect the welfare and Constitutionally-guaranteed freedoms of American citizens. Indeed, the facts and information presented on this website indicate that America’s leaders are covertly waging “Unconventional Warfare” (aka “low intensity conflict”/”psychological warfare”/”information warfare” against America’s domestic population. This secret war is waged by mercenary elements of American society (military/intelligence/private sector/judiciary/police), who are ultimately paid by the 5th Column occupying force, “the corporatocracy,” against the civilian population. This second American civil war will almost certainly result in the demise of the American Constitutional Democratic Republic. Alas, most Americans are not aware that we live our nation is an occupied country currently devouring itself.

“Gang stalking” is a rather misleading term. A more accurate terminology would incorporate the concepts of “secret military subjugation” of “designated enemies” within civilian populations through the covert deployment of military PsyOps, Psycho-terrorism, Low-Intensity Conflict methodologies, and electronic/psychotronic (“directed energy weapons”/”nonlethal weapons”) torture and non-consensual experimentation. In these programs, law-abiding citizens designated as “targets” are systematically selected, profiled, surveilled, defamed, harassed, electronically tortured, and destroyed (“neutralized” and/or killed) by military-intelligence agencies of the U.S. government in collusion with private contractors, corporations, religious groups, cults, organized crime, and powerful individuals. Herein (Best Acronyms For Gang Stalking and Targeted Individuals), I suggest a number of acronyms that may more accurately describe the gang stalking system. Some include:

1. GISSSSSSSTTTTTTAPPPPPPPO aka “GISTAPO- 666” and/or “GIS(6)T(6)AP(6)O” with 6’s as superscripts). Global Intelligence Syndicate Satanic Space-based “Security-Surveillance” Stalking, Tracking, Targeting, Torture, Terrorism, Termination, Transhumanism And Pentagon, Policing-for-Profit, Psycho-political, Psychotronic, Psychological Operations”
2. GOG´S NeW GESSTTTTTTAPO: Global Organized Gang Stalking Neuro-Warfare Groups´ Electronic Surveillance, Slavery, Tracking, Targeting, Trauma, Torture, Terror, Tyranny, and Psychological Operations
3. GOG´S MOP: Global Organized Gang Stalking: Monarch/Operation Phoenix
4. GOG’S MOG: Global Organized Gang Stalking: Monarch/Operation Gladio
5. USS M-SCUM: United States-Sponsored Mercenary Stalking Cells’ Undercover Murder
6. Z SS SWINE: Zionazi State-Sponsored Satanic Warfare of Invasive Neuro-Electronics
7. COWARDS: Covertly-Organized Wireless Assault on Dissident Spirits
8. US-GITMO SITMICE: U.S.- Global Intelligence Terrorist Military Operation: Surveillance, Isolation, Torture, and Murder Of Innocent Civilian Enemies

The term “targeted individual” (TI) is also misleading. Indeed, “targeted individual” is very much a military term designed to dehumanize and denote “adversaries,” “enemies,” “subversives,” “terrorists,” “insurgents,” etc. in unconventional warfare/low-intensity conflict military and intelligence operations. These “TIs” are extra-judicially stripped of their Constitutional liberties and protections and are secretly targeted for neutralization and/or elimination. Thus, more accurate terms might include: “victim of covert, illegal, state-sponsored psycho-terrorism, electronic/psychotronic attacks, and covert mind control;” “victims of state-sponsored political terrorism;” “sovereign American citizens being covertly and extra-judicially attacked and murdered by a criminal racketeering syndicate comprised of large sectors within the U.S. government-military-intelligence-corporate and civilian establishment.” This multi-billion dollar “National Security Establishment/Enterprise” is a gigantic fraud because 9/11 was an inside job and hence, the “Global War on Terrorism” itself is also a fraud (See my website 911nwo.com). More accurate descriptors for TIs, then, might include HEROES (Highly-Experienced Researchers Out-thinking Evil Systems) or modify TI to stand for “Truth Instigators,” “Truth Investigators,” “Truth Interpreters,” and/or “Truth Insisters.”

Thus, if we strip away the Orwellian terminology and look at history, we discover that these draconian police-state programs have their antecedents in protocols and citizen-spy networks developed by the Soviet Union’s Cheka secret police, the East German Stasi secret police, the Nazi SS (Gestapo), and other totalitarian police-state systems. In America, many essential elements of these programs were deployed in the FBI’s covert COINTELPRO (counter-intelligence program) of the 1950’s through 1970’s; the CIA/NATO/MI6’s covert assassination, terrorism, and sabotage of domestic European populations via secret, “Stay Behind” armiesbetween about 1950 and 1990 (including Operation Gladio and related programs); the CIA’s top-secret MKULTRA mind control programs/experiments, extending from the 1940’s to the present; the CIA’s Vietnam War-era murder and terrorizing of the Vietnam civilian population, termed Operation Phoenix; the U.S. Military’s Operation Garden Plot and Cable Splicer in the 1960s; and scores of similar covert “death squad” programs applied in scores of “counter-insurgency list” nations…. including the United States, as in the CIA’s top-secret Operation MHCHAOS in the 1960s (See L. F. Prouty’s “The Secret Team: The CIA and its Allies in Control of the United States and the World” (2008) and Douglas Valentine’s “The CIA As Organized Crime: How Illegal Operations Corrupt America and the World” (2017)).

“The Program” also involves a vast neuro-warfare weapons system which is now being secretly tested and deployed worldwide as part of the U.S. military’s (electronic) “Revolution in Military Affairs” and the U.S. military-academic-corporate complex’s brain mapping, behavioral control and cloning projects, and it is also apparently being used to help usher in global government and a global police state under United Nations auspices. It should be noted that trauma-based mind control is based on the principles of Satanic Ritual Abuse. As these technologies are of central importance in previous and ongoing CIA mind-control programs such as MKULTRA, there is also a spiritual (satanic) component to “the Program.” Thus, participation in the “Program” both criminalizes and “satanizes” the huge portions of society complicit in it.

Many researchers warn that these programs have the potential to produce a silent, global depopulation Holocaust, a worldwide fascist slave state, and/or a world in which cyborgs replace human beings. Others assert that the goals of OH/EH/RMC (Organized Stalking/Electronic Harassment/Remote Mind Control) are to commandeer all of humanity remotely, to make people into zombie/puppets, to eliminate outspoken individuals, and to isolate, torture, and intimidate so-called “targeted individuals” (TIs) in order to meet “suicide quotas.” Still others assert that through Remote Neural Monitoring and Manipulation, the NSA and its corporate partners are now creating “copy-cat” digital clones of victims’ intellect, will, and emotions (collectively considered “the soul”) and that they download this “data” onto conscious supercomputers. Others describe GOG’S NeW GESTAPO as the combined application of mass bullying and extraordinary science used to terrorize domestic populations into submission via “low-intensity conflict” (LIC). Indeed, LIC and the use of terrorism comprise components of stated U.S. military doctrine, termed “Fourth Generation Warfare.” Others trace responsibility for these programs, ultimately, to “the cult” and the Satanic “Illuminati” bloodline families who rule the world.

I agree with all of these assessments and conclude that GOG’S NeW GESTAPO probably poses the single greatest threat to the future of humanity.

Most “TIs” are currently not equipped to defend themselves against organized stalking/directed energy torture because they:

1) do not know they are being targeted,
2) do not understand the nature, goals, and colossal scope of the “New World War” (see “THE BIGGER PICTURE” below), and
3) do not have the knowledge and resources to protect themselves from the powerful forces arrayed against them.

Even so, probably millions of “targeted individuals” all over the world are now fighting for their very survival. No doubt, hundreds of thousands to perhaps millions of TIs worldwide have already died as result of these deadly technologies of covert warfare against civilians. So whether TIs know it or not, by combating and exposing this criminal system, they are also fighting for the survival of our societies, and indeed, our species. It is my opinion that unless these “perps,” military and corporate programs, cults, and criminals are exposed, defeated, and brought to justice, the nations and civilizations of the world could be destroyed by this pernicious and illegal system.

We should also “follow the money.” This neuro-weapons/transhumanism/research & development program must have an astronomically-high price tag. Principle funding sources of this magnitude are most likely to be found within secret military black budget programs. According to former Assistant Secretary of HUD, Catherine Austin Fitts (The Solari Report), over $40 trillion of public funds are unaccounted for since 1995. Michigan State University economist, Dr. Mark Snyder, puts the current figure of unaccountable government spending at $21 trillion, $11 trillion of which has been “disappeared” by the U.S. Army alone. (See: We Need Our $40 Trillion in Stolen Money Back and $21 Trillions Have Gone Missing From DOD and HUD).

Evidence presented herein indicates that the U.S. military-intelligence-corporatocrate-academic complex (or ZIMAC, for Zionazi Intelligence-Military-Corporate-Academic Complex) now executes “Unconventional Warfare” operations in 134 nations. GOG’S NeW GESSTTTTTTAPO/neuro-warfare/transhumanism programs are an important component of these operations with the potential to radically reduce the human population and create a race of cyborg slaves. These programs now give elites the power to: 1) terrorize domestic populations into submission, 2) eliminate dissent through thought and behavioral control, and 3) zombify the masses.

My Case:

After completing a career as a university physical geography professor, I retired in 2011 to pursue my research and musical interests (see: 911nwo.comnaturalclimatechange.orgsanluisvalleywaterwatch.com, and erickarlstrom.com). In 2013, I realized I was being extra-legally and involuntarily “targeted” in a covert U.S. Government/military/intelligence/DHS/corporate Organized Gang Stalking/Mind-Behavioral Control Program that I now dub GOG’S NeW GESTAPO. It may or may not be a coincidence that in 2013, the year I became “sensitized” to the fact that I was being “targeted,” I was working on a series of articles entitled: Is Crestone/Baca the Vatican City of the New World Order: An Expose of the New World Religion and had just completed chapter 6 for that series, entitled: Mind Control: History and Applications. However, I may have been “watch-listed” and put in the “Program” much earlier because I had already presented considerable evidence that: 1) 9/11 was an “inside job” (911nwo.com, and 2) that man-caused global warming is a fraudulent hypothesis that serves political objectives, etc. on my websites (naturalclimatechange.org), and written an extended series of articles exploring the thesis that “Crestone/Baca, Colorado, is the “Vatican City of the New World Order: An Expose of the New World Religion” (See 911nwo.com. However, I do not regard myself as a “targeted individual” or a member of the “TI” community for the reasons stated above. Rather, I consider myself to be a law-abiding and sovereign American citizen and indeed, an Emeritus Professor of Geography, whose Constitutional rights and protections have been illegally stripped from me by a criminal racketeering syndicate that includes multiple sectors of our government, military, intelligence, corporate, and civil institutions.

As noted, my investigations into the (often suppressed) history of the past century indicates that “GOG’S NEW GESTAPO” is derived from many previous “psychological warfare,” “psycho-terrorism,” “civilian pacification,” mind-control, and electronic-psychotronic weapons (EW) development programs that were developed in and deployed against civilian populations in the Soviet Union, Communist East Germany, Nazi Germany, Britain, United States, and Israel, among other nations (See: References on Gangstalking, Mind Control, and Cults). Again, essential components of GOG’S NEW GESTAPO include use of: 1) PsyOp and gang stalking techniques (‘psycho-political warfare’), 2) psychotronic (neuro) and “nonlethal” (soft kill, silent kill, slow kill) weapons, and 3) remote methods for brain mapping/mind and behavior control/cloning called RNM (Remote Neural Monitoring and Remote Neural Manipulation). GOG’S NEW GESSTTTTTTAPO is evidently an important component of the larger “information warfare”/social engineering/perception management/unconventional warfare program that is being waged against the citizens of America and the world.

This website is an attempt to understand this draconian, odious, and “terminal” (that is, ‘unto death’) program that targets innocent civilians for torture and premature death. With better understanding, TIs such as myself have a better chance of: 1) defending ourselves from it, 2) exposing it as illegal, and 3) dismantle it.

Institutions/programs/operations and nations behind GOG’S NeW GESTAPO.

An examination of the literature (see above references) indicates that GOG’S NeW GESTAPO has been developed and operationally refined in the following institutions and programs, among others:

1) The Tavistock Institute of Human Relations (London, England) was the post-World War I outgrowth of the Psychological Warfare Division of the British Army. (See, for example: Mind Control: History and ApplicationsMind Control: History and ApplicationsCIA, Tavistock, and Global Gestapo Security StateGang Stalking and British PsychiatryThe Controllers and Their Destructive MissionHow They Control).

2) The secret CIA-Nazi (trauma-based) mind control experiments and programs referred to as MKULTRA and MONARCH (which include Projects Bluebird, Artichoke, Chatter, MK Naomi, StarGate, and probably hundreds of others). In addition to developing chemical and biological (including drugs) methods for modifying and controlling human behavior, these programs developed electronic (psychotronic) weapons and measured the effects that electromagnetic frequencies have on the human organism with the goal of controlling the minds and behaviors of individuals and whole populations. (See, for example: Major US Military/Intelligence Mind Control Projects (1952-1998)Patents, Articles on Mind Control and DEWGovernment Mind Control- Remote Neural Monitoring and ManipulationOrganized Stalking/Mind Control System Explained: Akwei V. NSA (1992)Mind Control: Rothschild Zionism and Satanic World Government Plan).

3) The CIA’s Phoenix Program and MHCHAOS, the FBI’s COINTELPRO, CIA/MI6/NATO’s Post-WWII Gladio-Stay Behind Armies in Europe, the US Military’s Garden Plot-Cable Splicer Programs, East Germany’s Stasi Secret Police, the Soviet Union’s Cheka (“red terror”), and American police departments’ “red squad” “citizen pacification” programs
of the previous century were/are all used to suppress dissidents/”internal enemies” within domestic populations in order to protect the interests of “the state” (actually, the financial elite that controls the “shadow government” that controls the state). (See, for example: Behind Organized Stalking: CIA, DHS, Phony War on TerrorGang Stalking Manual from Operation Gladio and COINTELPRODHS and post-9/11 corporate police statePrivate Contractors and Change AgentsPost-9/11 DHS Corporate Police StateGang Stalking = CIA/DOD/USG “Counter-insurgency Op”Organized Stalking IS American Phoenix ProgramThugocracy: Police Vilantes Persecute Citizen TargetsNSA/USG Over-reach Vs. Privacy RightsGOG’S NEW GESTAPO = Global Phoenix ProgramFBI and NSA Outsource Stalking to Private Security FirmsNew World War Against All Humanity; ; ; Military Weapons and Terms Used In the War Against CiviliansOrganized Gang Stalking = Modern FBI COINTELPROLaws, Military Docs Behind New War on CiviliansBryan Kofron: Silent Holocaust).

The “National Security Racketeering State” (aka Obama’s “Civilian National Security Force,” Clinton’s Community-Oriented Policing (COPS), FBI’s COINTELPRO Version 2.0, East German Stasi’s “Zerzetsung,” CIA/MI6/NATO’s Secret “Stay Behind” Armies (Operation Gladio and others), the National Security Enterprise, etc.)

Today, GISTAPWO-666 is mainly coordinated and executed by the “Pentagon-Corporate-Intelligence Complex” (that is) behind mass surveillance, global “information war,” endless war, propaganda, and Skynet” (The Secret Network Behind Mass Surveillance, Endless Wars, and SkynetFBI and NSA Outsource Harassment of Targeted and Watchlisted Individuals to Private FirmsBryan Kofron: Silent Holocaust). Each branch of the U.S. military has full capacity to independently conduct gang stalking activities at home and abroad (See “New World War: Revolutionary Methods for Political Control”). The Department of Homeland Security and private “security” firms involved in the “National Security Racketeering Network” such as SAIC (Scientific Applications International Corporation), SIS (Security Industry Specialists, Inc.), Amazon.com, James Bimen and Associates, Blackwater, the NSA’s Tailor Access Operations (TAI) and Cyber-Command in Fort Meade, Maryland, The FBI’s DITU (Data Intercept Technology Unit), CiCom (Baltimore, Maryland), Blackcube, Kroll, Northrup Grumman, the Highlands Forum, Gray Star Property Management, Media Lab Human Dynamics Group, RAND, and probably thousands of others now also play central roles in global stalking operations. These firms operate in collaboration with the CIA, NSA, FBI, DIA, DOD, and innumerable citizen-vigilante groups (“Neighborhood Watch,” etc.), NGOs, religious cults, and at least 114 universities (The University and the Security State DHS Joins Pentagon and CIA on Campus ), etc., to form the “National Security Enterprise”- a booming, growth industry in America.

Many researchers assert that the U.S. government is controlled by the “shadow government”/”deep state.” It is. Indeed, my research into Operation 9/11 indicates that the “deep state” is controlled by elite international financial interests/secret societies that have been referred to as “the Jews,” “Zionazis,” etc. It should come as no surprise then, that Jewish and Israeli intelligence, military, private security firms, and civilian secret agents (“sayanim”) fund and participate in all aspects of GOG’S NeW GESTTTTTTAPO. Unbeknownst to most of the “perp” (perpetrator) groups and individuals, no doubt, who may be regarded as “useful idiots,” this operation ultimately serves the long-sought, historic objective of establishing a Jewish Universal Empire/Jewish Utopia/One-World-Government. (See, for example: The (Jewish) Controllers and Their Destructive MissionMilitant Judaic GangstalkingThe Jews Behind Homeland SecurityMossad/NSA Spying on CiviliansIsraeli Gang Stalking-Microwave Frequency Training ManualHomeland Security: Organized Stalking and Militant ZionismThe (jewish) Neoconservatives: What They Want- Jewish UtopiaIsrael Is Behind 9/11 and Phony War On TerrorThe Jew World Order Unmasked); Weinstein’s Army of Spies (Including Mossad Agents)).

The term “GOG” in GOG’S NeW GESTAPO refers to the prophesied end-times antichrist system. Similarly, I equate the Biblical term, Magog, with the worldwide cabal of Khazarian Zionist Jews whose ancestors come from the ancient kingdom of Khazaria (co-extensive with Ukraine and southwestern Russia) who are now attempting total global conquest.) These terms seem all too appropriate, as GOG’S NEW GESTAPO has the potential to implement covert, global genocide on an unprecedented scale and to usher in the One-World-Government/New World Order/Jewish Universal Empire/Jewish Utopia long sought by the Judeo-Masonic-Satanic “pathocracy” (i.e., rule by psychopaths). It must be understood that GOG’S NEW GESTAPO is a part of a strategy through which the world’s international ruling financial elite, here identified as the “Synagogue of Satan,” aims to conquer the world and implement their New (Jew) World Order under United Nations auspices. (See Rabbi Michael Higger’s “The Jewish Utopia,” 1932; The Jew World Order UnmaskedRabbi Laitman: We Will Take Over Those Living On The Earth). The “Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion,” privately distributed at the First World Zionist Congress in Basil, Switzerland in 1897, is indeed the ‘Declaration of War’ by World Jewry against all non-Jews as well as the ‘battle plan’ to accomplish world conquest (See: The Protocols: British/Jewish Plan For World ConquestIlluminati/Jewish/Masonic Plan for World Conquest) . And yes, as it turns out, Judaism is “a political program disguised as religion” (See Reed, “The Controversy of Zion,” 1956) and is, in fact, the worship of the Serpent and the Jewish male as God (See Marrs, “The Holy Serpent of the Jews: The Rabbis Secret Plan for Satan to Crush Their Enemies and Vault the Jews into Global Dominion,” 2016; and Hoffman’s “Judaism Discovered,” 2012; Judaism DiscoveredThe Jew World Order Unmasked).

We should recall Israeli Prime Minister, Ariel Sharon’s, comment a month after 9/11: “We (the Jews) control America and the American people know it.” Author/researcher, Eustace Mullins, had concluded that America is an “occupied country” decades ago. (See: “The World Order: Our Secret Rulers, the Hegemony of Parasitism” and other books.) My research on Operation 9/11 corroborates this conclusion (see: 911now.com).

Thus, GOG’S NeW GESTAPO should be understood as a part of this long-term and much larger “Illuminati” program which includes the “full spectrum dominance” strategy of the Anglo-American-Isaeli Empire, the ushering in of a “New World Order”/one-world-government (under United Nations/Agenda 21 and 2030), and implementation of the transhumanist agenda of the Judeo-Masonic-satanic global elite. (See: US Involved in 134-Counter-terrorism Wars and 6 “Hot” Wars (as of 2013)).

In GOG’S NeW GESTAPO, these criminal “shadow government”/”deep state”/”fifth column” institutions and programs have gone worldwide. They now apparently involve so many individuals in various sectors of society that the “perpetrators” may soon outnumber the “targeted individuals… or at least, so it seems! Nonetheless, let us never forget that these gang stalking operations are all criminal felonies; and when they result in the “suiciding” of “TIs”, as they are intended to do, these crimes are punishable by death (See fightgangstalking.com and several relevant articles on this website). It is my hope and intention that this website will provide a digital library of information, perspectives, and strategies that T.I.’s and other concerned citizens can use to expose and defeat these diabolical programs and to bring the “perpetraitors” to justice.

Historical documentation of innumerable other covert, criminal activities of the CIA and other elements of the “shadow government” suggest that many individuals in the U.S. Congress and Executive Branch may know little or nothing about this program and/or could be under mind/behavioral control themselves. Alas, we now live in a post-Constitutional, totalitarian “democracy.” Hence, if our nation is to be restored to a viable Constitutional Republic, it is now up the U.S. citizenry to force our elected officials to abide by their oaths of office and restore Constitutional law and order in our nation.

Explanatory Quotes Re: Various Elements of “The Deep State,” “Hidden Hand,” “Illuminati,” “Syndicate,” “Firm,” “Brotherhood,” “Organization,” “Collective”:

1) “I can hire one half of the working class to kill the other half.”

Jay Gould, 19th century Robber Baron, railroad builder, and financier

2) “In a report presented in 2012 to the House Permanent Select Committee on Intelligence, the Aspen Institute of Homeland Security Group advises: “We move away from a defensive position of protecting the country from foreign terror threats. Instead we should focus on becoming a domestic security architecture concentrating on offensive measures on single adversaries.” The statement translates into “targeting citizens”…. as “emerging adversaries within our borders.”

Bobby Towers, “Circle of Snakes, How to End Your Gang Stalking”

3) “The goal is to create a nationwide system of “vigilantes” who do not think for themselves but follow orders — the Evildoing, US-Gov-paid “defense” contractors’ private army of “shooters” (not thinkers). The network is run by contractors and by DHS’s (Department of Homeland Security’s) 78 fusion centers. The propaganda is that they are fighting terrorists (and that is what they tell these vigilante suckers). The truth is that they are constructing a nationwide GPS/cellphone-directed prison system that now contains ALL Americans.”

-Targeted Individual

4) “A silent war is taking place in cities all over the planet. It is not covered up by the media, mental health system, NGOs, and our elected officials. Now that the financial elite are finished using the US military and allied forces to conquer nations in their quest for global domination, they’re neutralizing individuals and groups of resisters who live among the people. To do this, they have recruited a major portion of the civilian population, which is used as a surrogate force to persecute those who have been identified as enemies. As part of the same agenda, the security forces are conducting psychological operations on civilians and torturing them with directed energy weapons. The entire operation is in service to some very wealthy psychopaths who rule our society, as part of a global revolution intended to result in a planetary dictatorship, known as the New World Order.”

-Mark M. Rich, “The New War: Revolutionary Methods of Political Control” (2013)

5) “The American government, ostensibly engaged in protecting the lives and property of American citizens, is simultaneously (and covertly) stripping those very same citizens of their wealth, security, and freedom. To be blunt, the American government is using NSA-controlled psychics in a secret war against its own citizenry. The ultimate goal being to turn every single man, woman, and child living in America, into a government-controlled slave laborer. It has taken 50+ years, but the transformation of America from a bastion of freedom and democracy, into a vast slave labor camp spanning an entire continent, is almost complete. Slavery does not require guards with guns, or cells with bars, or even awareness of enslavement. If you can build a prison for the mind.”

‘The National Security Agency – Citadel Of Evil’ by Steve Smith

6) “Secret High-Tech Surveillance, Targeting, (and) Assault… (are being used covertly in today’s) Radiation-Policed and Neuro-Policed State, USA and WorldWide. Blacklisted Individuals (are being used) Like Lab Rats For… Criminal Non-Consensual Military/Navy/USAF Directed-Energy Weapons Operation, Testing, & Training as well as Non-Consensual Covert CIA/DIA/DARPA/NSA/DOJ/DHS Neuro-Experimentation in “Behavior Modification” and Deliberately Disappeared from Public View…. The End Result is treasonous Secret Military Subjugation of entire communities, neighborhoods, towns: In US Military jargon, Military Operations Other Than War (MOOTW), Asymmetric Warfare, Stealth Warfare, Information Warfare, Information Operations, Special Operations, Special Warfare, Psychological Warfare.”

– Open Season on Targets: Blacklisted Individuals, Extreme Abuse in Targeting, Secretive Lab-Rat Exploitation, & Massive Establishment Cover-Up

7) “My advice to TIs (Targeted Individuals) is “Don’t panic:” Panic and fear is what the system thrives on. And don’t assume you know who is behind it. Mind control is so powerful and their technology is so advanced. And (third) look at the legal picture. You go to your state. Even if you could win a lawsuit in your state… (because, for example) Michigan has laws against electronic weapons. (But) they can’t be enforced because this is something bigger. This is federal. So let’s say (your lawsuit) even makes it to the Supreme Court. But this is classified. And this has been done by the CIA for a long time, along with other agencies, experimenting on the citizens. And this is worldwide. There is no way any agency or government can possibly admit this level of assassination and torture without a complete collapse. So know what you are dealing with. This is going to take a long time to be solved.”

– CIA researcher and author, Dr. Robert Duncan The Invisible War: 21st Century Targeting

8) “It’s not just the FBI that is spying now. It’s the Department of Homeland Security, it’s the Department of Defense. It’s state and local law enforcement agencies that are involved in these activities… A huge part of the problem is that these activities are taking place in secret. So it’s hard to know how these are impacting any particular group or individual.”

-Mike German, ex-FBI Counter-Intelligence Agent, FBI is Secretly Targeting, Surveilling, and Gang Stalking Innocent Americans Using Fraudulent “Anti-Terrorism” As Pretext (youtube interviews and transcriptions)

9) “(NSA is now) … using the same type of spy technology and spy protocol on Americans that they were only supposed to use on foreigners overseas. They are not getting caught so they are doing it anyway… I happen to know that the FBI pretty much does whatever the NSA tells them to do. So there is no one (to hold the NSA accountable).

… the Homeland Security network is something of an obscene joke. You are being played for fools. There are thousands upon thousands of people who are on the “Terrorist Watch List” who are only there to bloat the list and to make you think that you are in danger. And under President George W. Bush, the FBI went to every single state it could and started something with their law enforcement agencies, a vigilante-civilian group… They are being played for fools. They are being paid to stalk and harass people they are told are threats or terrorists. And in the vast majority of cases these people are innocent, randomly-chosen people to be thrown on the terrorist watch list. And very often they are whistleblowers or somebody someone powerful has a personal vendetta against. And so Infra-Gard and these other types of… “useful idiots” are helping destroy the lives of patriots and some of the nicest people and best people that we have.

These (“paid vigilante militia thugs”) are violating these other people’s rights, the victim’s rights. There is no Fourth Amendment. They are being secretly accused of something by the government, without any proof, without any witnesses. And then they are having a non-deputized, non-legal, non-law enforcement group of vigilante fascists stalk, harass, and vandalize them. These people get thrown out of their apartments. They lose their jobs. They get black-balled from any kind of job. I spoke to a man who lives on a nature path between a couple of Florida cities. He comes into town to get food stamps and then he goes back and he camps out there. And when he comes into each little town along the path police find him and spit on him.”

– Karen Stewart, ex-NSA whistleblower, now Targeted Individual: NSA Gang Stalks Innocent Americans: Interview with NSA Whistleblower and TI, Karen Stewart

10) “…the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) likes to pass out grants in conjunction with other federal bureaucracy’s agendas; CIA, DEA, FBI, etc. But primarily it is the DHS that comes to your city or county and offers these grants and money and they say: “We just want to keep an eye on the neighborhood. Because we have the “war on terror” going we want to keep everyone nice and safe.” …t hey say: “We want you, Mr. Firefighter, to work with the police to keep an eye on these ‘persons of interest’ because they might have an investigation going, but by due process the police are restricted, and they are not allowed to do this because that would be paperwork. But you can do it… so you end up with cops looking at you weird and fire fighters are following you around on and off duty. And then there are goon squads of local civilians that are recruited by some off-records auxiliary patrol group, Citizens-On-Patrol, or Neighborhood Watch, that are working with the cops. And they are justifying this by saying: “We’re sure that this guy is a criminal, we just don’t know what he’s done yet….. Maybe he’s messing around with his pets, or maybe he sneaks around at night and steals people’s lawn chairs, who knows.” So this is why fire fighters (are) messing with you with code three violations and stalking you, showing up at weird times, and all sorts of passive-aggressive stuff like that… they cherry pick (those) who have sociopathic tendencies. Because no one who actually cares about the community is going to do this…. by the way, they are also on some auxiliary payroll, which is also a nice perk, isn’t it?

And the fire chiefs and police chiefs that go along with these things get a nice extra pension too. It looks so nice on paper. But it ends up turning your local fire department into stalkers and vigilante squads.”

– DHS Pays First Responders (Police, Fire, EMS) To Gang Stalk You

11) “The NSA has records on all U.S. citizens. The NSA gathers information on U.S. citizens who might be of interest to any of the over 50,000 NSA agents (HUMINT). These agents are authorized by executive order to spy on anyone. The NSA has a permanent National Security Anti-Terrorist surveillance network in place. This surveillance network is completely disguised and hidden from the public. Tracking individuals in the U.S. is easily and cost-effectively implemented with the NSA’s electronic surveillance network. This network (DOMINT) covers the entire U.S., involves tens of thousands of NSA personnel, and tracks millions of persons simultaneously. Cost effective implementation of operations is assured by NSA computer technology designed to minimize operations costs. NSA personnel serve in Quasi-public positions in their communities and run cover businesses and legitimate businesses that can inform the intelligence community of persons they would want to track. N.S.A. personnel in the community usually have cover identities such as social workers, lawyers and business owners.”

– Gangstalking System Explained: 1992 Lawsuit of John St. Clair Akwei V. National Security Agency, Ft. Meade, MD, USA

12) “Jews are behind the whole thing.” Implanted Targeted Individual of Jewish parentage to this webmaster, 2014

13) “Power corrupts. Absolute power corrupts absolutely.” Lord Akton

But in America, Freedom and the Human Spirit Ultimately Triumph

1) “I have sworn upon the altar of God, eternal hostility against every form of tyranny over the mind of man….” Thomas Jefferson

2) “Resistance to tyrants is obedience to God.” – Thomas Jefferson

3) “We hold these truths to be self-evident, that all men are created equal, that they are endowed by their Creator with certain unalienable Rights, that among these are Life, Liberty and the pursuit of Happiness. — That to secure these rights, Governments are instituted among Men, deriving their just powers from the consent of the governed, — That whenever any Form of Government becomes destructive of these ends, it is the Right of the People to alter or to abolish it, and to institute new Government, laying its foundation on such principles and organizing its powers in such form, as to them shall seem most likely to effect their Safety and Happiness.

– Declaration of Independence, July 4, 1776

The BIGGER PICTURE IN QUOTES (From Mark M. Rich’s “The New World War: Revolutionary Methods of Political Control”)

“Rather than thinking of psychopaths as mentally ill, it may be more accurate to consider them a separate subspecies of the human race…. It is no exaggeration to say that, while normal people are busy pursuing their activities, these characters literally sit around think of ways to deceive the populace into giving them control…. They conceal their true objective using an ideology which includes a plan for a better world…. An enemy is created which is portrayed as an obstacle to the better world. Their “utopia” is only possible when the enemy is removed. A portion of the population is recruited to assist in accomplishing this.

…. Evidence suggests that the US government has been entirely overthrown by a network of groups exhibiting psychopathic traits that have disguised themselves using humanitarian fronts. They are facilitating a revolution which will result in them having control of the entire planet. Using the multinational force, they are waging a worldwide war against civilians to accomplish this.”

THE NEW WORLD WAR EXPLAINED by Mark M. Rich (“New World War: Revolutionary Methods For Political Control,” 2011)

“…. … Now that most nations have been conquered, either by military might or economic subversion, the regular state-to-state type of warfare will be phased out… Specific names given to the small wars that will be waged globally include, asymmetric warfare (AW), fourth generation warfare (4GW), third wave warfare (3WW), network-centric warfare (NCW, netwar), NATO networked enabled capability (NNEC), and military operations other than war (MOOTW). Others are low-intensity conflict (LIC), irregular warfare (IW), and unconventional warfare (UW). Related terms include effects based operations (EBO,) civil-military operations (CMO), and peace operations (PO).

… The battlefield for this new type of warfare has expanded into the civilian sector. For this reason, it’s now called the “battlespace.” The battlespace is global. The battles take place among the civilian population where the military uses civilians as irregular forces. The physical architecture of the battlespace has several levels. At the top is the space level which includes satellites. The near-space level has UAVs (unmanned aerial vehichles) and high-flying aircraft. Then there is the maneuver level which contains people, robots, vehicles, ships, and low-flying aircraft.

According to the Army, the new enemy will increasingly seek protection among the civilian population. The essential “struggle of the future,” they say, will take place primarily among the civilians and will therefore require US security dominance in these areas.

…. The new enemy (Targeted Individuals) will be denied sanctuary, tracked everywhere with intrusive surveillance, and attacked with PsyOp (psychological operations) and NLW (non-lethal weapons) relentlessly. Most of these weapons and tactics, which are used in combination, leave little or no trace of their use.

Directed energy weapons, including microwaves, lasers, and acoustic frequencies, will be used on the enemy. Depending on the frequency and power level, these weapons can cause a wide variety of effects spanning the mental, emotional, and physical realms…. People can be traumatized with microwave hearing technology. Powerful silent subliminals can setup mental conflicts and can be used to influence people’s emotions, thoughts and behavior. Holograms can be transmitted to specific points in space to scare people.

PsyOp attacks are transmitted through every possible “channel of communication” that the TA (targeted audience) uses. The TA’s environment is psychologically prepared with “products” which have “triggers” that they’ve been “sensitized” to…

Custom-tailored weather attacks are to be used on a micro-scale against the enemy. And, yes, even remote-controlled insects and rodents are in the DOD’s (US Department of Defense’s) arsenal. Physical and psychological isolation of the enemy from their support structure is standard procedure in the new war. Using PsyOp, advanced surveillance technology, and NLWs, the enemy will be denied sanctuary any place they visit.

Official (government) sources have mentioned multiple times that this surveillance will be intrusive and constant. A variety of technology exists which can accomplish this, such as devices for seeing through walls, mind-reading, and tiny sensors which can detect anything a human being can as well as a multitude of other environmental stimuli.”

What is C4ISR? Command-Control-Communications-Computers-Intelligence-Surveillance-Reconnaissance

C4IRS: “Military campaigns have been typically directed from war rooms. They are also called “command centers,” or “command and control centers” (C2). A C2 center is a military term for a station which allows the planning direction and control of operations, monitoring, decision making, and execution.

The word “communications” was added to this term, making it C3, and eventually computers were added, amounting to C4. It is now referred to as C4IRS with the addition of intelligence, surveillance, and reconnaissance.

“Command” is the formulation of intent such as planning, “control” is the information obtained from the results of the action taken, as well as the conclusion as to whether or not the action was successful. Communications and computers are the hardware and software used to implement the command and control.

Intelligence, surveillance, and reconnaissance are the hardware and software systems of sensors, people, data collectors, and platforms, as well as the use of tools to extract the information from data. These are collectively referred to as C4IRS. C4IRS has multiple interacting components including: battlespace monitoring, awareness, understanding, sense-making, command intent, battlespace management, synchronization, and information systems Most C4IRS centers are equipped with computers and communications that collect process, filter, store, display, and disseminate information, according to predefined policies. Physical C4IRS centers can be mobile or stationary and due to the possibility of online meetings, they may be virtual as well.

….(Mind-reading and advanced) surveillance technologies can be connected to an advanced C41SR system, such as CIG (Global Information Grid). Therefore, the entire process, including “node” (perpetrator) dispatch, guiding nodes to the target, and even the type of behavior exhibited by each note in the presence of the target, is probably computer-generated.

In order to maintain a dictatorship it is absolutely critical that control is established on the neighborhood level. In the US this network has existed since 1917 and has been used to harass and spy on people that have been labeled subversive. It is now entirely fused into our society, just as it was in East Germany and Communist Russia.”

How do they do it? C4ISR (Stalking, Surveillance, Tracking, Torture) Equipment Sold to US Military by Lockheed Martin, Northrup Grumman, Boeing

THE ONGOING COVER-UP (From Rich, 2011)

“Wall Street runs the medical industry and mental health system in particular. This includes some of the major patient advocacy groups, professional societies, government agencies,and most individual physicians. The mental illnesses in the diagnostic manuals keep expanding. Profit and control are primary motives. The attacks by the multinational force against the financial elite’s enemies (TIs) considerably parallel the signs and symptoms in the diagnostic manuals produced by the industry.

Methods of executing large numbers of normal people are instituted when psychopaths rule a society. Although this has usually meant death camps and wars, evidence suggests that that an additional method, which appears to be linked to a global eugenics program, includes targeting the entire population with toxic medication.”

(MARK M. RICH’S, 2011) CONCLUSION

“It is no exaggeration to say that the Anglo-American Establishment is using the military to reach down into your neighborhoods, single people out, and silently torture them, while using the mental health system, congress, media, and NGOs to conceal their attacks.

As we’ve learned, individual psychopaths believe it is necessary for their personal survival to degrade people. On a larger scale, we also understand at this point, that when they run a society they consider it a necessity to annihilate large portions of normal people.

Considering these factors, along with the rest of the traits that compose the profile of a typical psychopath, it would be realistic to consider that the security forces are also being used by the wealthy elites who rule our society to attack people for no reason that would be obvious using the common worldview.

It would be the ultimate dream for any average psychopath to be able to use the resources of the state to place people under surveillance, torture them from a safe distance with weapons that leave no evidence of their use, and sit back and have a good laugh while they watch them suffer in real-time. it would be even better if they controlled the very institutions which proclaimed to exist to expose such activities.

Although it is uncomfortable to consider the possibility that influential members of our society are using these resources to provide themselves with a sick form of entertainment, it would be consistent with their psychopathic profile.

The idea that they have methodically blocked off all possible escape routes for the citizens that they are torturing, and have established control over the institutions that would expose them, is frightening. However, this appears to be the case.

Their widespread, systematic, consistent vile activities, which have spanned multiple realms over course of decades and have been committed against the human race in general, would be considered a “crime against humanity: in any civilization run by decent people.”

GANG STALKING AS A FEATURE OF TOTALITARIAN MILITARY-POLICE STATES: EXAMPLES of Earlier and Present Versions of “the Program”/Gang Stalking/PsyOp” Operations Implemented by Police States, Corporations, Private Firms, NGOs, Cults, and Individuals include:

1) Soviet Cheka secret police (aka “All-Russian Extraordinary Committee to Combat Counter-Revolution and Sabatoge” – 1917 to 22)/GPU (“State Political Directorate” – 1922 to 23)/OGPU (“Joint State Political Directorate” – 1923 to 1934/NKVD (“People’s Commissariat for Internal Affairs” – 1934 to 1943)/MGB (“Ministry for State Security” – 1946 to 1954)/KGB (“Ministry for State Security” – 1954 to 1991). According to author/researcher, Eustace Mullins, the “Red Terror”/Cheka activities were funded by Wall Street bankers including the Harrimans, a Second-Tier Illuminati family (“The World Order, Our Secret Rulers, the Hegemony of Parasitism.”) According to author Alexander Solzhenitsyn, about 66 million mostly-white Christians were killed by the Soviet secret police-gulag system. Innumerable documents prove that Communism, the Communist Revolution, and the communist Soviet Union totalitarian were invented, carried out, and controlled from the very beginning primarily by Jews.

2) Communist East Germany’s Stasi police (“State Security Service”) operated under the auspices and in cooperation with the Soviet KGB from 1950 to 1990. It employed 274,000 people in an effort to root out the “class enemy,” i.e., dissidents and critics of the communist system. It recruited about 1 of 6 civilians to spy on and perform “zersetzung” (psychological harassment/literally “decomposition”) on their fellow citizens. Stasi officers trained secret police systems in Castro’s Cuba, Sadat’s Egypt, Angola, Mozambique, Yemen, Syria, Ghana, and the United States (Department of Homeland Security), among other nations.

3) The CIA’s Operation MHCHAOS was a top-secret program than ran involved secret surveillance and disruption of American citizens from 1967 to 1973. It emanated from the “Domestic Operations Division” that formed, in violation of the CIA charter, in 1964. Targets of Operation CHAOS within the anti-Vietnam war movement included the Students for a Democratic Society, Black Panther Party, Young Lords, Women Strike for Peace, Ramparts Magazine. Operation CHAOS, conducted from a well-staffed “war room” in the Pentagon basement, generated files on 7,200 Americans and a computer index totaling 300,000 civilians and approximately 1,000 groups.

4) The CIA’s Phoenix Program officially ran in Vietnam between 1965 and 1972 and was a mechanism for identifying and “neutralizing” (i.e., torturing and killing) Vietnamese citizens who did not support the U.S. invasion and occupation of their country. By 1967, all such “pacification” efforts by the U.S. were under the authority of the Civil Operations and Revolutionary Development Support, or CORDS. Estimates of the number civilian non-combatants killed by CIA and Pentagon Special Operations Forces in the Phoenix Program range from 41,000 to 50,000. According to Valentine (“The CIA As Organized Crime: How Illegal CIA Operations Corrupt America and the World,” 2017), the organizational structure of the Phoenix Program, with its national and provincial torture centers, is the template for America’s Department of Homeland Security (DHS) and its 76 Fusion Centers.

5) The FBI’s COINTELPRO was a domestic spying and citizen harassment program that ran from the 1950’s to the 1970’s, and probably continues today in the form of the modern gang stalking of political dissidents and other “targets of opportunity.” Thus, many “targeted individuals” (TIs) refer to today’s organized stalking program as COINTELPRO Version 2.0. COINTELPRO overlapped with the federal effort to quell urban riots as per the U.S. military’s Operation Garden Plot; and DOD and NSA collaborated on this program. COINTELPRO, like these other programs, was an aggressive and violent “social engineering”/”perception management” program designed to neutralize (“wipe out”) the political left and it resulted in numerous murders of law-abiding civilians.

6) COPS: In 1994 when President Clinton signed the Violent Crime Control and Law Enforcement Act (VCCLEA) that established the Offices of the Community-Oriented Policing Services (COPS) within the U.S. Dept. of Justice. In practice, it has amounted to federal and state sanctioned and approved GANG-STALKING (Manchanda, 2016; COPS is Reincarnation of COINTELPRO).

7) Special Operations Forces Within Each branch of the American military, the U.S. Army, Navy, Air Force and Marines, have the independent capacity and operational mandate to carry out modern organized stalking operations or GOG’S NeW GESTAPO at home and abroad to meet the political dictates of their leaders. (See Mark M. Rich’s “New World War: Revolutionary Methods For Political Control”).

8) The Scientology cult, an ongoing UK and US intelligence operation, utilizes gang stalking methods to silence “traitors,” i.e., members who have “caught on” to the Scientology scam. (See: Story’s- “The New Underworld Order” chapters 4 and 5 in GAng Stalking, MKULTRA and Scientology are Zionazi “psychopolitical warfare”/”pscho-terrorism”).

9) Operation Gladio (in Italy) and the other Post-WWII Stay Behind Armies in Western Europe committed illegal assassinations, bombings, and terror attacks against civilians in order to destroy any potential “political left movement” from becoming established.

10) The Nazi Gestapo secret state police (1933 to 1946).

11) Harvey Weinstein, Jewish Hollywood movie mogul and billionaire, has recently used private security firms, which included Israeli firms staffed with former Mossad agents, to stalk and harass women he has molested as well as journalists who were reporting the story. Jewsih Gang Stalking: Israeli Firms Protect Harvey Weinstein by Gang Stalking Reporters and His Female Victims

What distinguishes GISTAPO-666 (“GOG’S NEW GESTAPO”) from the previous totalitarian military-intelligence-police-state programs? Today’s advanced psychotronic weapons/”neuro-warfare” technologies afford ruling elites the means by which they can covertly torture, kill, and/or control/enslave/roboticize all, or nearly all, of humanity.

Organized stalking/electronic torture/mind control of citizens is a criminal felony and the greatly expanding number of people involved in this crime through DHS Fusion Centers, FBI Joint Terrorism Task Force Centers, and the innumerable private sector National Security Establishment (Enterprise!) subcontracting firms, etc., has criminalized virtually the entire society! And the program is deeply treasonous; its perpetrators at all levels of the system are traitors to the U.S. Constitution and the United States of America.

The Laws of God and Man Now Being Violated Include, But Are Not Limited To:

1) Four of the Ten Commandments (Thou Shalt Not Murder, Steal, Bear False Witness, Covet They Neighbor’s Goods)
2) Nine of the Constitutional Rights Guaranteed in the U.S. Bill of Rights
3) The entire 2nd paragraph of the Declaration of Independence
4) USC Section 18 Section 241,
5) 42 US Code Section 1983 (Civil Action for Deprivation of rights)
6) 18 US Code 2261A (Prohibits Gang Stalking)
7) Gang Stalking is Treason per 14th Amendment, Section 3
8) Gang Stalking is Treason per 18 US Code 2381
9) The “Common Rule” which prohibits non-consensual experimentation on human beings
10) The US Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organizations (RICO) Act
11) The Hobbes Act
12) Two Colorado Laws Prohibiting Stalking
13) The Federal Policy for Protection of Human Subjects (The ‘Common Rule’)
14) The ‘open government’ law, FACA (Federal Advisory Committee Act) requires that US government officials cannot hold closed-door or secret consultations with people outside government to develop policy. A ll such consultations should take place via federal advisory committees that permit public scrutiny. FACA requires that meetings be held in public, announced via the Federal Register, that advisory groups are registered with an office at the General Services Administration, among other requirements intended to maintain accountability to the public interest.
15) All Ten Requirements of the Nuremberg Code (1949); particularly Article 3 prohibition of torture
16) The First Four Articles of the Geneva Convention on the Prevention and Punishment of Genocide
17) At least two laws set forth in the Magna Carta, including Habeas Corpus
18) Twelve of Nineteen Rights Guaranteed in the UN Declaration of Human Rights
19) Medical, Mental Health and Neuroscience Doctor’s Violate Their Hypocratic Oath When They Participate in This Program
20) Judges, police, military personnel, and politicians violate their sworn oaths of office to protect and defend the Constitution of the United States.

(See Laws of God and Man Violated by Organized Stalking OperationsRule and Color of LawTerrorist Watchlist Guidelines);

Henry Kissinger, the German Jewish “quadruple agent” (England, Germany, Soviet Union and U.S., according to Story (2006)), Rockefeller (Illuminati) agent, and National Security Advisor and Secretary of State under President Carter, once voiced the philosophy of our criminal rulers succinctly:

“The illegal we do immediately, the unconstitutional takes a little longer.”

This philosophy has now penetrated and infected virtually nearly all of American society.

Excerpt from “Terrorism, Rule and Color of Law (Rule and Color of Law):

“HERE ARE SOME LAWS I FOUND OVER THE COURSE OF MY FIVE-PLUS YEARS OF OVERT TARGETING THAT HAVE BEEN CONDUCTED AGAINST ME IN AN EXTRAJUDICIAL MANNER BY STATE, CORPORATE, EDUCATIONAL AND CIVILIAN ORGANIZED TERRORISTS:

EXTRAJUDICIAL: beyond the usual course of legal proceedings; legally unwarranted; “an extrajudicial penalty;” illegal; prohibited by law or by official or accepted rules:

WHY IS IT EXTRAJUDICIAL? BECAUSE THE LAW STATES A TARGETED INDIVIDUAL/CITIZEN AND NON-CITIZEN ALIKE HAS RIGHTS AND LIBERTIES GUARANTEED TO THEM IN AN EQUAL MANNER. IF ANY OF THE BELOW CONSTITUTIONAL RIGHTS OF A TARGETED INDIVIDUAL ARE BEING VIOLATED ON A 24-HOUR/7-DAYS A WEEK/365-DAYS A YEAR BASIS, YOU ARE BEING DENIED, OBSTRUCTED FROM OBTAINING JUSTICE FOR CRIMES BEING COMMITTED UPON PERSON OR PROPERTY, PERSECUTED, TERRORIZED, TORTURED, STALKED VIA EXTRAJUDICIAL MEANS, AND MODES OF OPERATIONS.

TARGETED INDIVIDUAL’S CONSTITUTIONAL RIGHTS BEING VIOLATED BY ORGANIZED STALKING/ELECTRONIC HARASSMENT/MIND CONTROL SYSTEM:

1ST AMENDMENT: Congress shall make no law respecting an establishment of religion, or prohibiting the free exercise thereof; or abridging the freedom of speech, or of the press; or the right of the people peaceably to assemble, and to petition the Government for a redress of grievances.

4TH AMENDMENT: Right of search and seizure regulated; The right of the people to be secure in their persons, houses, papers, and effects, against unreasonable searches and seizures, shall not be violated, and no warrants shall issue, but upon probable cause, supported by oath or affirmation, and particularly describing the place to be searched, and the persons or things to be seized.

5TH AMENDMENT: Provisions concerning prosecution; No person shall be held to answer for a capital, or otherwise infamous crime, unless on a presentment or indictment of a Grand Jury, except in cases arising in the land or naval forces, or in the militia, when in actual service in time of war or public danger; nor shall any person be subject for the same offense to be twice put in jeopardy of life or limb; nor shall be compelled in any criminal case to be a witness against himself, nor be deprived of life, liberty, or property, without due process of law; nor shall private property be taken for public use without just compensation.

6TH AMENDMENT: Right to a speedy trial, witnesses, etc.; In all criminal prosecutions, the accused shall enjoy the right to a speedy and public trial, by an impartial jury of the State and district wherein the crime shall have been committed, which district shall have been previously ascertained by law, and to be informed of the nature and cause of the accusation; to be confronted with the witnesses against him; to have compulsory process for obtaining witnesses in his favor, and to have the assistance of counsel for his defense.

7TH AMENDMENT: Right to a trial by jury; In suits at common law, where the value in controversy shall exceed twenty dollars, the right of trial by jury shall be preserved, and no fact tried by a jury shall be otherwise reexamined in any court of the United States, than according to the rules of the common law.

8TH AMENDMENT: Excessive bail, cruel punishment; Excessive bail shall not be required, nor excessive fines imposed, nor cruel and unusual punishments inflicted

9TH AMENDMENT: Rule of construction of Constitution, The enumeration in the Constitution, of certain rights, shall not be construed to deny or disparage others retained by the people.

13th AMENDMENT: Section 1. Neither slavery nor involuntary servitude, except as a punishment for crime whereof the party shall have been duly convicted, shall exist within the United States, or any place subject to their jurisdiction.

14th AMENDMENT: DUE PROCESS, AND EQUAL PROTECTION UNDER THE LAW; Section 1. All persons born or naturalized in the United States, and subject to the jurisdiction thereof, are citizens of the United States and of the State wherein they reside. No State shall make or enforce any law which shall abridge the privileges or immunities of citizens of the United States; nor shall any State deprive any person of life, liberty, or property, without due process of law; nor deny to any person within its jurisdiction the equal protection of the laws.”

Madison v. Marbury (1803) established the legal precedent that “every law repugnant to the Constitution is null and void.”

Thus, the U.S.A. Patriot, the National Defense Authorization Act, and a slew of other unconstitutional laws and executives orders, passed by our criminal government to justify today’s abuses, are legally null and void. We must understand that every single action carried out by anyone in the organized stalking enterprise is a criminal felony. The number of criminal stalking felons, then, must include tens of millions of “perps” in the U.S. military, intelligence services, private-sector firms, police departments, academic “research” centers, non-governmental organizations (NGOs), and citizen vigilante groups!!!!

Thus, the architects of this criminal system (identified here and elsewhere on this website), in order to guarantee they are never prosecuted for their innumerable other crimes (including the planning, orchestrating, and cover-up of Operation 9/11 and other false flag operations, illegal overt and covert wars abroad, the phony War on Terrorism, RICO racketeering, etc., their control of international drug syndicates and child trafficking, etc.), have criminalized and compromised a huge segment (estimated 10 to 30%) of society.

To incarcerate this extraordinary number of felons and murderers would probably require that the U.S. increase the current number of FEMA camps, currently 800+, some 100 to 1000-fold! The price would be worth it if it helps restore our democratic republic, puts an end to these crimes against humanity, and preserves the U.S. Constitution and human freedom.

WEBMASTER’S CONCLUSIONS:

In this website and my 911nwo.com website, I identify the psychopaths that control the “Anglo-American Establishment” as “Judeo-Masonic-satanists.” This “Anglo/American imperial project”/cabal/syndicate goes by many names; including the “power elite,” the “secret or shadow government,” the “deep state,” the “world revolutionary movement,” the “open conspiracy,” the “hidden hand,” the “Illuminati,” “Rothschild Zionists,” the “corporatocracy,” the “Money Trust,” the “London Money Power,” the “Jew Money Power,” the “Jewish Money Kings,” the “Worldwide Jewish Conspiracy,” the “International Bankers,” and the “New World Order,” among others. Jesus Christ identified the “Synagogue of Satan” as the group that would control the “world system” in the last days (Book of Revelations, 2:9, 3:9). Some of the principle, controlling Illuminati/satanist families include the House of Rothschild (King of the Jews), the British Royal Family (House of Windsor/Guelph of the Venetian Black Nobility (Jewish)), the House of Rockefeller (crypto-Jewish), etc.

This cabal has also been referred to as the “pathocracy” (rule by psychopaths), the “pedophocracy” (rule by pedophiles), the “cryptocracy” (rule by secrecy), and the “plutocracy” (rule by the wealthy). We should probably regard this criminal cabal and their many minions (including the neocons, Masons, United Nations, British Israel, CFR, Trilateral Commission, Bilderberg Group, Club of Rome, MI6, CIA, Mossad, NSA, DHS, FBI, DOD(!), and much of the so-called “Jewish race” enlisted as “sayanim,” or civilian spies), as a “fifth column,” or “Trojan horse” enemy in the U.S.

Even though this fundamental understanding is booby-trapped and shielded by the pejorative and specious accusations of “anti-semitism” and “conspiracy theorist,” this understanding is required for our society to save itself from the terrible fate that this group has planned for us and for the world. I did not come to these unpleasant and politically incorrect conclusions by any innate prejudice against any group of people. Rather, I have come to these conclusions on the basis of considerable research. Please see References on Gang Stalking, Mind Control, and Cults.

Ladies and gentlemen, we must also understand that the term “national security” has always referred to the security of the ruling elite and their power structure, not to the security of the American people. Similarly, the term “national interest” has always referred to the interests of corporations and ruling elite. Likewise, the terms, “terrorism,” “war on terror,” “counter-terrorism,” “counter-insurgency,” “counter-intelligence,” “conspiracy theory,” and “anti-semitism” are designed to deceive the public and protect the criminal activities of the ruling elite and their many paid minions.

The present state of affairs, in which intelligence-military-law enforcement-corporate-civilian actors are coordinated through Fusion Centers and stationary and mobile C4ISR centers (Command, Control, Communication, Computer Intelligence, Surveillance, and Reconnaissance) to execute covert civilian-military operations that target, torture, and kill innocent civilians, is so deplorable and unconscionable that it will not endure exposure. These cowardly and despicable programs and individuals are violating the U.S. Constitution and committing countless criminal felonies.

We must also understand “GOG’S NEW GESTAPO” as part of the phony War on Terrorism designed to usher in the long-planned Jewish Universal Empire/Jewish Utopia. This helps explain why 94% of Department of Homeland Security grants have been going to Jewish groups (Jewish Groups Get 94% of Homeland Security Grants). It helps explains why the project is aided and abetted by virtually the entire psychology/psychiatry profession, which has long been considered by many to be a “Jewish science” (Jewish Involvement in the Psychoanalytic MovementPsychology, Nazism, and “Jewish Science”). And it helps explain why so many TIs report that Jews are considerably over-represented in the demographic composition of their stalkers (Gloria Naylor’s 2005 book, “1996”, The Jews Behind Homeland Security).

In “Synagogue Rising: A Catholic Worldview of Anti-Christian Judaism and Counterrevolutionary Resistance” (2012), Hugh Akins summarizes the larger context of GOG’S NEW GESTAPO (The Protocols Explain (Almost) Everything):

“As we saw in the chapter on 9/11 and the phony War on Terror, Israel was behind all four fronts in that momentous event in our nation’s history: 1) The actual terror attacks themselves, 2) the subsequent cover-up, and both 3) the U.S.-led military invasions overseas and 4) the “domestic security state apparatus…. The term “public safety” is to be understood, once more, in the grim context of the militarization and nationalization of our police, and as a prelude to the Sovietization and Jewification of our country…. New York, Tel Aviv, and Washington’s War on Terror is a War on God- and on you and your family and your country…. We have been brought to the very threshold of the Total State, which translates to zero liberty… and this has long been the objective of our would-be slavemasters. “We shall abolish every kind of freedom,” say the Zionist Elders seeking to impose their Rabbinic Captivity upon the world (ETK comment: in their “Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion,” circa 1897.) “We shall create an intensified centralization of government in order to grip in our hands all the forces of the community… Our kingdom will be distinguished by a despotism of such magnificent proportions as to be at any moment and in every place in a position to wipe out any goyim (non-Jews) who oppose us by word or deed.” (Hence, GOG’S NEW GESTTTTTTAPO!).

In “The New Underworld Order: Triumph of Criminalism; Dark Actors Playing Games, the Global Fantasies of the Geomasonic Illuminati” (2006), Cambridge-educated economic journalist, Christopher Story, also concludes that “Zionazis” lead the criminal syndicate that runs the world.

The following statement of President-elect, Donald Trump, made during his acceptance speech at the Republican National Convention, appears to offer either a ray of hope to TIs and to humanity or else a post-mortem for America:

“The most basic duty of government is to defend the lives of its own citizens. Any government that fails to do so is a government unworthy to lead. It is finally time for a straight forward assessment of the state of our nation.”

President Trump: May GOG’S NeW GESSTTTTTAPO (GISTAPO-666) be the first swamp you drain! There can be no higher national priorities than: 1) re-establishing the Constitutional rule of law in America and 2) de-militarizing our society, and 3) ending the global targeting and torture of innocent civilians through GOG’S NEW GESSTTTTTAPO.

While the right to free speech, including the right to criticize government policies, is guaranteed by the U.S. Constitution, efforts to curtail these freedoms constitute treason. Today, based on their participation in GOG’S NEW GESTAPO, huge segments of American society, including the U.S. military and intelligence, the psychiatric and legal professions, Congress and the Executive Branch, police, and Non-Governmental Organizations are guilty of committing criminal felonies as well as treason against the U.S. Constitution.

It is my hope and belief that good people everywhere will come together and work to oppose, expose, and defeat this odious, evil system! With God’s help, we will win…. because we have to. The future of humanity and free will itself may well be at stake. Why? Because the “Synagogue of Satan” has long been trying to implement their “transhumanist” agenda so that they, and they alone, will be able to live forever as gods….. which uncoincidentally, was Satan’s original temptation to Adam and Eve. The goal of the brain mapping aspects of GOG’S NEW GESTAPO, apparently, is actually to “capture” the souls (intellect, will, and emotions) of targeted individuals and digitize them, using conscious super-computers (Duncan, Project: Soul Catcher; The Tew Hypothesis; . Such evil is unimaginable to most real humans.

Important Links and Videos:

Intellihub: Mind Control, Gang Stalking, NSA Racketeering Syndicate
International Coalition Against Electronic Torture and Robotisation of Living Beings.
Indigo Series: TI’s Speak to Presidential Commission on Bioethics
Zersetzung.org
stoporgangstalking.com
research organized gangstalking
Covert Harassment Conference
Tortured In America
World Coalition Against Covert Harassment
World Coalition Against Covert Harassment Recommended Videos
U.S. Coalition Against Covert Harassment
Every Day Concerned
Big Brother Watching Us
surveillance issues.com
Geral Sosbee- Ex-FBI Whistleblower
Author and Human Rights Advocate Renee Pittman
dpl surveillance equipment.com

NSA Gang Stalks It’s Own Employees- Interview of Whistelblower, Karen Stewart by Jeff Rense: Parts 1 and 2

https://www.bing.com/videos/search?q=Jeff+Rense+with+Karen+Stewart+-+NSA+Whistleblower%2c+Gang-Stalking+Victim+%5bPart+2%5d&ru=%2fsearch%3fq%3dJeff%2520Rense%2520with%2520Karen%2520Stewart%2520-%2520NSA%2520Whistleblower%252C%2520Gang-Stalking%2520Victim%2520%255BPart%25202%255D%26qs%3dn%26form%3dQBRE%26sp%3d-1%26pq%3djeff%2520rense%2520with%2520karen%2520stewart%2520-%2520nsa%2520whistleblower%252C%2520gang-stalking%2520victim%2520%255Bpart2%255D%26sc%3d0-79%26sk%3d%26cvid%3dE42C093DCFD04416BBC650D26BFE2E48&view=detail&mid=74BA9DCD89E468C5B36874BA9DCD89E468C5B368&&mmscn=vwrc&FORM=VDRVRV

https://www.bing.com/videos/search?q=jeff+rense+interview+with+karen+stewart+youtube&view=detail&mid=1B900A37FEE35E56CA7B1B900A37FEE35E56CA7B&FORM=VIRE

Bryan Kofron, SIS Whistleblower, Speaks at Unity and Hope Conference, 2017

Other websites of Dr. Eric Karlstrom

http://911nwo.com
http://www.naturalclimatechange.org 
http://sanluisvalleywaterwatch.com 
http://erickarlstrom.com

Dr. Eric T. Karlstrom, Emeritus Professor of Geography
California State University, Stanislaus, November 19, 2017
erickarlstrom@fairpoint.net

ETK Postscript: I just watched the movie, “Murder on the Orient Express,” a re-telling of Agatha Christie’s classic tale. It occurs to me that GOG’S NeW GESTTTTTTAPO resembles the murder in this story in that the guilt for the crime is spread amongst many. At the end of the movie, the detective solves the murder but feels compelled to let the 12 murderers go free because they are all “good” people. The organizer of the collective murder in the movie was a Jew, of course, and the murder itself involved the ritualized (Satanic Ritual Abuse?) stabbing of the victim by each murderer. This story provides a good analogy for GOG’S NEW GESTAPO. For, indeed, what is organized stalking if not a modern, “high tech” “stoning”/stabbing of an individual by society at large? Alas, as of today, the moral relativism pervading our society has transformed America into little more than a criminal “National Security Racketeering State.”

There also may be connections between organized gang stalking and the Masonic “Secret (aka Slow and Silent) Dagger” and Scientology’s “Fair Game” Policy (Organized Stalking Is the Freemasonic Secret (Silent, Slow) Dagger?!). Thus, it appears that the shadow government itself is run principally by occult-based intelligence agencies and secret societies and that the most prominent of these is the “master cult,” which we may identify as Judaic-Satanic-intelligence cults such as Judaism, Freemasonry, Scientology, CIA-MI6-Mossad, and others. As one TI put it in an interview with whistle-blower, Bryan Kofron, “The whole system is based on hate.”

Let us pray, and furthermore, let us act in such a way that our society will shred and cast off the net of propaganda, mind control, and Satanic evil that has been cast over it and return to the Constitutional and New Testament principles of our Founding Fathers.

Post-Post Script Quotes From Antiquity:

1) “British General Charles Cornwallis’ Surrender Speech to General George Washington at Yorktown, VA, 1781: “A holy war will now begin on America, and when it is ended America will be supposedly the citadel of freedom, but her millions will unknowingly be loyal subjects to the Crown. Your churches will be used to teach the Jew’s religion and in less than two hundred years the whole nation will be working for divine world government. That government that they believe to be divine will be the British Empire. All religions will be permeated with Judaism without even being noticed by the masses, and they will all be under the invisible all-seeing eye of the Grand Architect of Freemasonry.”

“Jonathan Williams, “LEGIONS OF SATAN,” 1781

2) “This is the greatest crisis the world has ever known. Upon its issue depends the destiny of mankind forever. It will determine whether the world shall go on to a millennium of liberty, peace and blessedness, or be crushed by the triumph of forces that are striving to arrest the progress of our age, and bring upon the world a new Feudal Era, in which the mass of mankind will be reduced to the condition of serfdom beneath the yoke of an Aristocracy of Jew Money Kings, who will grind man down beneath the heal of oppression forever.

For, that yoke once fixed upon the world, can never be shaken off. The Money Kings, with a mighty government under their control, would keep the masses of mankind reduced to the condition of peasants in hopeless bondage. In this age of warfare with cannon and gunpowder, an unarmed peasantry could never cast off the yoke of the (London) Money Power, in control of the government and having possession of all wealth. There are two Millenniums before the world: one, a millennium of peace and blessedness, under the reign of Liberty and Religion; the other, the reign of Oppression and Wrong, under the rule of the Money Power. The present crisis will determine which shall dominate the earth, from now to the end of time. The destinies of the Future are now hanging in the balance. Either the Money Power must go down, or the hopes of humanity must set in darkness.

Well is the Money Power called Satan, for it’s the very incarnation of Satanic malignity and evil.”

Reverend L.B. Woolfolk, “Great Red Dragon or London Money Power,” 1890 (almost 130 years ago!)

3) “Cursed be he that attacks his neighbor secretly. And all the people shall say, Amen.” Deuteronomy 27:24

Ramola D/No Longer True: The NSA “Isn’t Getting Violent Internally in the US”: Millions Today in US Are Targeted with RF/Scalar/Sonic Weapons, Nano Weapons, Neuro Weapons, Chem/Bio Weapons

No Longer True: The NSA “Isn’t Getting Violent Internally in the US”: Millions Today in US Are Targeted with RF/Scalar/Sonic Weapons, Nano Weapons, Neuro Weapons, Chem/Bio Weapons

–Ramola D/Posted 3/10/2019

In a recent article boldly stating the National Security Agency is a criminal organization—which is probably exactly what it is, along with the DHS, the FBI, the CIA, the DOD, USAF, USSOCOM, and various other Federal agencies and military corporations engaging in treasonous criminal activities of non-consensual neuro-experimentation and non-disclosed techno-surveillance against Americans, as detailed through extensive reportage on domestic US surveillance, stalking, and Spectrum/Radar/Sonic/Scalar weapon use on citizens at this media site, CIA whistleblower Barbara Hartwell’s site, and various other sites online–Paul Craig Roberts quotes Bill Binney, former Technical Director of the NSA and outstanding NSA whistleblower who states baldly, of the NSA:

“To prevent whistle-blowing, NSA has “a program now called ‘see something, say something’ about your fellow workers. That’s what the Stasi did. That’s why I call [NSA] the new New Stasi Agency. They’re picking up all the techniques from the Stasi and the KGB and the Gestapo and the SS. They just aren’t getting violent yet that we know of — internally in the US, outside is another story.”–Former Technical Director, NSA, Bill Binney

‘New Stasi Agency’ does have the powerful ring of truth to it. However, Paul Craig Roberts may wish to update the nation further on the state of affairs today, which has regressed from mere spying on cellphones–in a mass spying program which NSA recently moved quietly to close down, or say they are closing down–to brutal hacking of brains and bodies.

Keeping America in the dark–as mainstream media has long been doing and continues irresponsibly to do–about the current and ongoing use of deadly anti-personnel Electronic Warfare and Neuro Surveillance weapons on Americans (as also on people worldwide, through the Global Gestapo established by the NWO) is doing this country a great disservice. 

Image: Screenshot/Bases 5HD Rauni Kilde Part One/Miles Johnston

We need to ask: Are we going to let our kids and grandkids be enslaved by this covert radiation neuroweaponry for life–by simply not speaking openly about it?  For violence today has many faces, and many perpetrators.

Violence By Another Name

Not just the NSA, but the FBI, the DHS, DOJ, DOD, DARPA, NIH, NGA, and associated government and private groups appear to have all moved now to covert forms of violence, as the NIJ sought to manage, in the ’90s, and as geared for in both military and law enforcement doctrine through the ’80s and ’90s as “Non-Lethal Weapons” were developed: 

The stage for the covert use of non-lethal weapons on the populace has been set by duplicitous means, including the use of Authoritarian Psychiatry. 

But let us examine how violence has entered the picture today, and how the NSA has enacted this violence on Americans, inside America.

Internal NSA Shutdown Mechanisms: Psychiatric Fraud, Physical Stalking

One form of violence is psychological terrorism and subjugation, inclusive of mental health labeling and physical stalking.

In addition to in-house Stasi surveillance which NSA employees can themselves be subjected to, NSA whistleblower Karen Stewart reports that the NSA has other, KGB-style internal mechanisms in place to shut down questioning of internal fraud, waste, and corruption, most profound among these being enforced fraudulent psychiatric evaluations and actual physical stalking off-premises, as was her own experience and which she has detailed in several interviews including this early one in March 2016 with me:

NSA Whistleblower Karen Stewart Speaks Candidly About Illegal and Criminal NSA & FBI Programs of Organized Stalking and Electronic Harassment in the USA & Abroad

Other writers have also remarked on these internal NSA shutdown mechanisms:

 NSA Whistleblowers were Allegedly Isolated, Intimidated, CNS News, Jan 26, 2006

 NeoCons Using Shrinks To Purge National Security Agency, Wayne Madsen Report, 8-24-2005

 NSA Accused of Psychologically Abusing Whistleblowers, CNS News, Jan 25, 2006

FBI COINTELPRO Shutdown Mechanisms: False Investigations, Character Assassinations

No doubt such spying and stalking of NSA by NSA is Stasi and SS-like, it is also markedly similar to COINTELPRO run by Hoover and his men on politically active groups and continued today in the grand Mafiosi tradition of the modern FBI, and echoed as well by the JTRIG Deny, Disrupt, Discredit of Intelligence agencies running cyber-interference on the Net.

National Neighborhood Watch/www. nnw.org

“See something, say something” is also what the DHS urges today–as also the National Sheriff’s Association which organizes Neighborhood Watch Groups, and they could not go far without the obliging services of the FBI in stepping blithely into neighborhoods armed with falsified records, falsely-acquired court-notifications, false narratives and fabricated labels and aiming to tar and smear anyone of stand-out integrity, conscience, eloquence, or spine for use, abuse, and stamping-out in targeting, stalking, and trafficking into non-consensual military and University projects—involving New Age neuro and military stealth weapons, all enacting violence—and absolute life-sabotage.

Geral Sosbee, FBI whistleblower, details how this can be done, outside the FISA court, through the services of Federal Magistrate Judges, domestic courts, and official-looking court order notifications:

Geral Sosbee, FBI Whistleblower: Murderous Corruption of FBI and Federal Magistrate Judges, Sample Secret FMJ Court-Order Requiring Inhumane Community Persecution of Innocent Targets

Character destruction is life destruction: it leads to social isolation and employment blacklisting, rental/real estate blacklisting and life-sabotage.

That’s social terrorism and violence both, of a rather insidious kind: no bleeding wounds but utter destruction of a person’s life, possibilities, career, potential.

NSA Whistleblower Retaliation: “Electronic Harassment” or “Silent Hits” with Stealth Assault Weapons, aka Non Lethal Weapons

That Non Lethal Weapons are being used en masse on the American populace today is not a matter for dispute and is discussed further below.  That the NSA is involved comes to us from whistleblowers.

Karen Melton-Stewart, NSA whistleblower, has narrated how the inexplicable retaliation leveled against her for launching an EEOC lawsuit and asking for the rightful fruits of her labor with full retirement benefits, post her internal whistleblowing about internal corruption and sexual-favor-initiated-promotions evidenced in her department by top NSA management led to her becoming the target of inhumane EMF/Neurotech attacks with remote directed-energy weapons, the counter-personnel Stealth Assault Weapons newly entered into the arsenal of the FBI and local police through military agreements in the ’90s, such as the 1994 Memo of Understanding signed by Attorney General Janet Reno and Secretary of Defense John Deutch—preceded by the 1993 NIJ Initiative in Developing Less-Than-Lethal devices inclusive of laser, microwave, and electromagnetic weapons. 

(A more detailed examination of these documents, truly the smoking gun marking the unethical, barbarically inhumane use of directed-energy weapons/RF & Scalar Technologies/Acoustic Technologies/Psycho-Corrective or Neural Influence Technologies, surreptitiously but definitively, by US Law Enforcement and the US Military, on the American populace, will be published shortly. Meanwhile see this Twitter Thread providing documented evidence of this situation: https://twitter.com/EccEveryday/status/1085254094846128128)

Excerpt, 1993 NIJ Initiative on Less-Than-Lethal Weapons

Violence in Silence—With Proven Stealth Assault Weapons, Coming Now Openly to Police Departments?

This is physical violence, and this is a leading NSA whistleblower reporting the use of violence on Americans, internally in the USA; the use of Stealth Assault Weapons such as microwave weapons, sonic weapons, scalar weapons, and covertly-implanted RFIDs or bioweapon systems which project “Silent Hits” on people remotely–hinted at in this ACLU report on the FBI’s terrorism watchlisting process–using invisible radiation/plasma/sonic projectiles does not make them any less violent, assaultive, invasive, intrusive, or forceful, as their euphemistic military label “Non Lethal Weapons” might falsely and palliatively invite anyone to think.

The more accurate term for them, I would contend, is Stealth Assault Weapons or Bio Hacking and Neuro Hacking or Brain Hacking weapons: using bio-resonance frequencies against people, they target human organs, joints, nerves, muscles, bones, and brains, they attack health, vitality, fitness, and mental prowess, they destroy, degrade, disrupt, and deceive humans. 

And while overtly, public disclosure of these weapons by talking heads, researchers, Intel agencies and mainstream media is still carefully attenuated as seen recently in the debacle of the Cuba and China diplomatic personnel attacks  where talk of the “mystery” went on forever, it appears that such disclosure is being stepped up–and not necessarily with beneficent intent–with the eventual mention of microwave radiation effects by Dr. Beatrice Golomb, Professor of Medicine at University of California, San Diego, and microwave weapons by the NY Times, after which experts who were called in like James Giordiano, self-confessed US military neuroweapon creator, also admitted to the existence of same.

Neuroweapons Considered Now for Open Police Use

Momentously, given the decades of US Government silence, denial, and refusal to acknowledge this new form of attack on humans, it appears in fact that psychotronic weapons or neuroweapons–which have apparently been in field-testing for over two decades on Americans, as per published NIJ (National Institute of Justice) annual reports which only refrain from naming them as such, referring allusively to “advanced technology” while acknowledging “laser, microwave, electromagnetic technologies”–are now being openly and seriously considered for inclusion in local police arsenals.

The evidence for this possibility comes from a rather extraordinary document, also freely available online and recently sent to this writer by researcher Dr. Millicent Black.

In this Command College journal article published in 2013, a Law Enforcement officer, now a Police Chief, Michael Basgall, in Clovis, California examined closely the question of psychotronic neuroweapon use by Police Departments as a “future” tool for use by PDs, and concluded that they had “the potential to be a great tool for law enforcement” but would “require complete public support” since “the public may be strongly adverse to its use by law enforcement due to its extremely intrusive nature”: What Impact Will Psychotronic Weapons Have on Crisis Negotiation Teams 52-Basgall

Notably, military Voice to Skull technologies and other brain manipulating neuro-technologies including radio frequency neuroweapons to instantly put hostage-holders to sleep, are mentioned in this article (which will also be reported on separately here, shortly).

Also notable is that the NSA, in 2014, revealing thus its own expertise in this area, advised that a certain American traveling abroad had been in a country which did possess a high-powered microwave weapon system which could produce the symptoms he had reported: “to weaken, intimidate, or kill an enemy over time and without leaving evidence.” 

As many American and foreign targets of the NSA and their covert agency partners today report, NSA acknowledged that this weapons system is intended to “bathe a target’s living quarters in microwaves, causing numerous physical effects, including a damaged nervous system.

On this subject, it is also apposite to mention that further revelations of NSA involvement in radio-hypnosis neuroweapon programs, often exclusively attributed to the CIA, post the MK ULTRA discoveries of the Church Committee Hearings in the ’70s, have been published online by whistleblowers.

Neuro Cognitive Weapons Publicly Disclosed

It should be known widely also that weapons of brain degradation are today slowly being revealed by the US Military–always of course within the simulated framework of America needing to defend itself against other countries’ usage of such weapons on Americans.

In February 2019, a former medical planner for the military, Debra D Schnelle, testifying to a committee on Emerging BioDefense mentioned these, saying the US Navy Surgeon-General’s Office has stated that Neuro Cognitive Weapons which could induce advanced Alzheimer’s in a matter of days constitute an emerging biological weapons threat in the operational battlespace to US soldiers, setting the public seed thereby for coerced public consent to military Neuroweaponry research (which is already extremely advanced and extremely dark–as many reports at this site attest, but no, they apparently won’t confess to that): 

Blue Ribbon Study Panel on BioDefense, Feb 2019

NSA Remote Neural Monitoring Lawsuit: NSA Employee St. Clair Akwei Vs. NSA

Then consider the monitoring and probing of human brains for Surveillance, which apparently the NSA has been doing remotely for decades.

Is brain probing invasive or non-invasive, violent or non-violent?

In 1992, John St. Clair Akwei, an NSA employee, filed a lawsuit against the NSA, wherein he described in quite detailed fashion how the NSA non-consensually probes brains remotely with EMF energy, monitors brains continuously with Remote Neural Monitoring, reads brains, modifies brains, and generally engages in invasive, neuroethics-defying stunts to the nth degree, aggressively bombarding its targets with “electronic harassment” and brain frequencies designed to destroy.

Neuro-modification via assaultive, damaging brain frequencies, many would contend, is violence.

This lawsuit has been freely available on the Internet for at least two decades now, and details a system of remote monitoring that the NSA has apparently been engaging in for ages.

Other lawsuits and affidavits implicating the DOD and CIA in torture programs involving non-consensual implants, WBANs, and remote access and assault of bodies can also be found online, case in point the Charles Schlund affidavit, and the David Larsen report. Alse see the Richard Cain lawsuit and the James Wahlbert lawsuit.

Open 3-Decade Reportage of Targeted Remote EMF and Neurotech Assault Worldwide: “Targeted Individuals”

Further: Over the past three decades, hundreds if not thousands of people have been reporting violence enacted on their persons with electromagnetic weapons, applied at a distance, acting from a distance, but impacting intimately on their bodies and brains.

These reports can be found all over social media, in videos on Youtube, on personal blogs and websites, in books and articles, and in frantic, hope-filled petitions, letters to Congress, memos to Congress, including this 2017 Memo to President Trump and Karen Stewart’s synopsis of the Silent Holocaust smoking in the Heartland, now enduring the Nazi label of “Homeland”and being co-opted and corralled into Stasi See Your Neighbor, Record Your Neighbor shenanigans up and down the continent from the Great Lakes to the Gulf, Sierras to the Appalachians, Pacific to the Atlantic—and exported in identical guise, well beyond these oceans to all the pulsing world.

Worldwide Targeting Survey Overseen by NSA Whistleblowers Bill Binney and Kirk Wiebe

Former Technical Director of the NSA Bill Binney has now been apprised of these crimes by Americans, as have other prominent NSA and CIA whistleblowers such as Thomas Drake, Kirk Wiebe, and John Kiriakou.

A worldwide survey was initiated a year ago by American human rights activists Cait Ryan and Karla Smith concerned about the horrific human rights abuses being reported both within the US and worldwide; this was endorsed by Mr. Binney and Mr. Wiebe, two NSA whistleblowers who took an interest in examining these abuses and studying the voluminous evidence in photographs, medical imaging, radiological scanning reports provided by those reporting 24/7 assault on their persons with EMF radiation and sonic/scalar/nano neuroweapons. Preliminary information about the survey results were published here; further information is yet to be known.

It is possible therefore that Mr. Binney made the cited comment at a time when he was personally unaware of the extreme human rights abuses being reported by Americans just as much as people outside this country.

We Cannot Continue To Let Off These Treasonous Intelligence & Security Agencies When Extreme Human Rights Abuses Are Being Reported

No journalist today can ignore all this evidence. But there is as we know a massive Cover-Up Op ongoing, and the only reason it holds sway over the minds of the deceived public is the enormous reach of the lying, deceiving, Government propaganda-pushing mainstream media edifice.

The only reason people are being coached to believe that people reporting human rights abuses are paranoid and delusional is because the New York Times told them so. (And the complicit psychologists and sociologists they have on their Deception Information roster.)

So really, the act of repeating today, without comment, that the NSA “(is not) getting violent yet that we know of–internally in the US” adds to that Cover Up, and becomes nothing less than a wilful turning from the inundating thousands of reports from desperate, pleading Americans reporting the torturous, 24/7 use on their bodies of pulsed microwave weapons, ELF weapons, Radio Frequency organ-destroying weapons, and Satanic, neural play in their heads of dark military bio-communications technologies such as V2K, synthetic telepathy, EEG heterodyning, and Brain Computer Interface brain-hacking weapons and bio-robotizing weapons.

And even that is only the tip of the iceberg because it appears WBANs, neurostimulators, nanotech implants, self-assembling nanotech, direct contact weapons, chemical weapons, biological weapons, and psychological weapons are all also being used on people today, in mass experimental projects or small exclusive studies—very much inside the US (just as much as abroad) and most emphatically involving the infliction of pain.

Many reporting cases can be found in my own articles and print and video interviews at The Everyday Concerned Citizen and Ramola D Reports on Youtube. Books by Dr. Rauni Kilde, Renee Pittman Mitchell, Mark M. Rich, Dr. John Hall, and Dr. Robert Duncan, and detailed websites by Cheryl Welsh, JD, Paul Baird, LLM, Soleil Mavis, Harlan Girard, Dr. Eric Karlstrom, others, spell out the carnage.

Books by many reporting their personal experience of assault with these weapons and technologies also abound; Dr. Corkin Cherubini, Mary Gregory, Michael Bell and many others have written eloquently of their basic human rights being so violated.

Several human rights organizations have formed, here in the US and abroad, to address these crimes, which the apparently co-opted and complicit ACLU and Amnesty International and Human Rights Watch will not touch: Citizens Against Harmful Technologies, Targeted Justice, Targeted America, ICATOR.

This Stealth Assault Weapon Use—Misnamed “Non-Lethal”–Constitutes Torture, a Crime Against Humanity

In a new series examining the commonalities between today’s EMF/Neuroweapon targeting tortures and classic CIA/DOD torture, Dr. Millicent Black and I have looked at US Code definitions of Torture, at former President Bill Clinton’s disavowal of torture, and at Physicians Committee for Human Rights’ reports highlighting the role of medical professionals and psychologists in devising modalities for torture, quite in contravention of Hippocrates oaths and basic morality.

Today it is specious therefore and false to suggest that the NSA—or any other ABC agency—is not engaging in brutal, sadistic, and violent electromagnetic surveillance of its citizens; not merely is the surveillance violent, it is an open door to racketeering operations via trafficking watchlisted unfortunates (wrongfully, fraudulently watchlisted) into cannibalistic and hugely unethical military and Intelligence programs of directed energy weapons-testing, unethical and inhumane research into the “bio-behavioral” effects of such DEW testing, unethical, inhumane, non-consensual neuro-experimentation, unethical, inhumane, non-consensual medical/disease research involving telemetry and nanotechnology, and unethical, inhumane, non-consensual social engineering, behavioral modification, and neuro modification projects which are both supremely invasive, involve health destruction, life destruction, family destruction, and the social isolation, ostracizing, stigmatizing, and labeling (as schizophrenic, schizoid, delusional, and paranoid) of targets used non-consensually as test subjects.

Universities, hospitals, and research institutions, Defense contractors, and local governments and police departments appear to be involved in both running and condoning these Extreme Torture Testing Projects—which are being hidden by Secrecy, Surveillance, “Crime Prevention,” and “Fighting Crime.” 

Hippocrates’ “Do No Harm” Replaced Today by “Do Maximum Harm”

In fact it is fairly clear to all those reporting such extreme assaults on their bodies and brains that the “Do No Harm” directive of Hippocrates which may have been sincerely meant once upon a time by principled medical students taking that oath no longer applies as far as medical professionals associated with the US Air Force, US Navy, Air Force Research Labs, NSA, DARPA, CIA and other weapons-testing military divisions are concerned, nor any private companies contracting with same, including Universities, hospitals, and research institutions.

Clinical researchers using EMF/Sonic & other stealth technologies non-consensually on the bodies of people today have replaced Do No Harm with Do Maximum Harm, as the numbers of thousands of reporting victims, many pushed to suicide or experimented on until maximum bodily damage and death, can attest. Reports of deaths from targeting (found here and here and here and here and elsewhere online) with these deadly technologies span decades and continue to the present day.

These Abuses Start With Surveillance Abuses: NSA, FBI, DHS Are Culpable

Wrongful—indeed permissive, extravagant, profligate–watchlisting today by fusion centers and corrupt local officials have resulted in hundreds of thousands of innocent, non-criminal, non-terrorist Americans being watchlisted as “known or suspected terrorists” and “non-investigative subjects,” all of whom are then permissively, illegally, and unlawfully trafficked into military and Intelligence contracts whereby they are kept under 24/7 surveillance, monitoring, and assault with RF technologies—while being publicly observed, monitored, surveilled, and stigmatized while being so assaulted in wrongful “Behavioral Research” programs.

The fact that RF/other stealth technologies are being used on US streets today is being kept silent by the treasonous coterie of Fusion Center agencies; however, the fact of US DOD/DOJ exploration, research, development of “less-than-lethal” and “psycho-corrective” technologies which include laser, electromagnetic technologies is known.

FBI’s Terrorist Screening Center Director Reveals Terror Watchlist Names Are Provided to 1441 Private Entities

Just two weeks ago, a CAIR (Council for American Islamic Relations) lawsuit challenging the constitutionality of the watchlist on behalf of a group of American citizens wrongfully watchlisted led to a federal magistrate demanding that the government disclose the names of all private groups receiving names of watchlistees—since apparently “hundreds of private entities like universities and hospitals receive access to the list.” (http://www.dailyjournal.net/2019/02/22/us-terror-watchlist-3)

In response to Trenga’s order, TSC Deputy Director of Operations Timothy Groh filed a written statement earlier this month acknowledging that 1,441 private entities have received permission to access the watchlist. Groh says those private entities must be in some way connected to the criminal justice system. He cited police forces at private universities, hospital security staff and private correctional facilities as examples.” (https://apnews.com/ae4779a057c04947a332fce64f6cf345)

This does not cover what other Government agencies do with the watchlist:

The fewer-than-700 entities referenced in the lawsuit refers only to those private entities that get the data directly from the Terrorist Screening Center. It does not count what other government agencies, like Customs and Border Protection and the Transportation Security Administration, do with the list.” (http://www.dailyjournal.net/2019/02/22/us-terror-watchlist-3/)

Nor is there any clarity from the FBI’s TSC as to why watchlist names are being submitted to police forces at Universities and hospitals and private security agencies, for what purpose. Is this also the means whereby researchers at Universities, Department of Defense, and other institutions are being given the names and details of those watchlisted, to non-consensually experiment on?

In this regard, the testimonial of thousands of those reporting targeting crimes becomes crucial: most report being persecuted by 1) multiple relay-stalking groups who variously take up residence in their neighborhoods, harass them on roadways, and assault them with RF/acoustic technologies anywhere they travel; 2) they also report being treated rudely or being overtly monitored by retail businesses, as well as 3) being stalked by local police, campus police, Fire, and EMS vehicles, as well as 4) being overtly subjected to continuous public aerial stalking with small planes, drones, and helicopters.

Here also the whistleblowing testimonial of Bryan Kofron aka Justin Carter, a private security industry specialist becomes crucial: he reports that his company was part of a “social engineering program (which) involves the federal government of the United States of America, the intelligence agencies of the United States of America, private security contractors, some of the largest corporations in America, local and state police, and social programs within the inner cities of America.”

This social engineering program experiments on the homeless, and experiments on the financially struggling, and experiments on individuals that do not have a lot of family and friends or money so that they have no means to defend themselves from this parasitic disgusting program. This program utilizes a technology that most know as Voice to Skull technology, it is an electromagnetic frequency technology that utilizes radio frequency signals, microwave auditory effect to induce sound within the cranial cavity of the target. This technology is also used to manipulate the emotions of the individual.” https://steemit.com/politics/@chus/electronic-harassment-and-organized-stalking-insider-bryan-kofron

FBI, CIA, NSA Whistleblowers Testify to Fusion Centers Running Stasi Operations on Americans

FBI and NSA whistleblowers Geral Sosbee and Karen Stewart also testify to FBI/NSA involvement and a vast private-sector network contracting with fusion centers to run COINTELPRO and Stasi operations on Americans. Geral Sosbee has opined that this enterprise is commandeered by the FBI

Karen Stewart has written extensively on the involvement of the FBI and other Federal agencies in the targeting, persecution, and murder of citizens.

Barbara Hartwell, CIA whistleblower, has also written extensively about Directed-Energy Weapon use on Americans and spoken of the unConstitutional domestic operations of the CIA and FBI in domestic persecution activities against citizens.

Former NSA Technical Director Bill Binney has previously spoken of the deleterious impact of public-private partnerships, openly acknowledged by DHS, which has now also established liability protections for the manufacturers of “anti-terrorism technologies” with the SAFETY Act.

Indeed, it appears the private sector creates “Homeland Security” policy today, as this note on the US Chamber of Commerce website suggests: “As 85% of our nation’s critical infrastructure is owned or operated by the private sector, it is vital to our economic and national security that business is actively involved in the formulation of homeland security policies.”

Journalist Vic Livingston has exposed the primary role played by behemoth Defense contractor Lockheed Martin in running “gangstalking” operations in all 50 states and operating a command center Electromagnetic grid for EMF harassment and persecution of all being targeted. 

The US Government has acknowledged that hundreds of thousands of names are added to the watchlist as “known or suspected terrorists” every year, even though they will not disclose the exact number.

“The exact number on the list is kept secret by the government, but it acknowledged in an earlier lawsuit that it adds hundreds of thousands of names to the list every year.

https://wtop.com/government/2019/02/apnewsbreak-feds-share-watchlist-with-1400-private-groups/

Time to Wrap Up The Wrongful, Racketeering, Trafficking Operation of “Surveillance”

It is time therefore to wrap up the wrongful operations of “Surveillance” which basically open wide the door to racketeering, trafficking, revenge operations, non-consensual military and Intelligence experimentation and wholesale assault of the citizenry with stealth assault weaponry under guise of all manner of covers, including research, criminal justice, and national security, while essentially inflicting massive violence, in secret, on the American and worldwide population.

The unchecked expansion of the Surveillance state has also been driven by and drives the continuous military and private-sector expansion into ever more intrusive, invasive, and inhumane technologies engaging in remote manipulation of the human body and brain, while enjoying expansive funding as “Biometric Surveillance” and “Remote Sensing and Tracking” supposedly vital to “National Security.”

To this reporter, it appears the only terrorism occurring in America today is State-run, the only need for oversight is of these illegal public-private and militarized Surveillance programs which are executing extreme human rights violations on the populace. America has become a cesspool of Crimes Against Humanity, and the agencies culpable are the NSA, CIA, FBI, DHS, and DOD—among other Federal agencies, no doubt—those who created and operate the “threat fusion centers” and arbitrarily name anyone they want a terrorist.

This reporter can testify that all interviewees (recorded at Ramola D Reports and here at EverydayConcerned.net) reporting Surveillance abuses of this extreme nature—which clearly involve repression operations and non-consensual military/Intelligence experimentation and constitute Torture–are people of integrity and accomplishment, both innocent of the kind of crimes that Surveillance Watchlisting accuses them of (suspected terrorism), and in actuality often extraordinarily civic-minded and community-minded people whose courage in speaking out against fraud, waste, abuse and corruption brings them to the notice of corrupt criminals occupying positions of power in fusion centers or with connections to same, who revenge-watchlist and human-traffick them.

Numbers of articles, some listed below, attest to this scenario. Readers are advised to research all articles and interviews at this site, to understand the nature of Surveillance abuses and the need to end these horrific crimes against humanity being paid for by the taxpayer and run under cover of Surveillance and National Security by amoral, duplicitous, and flagrantly treasonous managers of fusion centers.

Violence in Silence is the norm today, and the NSA, along with the other government agencies and private corporations practicing this unconscionable violence on Americans must be stopped in their tracks.

RELATED LINKS

Groundbreaking Bill Proposal Prohibiting Organized Covert Torture Effected With Electronic Weapons & Organized Stalking Under Review By State Legislators In California; Support Needed

NSA Whistleblower Karen Melton-Stewart: Open Letter to Media, NYT on Schizophrenic Coverage of Microwave Weapon Use on US Diplomats in Cuba versus US “Targeted Individuals”/September 13, 2018 at Activist Post; October 4, 2018 at ECC

NSA Whistleblower Karen Melton-Stewart & JIT: Attn. Law Enforcement/Police & Sheriff’s Deputies: Are You Oath Keepers or Oath Breakers?/July 26, 2018

Geral Sosbee, FBI Whistleblower: Murderous Corruption of FBI and Federal Magistrate Judges, Sample Secret FMJ Court-Order Requiring Inhumane Community Persecution of Innocent Targets/June 12, 2018

Ramola D Reports/Report #56: Geral Sosbee, FBI Whistleblower Reports Massive Crime By FBI/April 1, 2018

Robert Duncan, Regarding 6/10 NYT Article on Gang-Stalking & Targeted Individuals: “When Weapons Are “Field Tested” They Need To Be Very Secretive”

Estimated Numbers: Targeted Individuals & the Terrorist Watchlist by Richard Lighthouse/Free E-book on Smashwords, Feb 4, 2018

NSA Whistleblower, Karen Stewart: Synopsis of the Silent Holocaust Taking Place in the United States/May 26, 2016

Memorandum to President Donald J. Trump on Domestic US Torture Programs Running Under Cover of Surveillance/January 26, 2017

Richard Lighthouse/Estimated Numbers: Targeted Individuals and the Terrorist Watchlist

International Emergency: US Congress, President, Intel/Military Heads on Legal Notice Re. Abusive Satellite Weapon “Surveillance Use” on World Populace

Notice of Crimes Against Humanity Using Energy & Neuro/Bio Weapons

Community Notice: Notice of Crimes Against Humanity/Patriot Act Crimes

Letter to All Governors, Sept 16, 2018: Fusion Centers are a Scam — Karen Melton Stewart

Arlene Johnson/TrueDemocracy.Net: Note to All TIs, Send Demands for the Government to the Speaker of the House

NSA Whistleblower Karen Melton-Stewart & JIT: Attn. Law Enforcement/Police & Sheriff’s Deputies: Are You Oath Keepers or Oath Breakers?

Kola Boof/Letter to Obama, 2016: “Illegal and Wholly Inhumane Stasi-Cointelpro-Like programs Being Executed by the U.S. Government to Target Individuals”

NSA Whistleblower Karen Stewart’s Petition for All Targeted Americans: Federal Government, Take Me Off Your Fraud Enemies List Now

NSA Whistleblower Karen Stewart Writes Openly to FBI Infragard, “America’s Unconstitutional Fascist Brown Shirts”

THE REAL STORY: NSA Whistleblower Karen Stewart Addresses the Rotary Club on Treasonous, Criminal Stalking & Harassment Watchlist Programs Run By FBI, Infragard, Fusion Centers

Geral Sosbee/Call for a New Nuremberg Trial

Barbara Hartwell/Political Persecution & State Sponsored Terror in America: REPORTS by FBI Whistleblower Geral Sosbee

Ramola D/“No Morals, No Scruples”: Barbara Hartwell on CIA’s Mission of Psychological Warfare, Propaganda, Illegal Domestic Covert Operations, and Extreme High-Tech Retaliation Against Whistleblowers

Open Season on Targets: Blacklisted Individuals, Extreme Abuse in Targeting, Secretive Lab-Rat Exploitation, & Massive Establishment Cover-Up

How Secret Policing With Deadly “Non-Lethal” EMF/Scalar/Sonic Neuroweaponry Has Been Installed Domestically Inside the US, & Globally

Exploring The FBI’s “Consensual Monitoring” and the CIA’s “Concealed Monitoring”: One-Party Consent to Electronic Recordings and Non-Consensual Two-Way Radio Implant Communications?

In 2015, Covert Non-Consensual RFID/MEMS (Microchip) Implants Are a Reality Everyone Should Know About

Is the US Department of Justice Secretly Permitting Local Law Enforcement & the Military to Assault American Citizens Using Covert Directed-Energy “Non-Lethal” Weapons?

The “Neutralizing” of US Dissent With Neuroweaponry: Open Letter to Journalists and Human Rights Advocates and Organizations in the USA and Worldwide

Former US Navy Officer Walks Across America to Expose Covert Targeting and Neuro-Experimentation Program

FBI Whistleblower Geral Sosbee: “Profound Corruption of Law and Society by J. Edgar Hoover And His Offspring, the FBI”

This article may be reprinted in full with full attribution and linkback. To email the author: ramolad@hushmail.com

Ramola D Reports/Report #56: Geral Sosbee, FBI Whistleblower Reports Massive Crime By FBI

–Ramola D/Posted 4/1/2018

GSNewGeral Sosbee, JD, MA is a world-renowned FBI whistleblower with post-graduate degrees in Law and English, an accomplished background as an attorney, judge, college professor, US Army veteran, and FBI Special Agent, who has taught Law and English at universities in Texas, and became targeted after reporting internal crime and corruption to the FBI.

Posted below is the transcript of my recent interview with Geral Sosbee, who reports being targeted extra-legally by the FBI for over 30 years, and who shares his opinion and observations on the nature of today’s (extreme) Surveillance State Abuse with COINTELPRO and directed-energy weapons and neuroweapons that is currently ongoing in the United States of America and all over the world, an open secret that is yet being hidden and kept secret by federal, state, and city governments as well as local police—and which I continue to report on here and elsewhere online.

As many know, I posted the video file last week despite evidence of massive audio tampering and sabotage—presumably or possibly by the FBI, who do like to monitor communications unfavorable to themselves no doubt, but who also seem to wish to stay closely informed of my every pirouette online. Because Geral reported that he was unable to do the interview on his computer, he used his phone—but the call itself and the recording were tampered with. Not being an audio expert, I did what I could to amplify his recording—the interview is still hard to listen to, and so I embarked on recording the transcript (a mammoth task!) because I think this interview is so very important, and everything that Geral reveals here is absolutely critical for every American and really every citizen worldwide to hear.

Two of the most shattering revelations for me, I can tell you, have to do 1) with his exposition of the process by which he believes innocent Americans are being wrongfully targeted, by an agency which has clearly gone off the rails and drowned itself in massive crime and corruption, via court-orders fraudulently arrived at, with the help of corrupt Federal Magistrate Judges or FISA (Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act) judges, and 2) with his revelation of the criminal abuse by Intel agencies such as the FBI of the Global Disease Surveillance System, whereby innocent Americans can be fraudulently labeled with a communicable disease, and even “honey-potted” into being infected with a communicable disease (such as AIDS) which apparently lets Intel goons worldwide tail and surveil them wherever they go.

What is unraveled here is a picture of extreme illegality, corruption and crime; because the FBI has seemingly established for itself long-term a false image for itself as upstanding and reliable and deeply “American,” Geral notes Americans treat them with awe and respect when they come by to defame and slander FBI-targeted-neighbors, seeking co-operation essentially in Psychological Warfare “gangstalking” and surveilling and monitoring their unfortunate FBI-targeted-neighbor, showing court orders and saying they are engaging in what has elsewhere been reported as “court-authorized activities related to an ongoing investigation.” In other words, it is the FBI which is defaming targets to their neighbors, the FBI which is unleashing the massive COINTELPRO harassment (inclusive of character assassination, employment sabotage, relationship sabotage, blacklisting, and roadway and retail harassment) reported by targets, and the FBI which is using or permitting the use of deadly DEW (Directed Energy Weapon) technology on people’s bodies and brains.

Geral takes care to establish that much of what is presented here derives from his own opinion based on professional observation and experience, and I should probably disclaim too, to say the conversation we had derives also from my own understanding (from documents, from whistleblowers, from reportage to me, from my own experience) of how these repressive programs of Surveillance Abuse with deadly EMF neuroweaponry are being played out in our cities, counties, countries, and world.

It is my own opinion therefore, from my own observations, and post this conversation, that it is indeed a “very powerful group like the FBI” which is behaving in extremely anti-American ways in my own neighborhood and in others’ neighborhoods, running flagrantly deceptive and defamatory campaigns against me and other innocent, wrongful, extra-judicial targets where they live, lying to courts to get fraudulent court orders, creating false files and records, lying to neighbors, lying to local businesses and staff at public places, creating fraudulent profiles, and indeed fraudulently profiling innocent, upstanding, and outstanding Americans as questionable characters, suspected-terrorists, anti-social, “extremists,” mentally unstable, endowed with communicable diseases, or otherwise so utterly and extremely dangerous as to need 24/7 electronic surveillance with all sorts of dirty stealth radiation weaponry, still coyly labeled “non-lethal” and “anti-personnel.”

This exact protocol, Geral notes, is being used worldwide, and in his estimation it is very much a FBI/CIA protocol; something we also discussed is how all the various “Intelligence” agencies and DOD (Department of Defense) seem to work together, as part of that secretive shadow government we are all learning more about today.

fbicardI am grateful to have made contact with Geral before he got off Facebook last week. His testimony as a former Special Agent is critical to the complete uncovering of the truth behind all of these dark and shadowy programs based on extreme privacy-invasion, sadism, and torture, which are bringing ruination, distress, and even death to hundreds and thousands of precious, productive, and meaningful American and human lives.

As many may appreciate, I needed to publish this transcript first, before I scheduled further podcasts with Geral, and I hope in the weeks following to further highlight his experience and analyses as posted on his website and elsewhere online, but it is also my hope he will return for future conversations, which he has indicated he will be interested in doing, so please stay tuned. I will begin as well a new article series immediately, Background Check: The FBI, to drive a closer look at the FBI. (Yes America, I’m an American journalist and writer and poet who is already extra-judicially and wrongfully and abusively FBI-targeted; it is time to Surveil the Abusers.)

Geral reports that after the posting of this video he received added COINTELPRO harassment and subliminal death threats via an Obituary Notice being sent his way; I can attest I have also noted increased COINTELPRO on the streets around me (especially aggressive, hazardous driving) and some covert communications as well suggesting death threats (“Clancy” spelled out on a van crossing my path). 

Much gratitude to Geral Sosbee for his courage and commitment to humanity in speaking out.

This is not the America any of us signed up as citizens of, whether by birth or naturalization, these activities are not American, as some of us have previously conceived of the word “American,” and it is our hope that by speaking out, we will continue to pave the way for a much brighter future stripped of such abusive actions by rogue Intelligence agencies and a DOD who have turned against Americans and other countries’ citizens in the most deplorable and execrable of ways.

***

Update, 4/10: Replacing the earlier video link below with the new video with running transcript that Jeff Godwin put together, thank you Jeff.

(Note: Ellipses below indicate bits of lost text here and there; undecipherable on the audio. Parentheses indicate guesses at possible words; also indicate my responses here and there when Geral was speaking.)

REPORT #56: GERAL SOSBEE, FBI WHISTLEBLOWER REPORTS MASSIVE CRIME BY FBI

Ramola D: Hello, everyone, and welcome to this evening edition of Ramola D Reports. I’m Ramola D, and I’m here this evening with a very special guest, Geral Sosbee, former Special Agent of the FBI, and he’s got a very interesting story to report, he is an FBI whistleblower, who has a particular experience of targeting to report, and we’re here this evening to speak about both his experience and his views — his very important insights into the FBI, given his experience. So, welcome Geral, I’m so glad you could join me this afternoon.

Geral Sosbee: Thank you very much, Ramola, and thank you for all of your work in trying to bring all of our stories together–to help everyone who has been tortured and murdered by the FBI.

Ramola D: Oh absolutely, you’re very welcome Geral, I’m just doing what I feel compelled to do–I find it extraordinary that you would start off by saying people are indeed being tortured and murdered by the FBI–now you feel very strongly that the FBI is very majorly, mainly involved in this, right?–I mean, they are a primary component of this program?

Geral Sosbee: Yes, let me–may I make a couple of administrative announcements here?

Ramola D: Oh absolutely, go for it. Yes, absolutely.

Geral Sosbee: My name is Geral Sosbee–S-O-S-B-E-E–I was born August 30, ’45; I entered the United States Army in ’66, and served in Vietnam until ’68, I all the time was in Vietnam; I entered the FBI in ’71 and ended my career in ’78. Now the references to my work in the FBI are all on my website, http://sosbeevfbi.com/ — you can look at the FBI History Book, which is a summary of what I did in the FBI ….received from the directories of the FBI. (Finally) you can go to the Academia.edu for my biography and papers that I have written on the corruption of this evil FBI.

So what I am doing now is offering this to Ramola, with gratitude, for educational purposes–(in that) I have never participated, while I was in (any) service, in any type of activity that we are describing here (that is wholly to do with) directed energy weaponry, home invasions, threatening people, persecuting to suicide, locking them up….what we are looking at today is a massive program, from my personal and professional experience–and this is not legal advice, and I’m not soliciting anything here, I’m not certified by the Texas Board of Legal Specialization.

(I want people to know) that this is a personal opinion–based on also my professional experience–that the FBI is spearheading the most colossal and evil attacks on people ever conceived on the face of the Earth, and they are using Deep Space-based technology, they are using Bio-Chemical Bio Warfare Elements and Agents, and they’re using Psychological Warfare to destroy people.

The only way that a person who is listening to me can understand this would be to (with the ability to) read much of my materials, starting with my story in detail, to understand how these guys–I’m talking about the FBI and all their friends–can actually drive a person insane, and that’s what they are trying to do in many instances.

Now the FBI recently sent the United States Postal Inspector to my home to threaten me and my wife. We have done nothing wrong and they knew it. The Postal Inspector–his name is Knipfing-I forget his first name K-n-i-p-f-i-n-g–Trey Knipfing–I have written several reports on Mr. Knipfing, he came out with Texas DPS, Conrad Rodriguez who turns out to be a real hotshot profiler. He’s a retarded man as far as I am concerned, but these 2 guys came out, after years of FBI stealing my mail, they come out to my home and threaten me and my wife with arrest, but they didn’t use the word “We’re going to arrest you” they just made it very clear why they were there. So in other words, the FBI has control over every agency in government on cue, whenever they want to, whenever they see the need–are you still there Ramola?

Ramola D: Yes yes I am listening closely–I wanted to ask you if you had experienced any of this, if you had any awareness of the extraordinary power the FBI has, when you were in the FBI–when you yourself were working there?

Geral Sosbee: Well as I said I never participated in anything like this. I was not aware that it even existed. My work what I did in the FBI I can’t go into it right now.

Rd: Sure

Geral Sosbee: They are listening and they would love to find a way to charge me with a violation of the (Right) oath of privacy and everything.

Rd: Right

Geral Sosbee: No, at no time did I even know that this kind of stuff was going on. In fact when I left the FBI was when I learned of their complete evil corruption. So when I left the FBI and they started in on me when I was in law school–if I did anything they started playing mind games with me, tearing up my car–this sort of thing.

Ramola D: Gaslighting? A lot of psychological warfare, all of a sudden?

Geral Sosbee: Thank you Ramola, I’ve written a short paper, short article on Gaslighting, I think it appears at AustinIndymedia. But it took me 2 years, Ramola, to figure out what was happening. Ten years after they destroyed my life in El Paso Texas–I was an attorney, a judge, and so forth–the SAC, the Special Agent in Charge who was a guy named Schwein–he was instrumental–and I got this from a former FBI Agent, a friend of mine, used to be a friend–Gary advised me (that they were going to be) ordering me to report to the FBI the day and time that I leave the city. This guy Schwein just revealed when he said that to (Gary) that he was in charge of destroying my career and my life–and he knows it, I’ve written about it–Anyway, it took me a long time to figure out how to combat it.

Ten years after it started–it started in about 1988, something like that–and about the year 2000, I finally figured out, I need to file a lawsuit! I filed a lawsuit, I took them all the way to the Supreme Court, and at every level, every judge, every Justice threw it out–I didn’t get a hearing anywhere, and in fact, the judge in my case in Los Angeles–and a transcript of what he did is partially on my website–he was blatantly prejudiced against me, and it was clear that he had an ex-parte meeting with the FBI to prevent me from presenting a case.

Now, this brings me to the other point if I may, Ramola, (Sure) Many people want to sue whoever is doing this, the stalking, the assaults the poisonings, the DEW attacks from directed energy weaponry and with microwaves and Extremely Low Frequency sound– we don’t know whom to sue–now when you don’t know who to sue, that’s a real problem.

You don’t know who to sue because these orders against us are being issued by corrupt and small-minded Federal Magistrate Judges or other judges–now I don’t think that the FISA judges–the Federal –(the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance) yes, the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act judges–I don’t think they’re the ones on my case, they deal with court-suspected Terrorists and Enemies of the State–they have their hands full with dealing with that kind of problem.

These domestic issues–from what I can determine, and I was able to get myself into a position where I am admitted into this Federal District Court or Southern District Court of Texas–which is headquartered in Houston–in that group, there’s one or two judges in there that know me and that have been actually subliminally supportive of me. And there is evidence of that on my website having to do with Notices of Support from Federal Judges–or Federal Courts, excuse me.

So, I managed to get myself admitted into the Federal Court in Houston and all the Federal courts in the Southern District of Texas, and so I got to be acquainted with some of the Federal Magistrate Judges. In doing so I actually went into the Courthouse and met some of them.

And through my little investigation, limited as it was, I can prove that these Federal Magistrate Judges are the most corrupt, small-minded, and ridiculous men who have ever held office in the Judiciary (Very interesting) (for a hundred thousand a year, these guys) and so they are fully supported by the Federal District Judges –the one in Los Angeles who didn’t give me a fair hearing. (I see)

And …first of all lawyers don’t even want to talk–I had to sue the FBI alone–I couldn’t even get a lawyer to go co-counsel with me, because no-one wanted to go out on a limb against the FBI (Sure) that’s how powerful these people are. What I think they are doing here to us–is they are using secret orders from the Federal Magistrate Judges against individual targets such as Geral Sosbee–me; they take that around and show it–they show it to the police, they show it to your neighbors, they show it to the State agencies that you might be involved with.

Now the State Bar has never taken any action against me because they have very strict guidelines before they come after someone for disciplinary reasons–so the FBI has not been able to take away my Law license. Even though they have made some overtures– with phony clients in for example pretending to be in need of legal services, then I discovered they were not, they were frauds–

Ramola D: I see. Some kind of framing and entrapment operation over there–that failed–

Geral Sosbee: Yes, the Federal Judges and FBI need to profile a person who is targeted, and a person can be targeted for any reason at all–by the federal agencies such as NSA CIA, any of these agencies for any reason–if they don’t like you or if there is something about you that they don’t like, they can find–or if they think you’re a whistleblower–and incidentally I never intended to be a whistleblower, that was not my intent to be a whistleblower–all I am doing is showing the facts of, that surround the FBI’s attack on me–and people who are listening to me can decide whether or not I’m a whistleblower.

But I’ve never seen anything this horrendous and as huge as what we are looking at here because the FBI operations–and they are all tied in together, they knew that the FBI has the support of the CIA, all of these agencies work together but the actual executive command as far as I can determine, at least in my case, and I think in many cases is the FBI–they’re so powerful.

Ramola D: Very interesting, you know, so that suggests–

Geral Sosbee: No-one will question them and that’s a little problem when you–I forget who said it–but if you have a police group, you are not allowed to question what they are doing, then you can’t trust them, that is fundamental.

Ramola D: And that would suggest that, you know, that– since you think the executive order seems to come from the FBI — but you also suggested there’s a connection between the FBI and these Federal Magistrate Judges–so does the FBI first go to the judges and get this kind of order which they then present to everybody in the local fusion center or local Law Enforcement?

Geral: I’m having difficulty in hearing Ramola, I’m sorry–you were asking me about the orders from the Federal Magistrate Judges.

Ramola D: Correct. What is the connection–how does the FBI work it, do you think, between the Federal Magistrate Judges and then sort of issuing notices in the neighborhood and to the local fusion centers etc.?

Geral Sosbee: Well, I’m not an expert in this and I never tried to hold myself out as an expert–what I am saying is based on my personal opinion and my observations and I have no proof here to tell people–the issue is if it’s secret, it is sealed, you can’t get to them–how can you sue them if you don’t know who to sue?

Lawyers don’t want anything to do with it, plus lawyers want to make money–so if you go to a lawyer, with this kind of case, they’re just going to be real polite to you, say “We’re not interested” — so they know they’re not going to make any money most likely, plus they’re going to look bad, it’s going to make the FBI come down on them. These Federal Magistrate Judges or whoever, the FISA judges or whoever is issuing these orders–they’re doing it so no-one can get to them.

If Congress would investigate, I have many many witnesses, who would protect me — I know who they are…I have photographs of some of these stalkers–I consider them to be accomplices to potential murder, that’s why I recently identified some on the David Atkins video — tried to intimidate you and threaten you on the David Atkins video– you can see right there assault and intimidation and in a civil sense that’s a violation of a tort law–attempt to cause depression–

Ramola D: Provocation, right?

Geral Sosbee: Extreme emotional distress is what I am trying to say–but look, as far as these orders, Ramola, this is the most horrendous–there is no due process. No-one is ever told why he or she is being attacked—they can only speculate. Some people are being attacked because of their jobs—something in that they worked for the NSA, CIA, or any of these other intelligence agencies—they’re subject to being targeted if they do or say something, or if their personal lives don’t conform to these agencies’ idea of what they’re supposed to do.

Ramola D: Very often, it seems, especially among whistleblowers from the NSA etcetera or the Army—people I’ve spoken to, they’ve usually done something or they’ve spoken out against corruption inside the organization, you know, and then they get targeted. Or they’ve started an EEOC case about discrimination or something like that, and then they get targeted.

Geral Sosbee: Yeah, I’ve tried to understand that, Ramola, a few years ago I wrote a paper, a little article –on the criminal FBI, criminal abuse of the Global Disease Surveillance System. When I looked at that—it’s somewhere online—Criminal Abuse of the Global Disease Surveillance System–I learned there is a whole group of diseases, usually communicable diseases, that the government, the FBI, the HH Services (Department of Health and Human Services) some of these agencies, would use in order to profile a target so that they can–that will help them get the Federal court order in secret.

Now once they get that Federal court order, for example if a person has HIV—which I do not—but many people may come in contact with HIV or other diseases that I list in my report. That alone is enough, right there, to put a Global Surveillance Order on that person (wherever he goes and ever resides)

And the problem here that people don’t understand, we all want to be careful here who we have personal relationships with, everyone should be real careful there—however if they’re going to intentionally infect people, which is what I am saying they do, and if they are going to single out these people who have different type of illnesses, then why not make it public? Let’s see—why don’t you tell us FBI, tell the people why you have targeted me, and how you’ve been able to get my records to do that—I have invited them to do that—if they will comply, everybody can see what is going on.

But they won’t, this is a secret program–they don’t want to have to explain what they are doing. The minute they start explaining, it is an admission of all the things that you, that we have alleged against them—

And one more thing—when I say Surveillance, and I think Ramola, you understand this very well, I don’t mean just people following us around. It’s assault and battery, torture, home invasion, destruction of the cars–

Ramola D: With electromagnetic weapons, through-wall surveillance, radar, tracking, etc.

Geral Sosbee: Yeah. The whole ball of wax–they won’t stop at anything. This is unprecedented in human affairs, Ramola.

Ramola D: Absolutely. Would you say, Geral, that this is the use, this is sort of the misuse, this is the criminal abuse, I should say of power, of using covers of classified labels and secrecy labels in order to conceal crime—for this is literally crime, right, these are criminal assaults against people?

Geral Sosbee: Yes, that’s exactly right, Ramola—the problem is, and I’ve thought about this earlier–how can we actually comprehend what’s going on, it’s so difficult—and I’ve mentioned this earlier—it took me ten years to even figure out what I needed to do, and I sued them and then I started my website–

So what I can see is piece by piece we can get a picture, it’s like a jigsaw puzzle–we can fit together the whole program and understand it better–we can only do it piece by piece—that’s why I referenced my papers earlier in our talk here today, the papers at academia.edu –because in those papers I show little pieces of what they are doing to me and others, such as the quasi-secret criminal justice system that the FBI has started–they’re using a civil process, abusive civil process to go out and provoke people into responding, and then they arrest some people and put them in prison or in a mental institution. So it’s piece by piece is what we are trying to do, I think, is to put this thing together so ultimately we have the jigsaw puzzle altogether and we can see what is going on.

Ramola D: That’s a good plan—because there are indeed many pieces to this, right, aren’t there; there is the initial targeting and then the going to the Federal Magistrate and getting an order and then informing the neighborhood, informing the local Fusion Center and then engaging in these harassive entrapment activities which further push the target into further dire straits either being imprisoned–arrested and imprisoned–or sent off to a Psych Ward?

Geral Sosbee: Yes, that’s right—and one more thing here please. I’m really disappointed in our Police Departments, because first of all they are programmed and trained by the FBI at the National Academy—and there—the culture has become so corrupt that they are killing people on the street willy-nilly. They can kill people and get away with it because they are trained to do that by the FBI—now Police departments sometimes refuse to accept my complaint of a crime against me–

Rd: Oh yes.

Geral Sosbee: Even threatened to arrest me…when I make a complaint. My wife and I filed a complaint in Brownsville and the Police Detective, his name is Adrien Posada, and this is all on record, I’ve written reports on it, he quietly threatened to arrest me—in his words, for filing a false police report, and then he said, go take your medication–my wife is sitting there right next to me.

So when he stated this to me, I knew immediately that this guy Adrien Posada, detective from the Brownsville Texas Police Department and on here, the Commander of the Police Department got involved, he told me that Posada didn’t behave properly and this Commander,I forget his name, criticized Posada’s demeanor, the way he treated me and my wife. So at that point I knew we had a corrupt cop. But it’s not just Posada, I am seeing something here.

Ramola D: Oh yes. Oh yes, you know, it’s like they follow a protocol, it seems like they’ve been trained to use this mental health story—immediately accuse people of being mentally unwell when they are presented with complaints like this.

Geral Sosbee: That is a good point, thank you for putting that in there—and in fact it even goes beyond the police. The FBI apparently contact medical doctors and falsely report a paranoid delusional disorder, they receive in their file a false mental diagnosis, they try the same methodology–in Part 20 of my story in detail you’ll see the medical doctor’s report where he falsified that report. That same medical doctor today is working for the DA…also I have a DA pdf at my Academia.edu which will show some of that information that’s going on with these doctors.

Ramola D: Very interesting, so you have information; in other words, you’re aware that the FBI actually contacts doctors beforehand, psychiatrists also possibly, in order to get this kind of psychiatric diagnosis right, misdiagnosis, I should say–

Geral Sosbee: Yeah, Ramola, I can’t prove it, again this is all based on personal experience and my–I should use the word speculation–but how else can the doctor and the police, these sorts of people, turn against an innocent man or woman–unless some very powerful group like the FBI goes in there and displays a Federal Court Order which says/looks valid, since this is completely extra-legal in the sense that, there is no due process, there’s no equal protection under the law, there’s no Bill of Rights applied, then how are you supposed to defend against this type of thing? 

Ramola D: Right–so many people are reporting precisely what you are reporting Geral– so many people, across the country and literally across the world, pretty much the same scenario is being replayed around the world right, the same protocol, the same story, people being targeted, people being assaulted with weaponry, and when they speak out, when they make a complaint to police, it’s always an issue of, you know, that the police either don’t take the complaint seriously or they accuse the reporting victim of being mentally unstable and needing a psychiatrist immediately.

Geral Sosbee: Yeah, and that’s exactly what’s happening. You got it exactly correct, its global, it’s not just something that’s happening in our little individual neighborhoods, and it’s something that people need to be educated about and I don’t know how to educate them except through what people like you and me and others are doing.

Ramola D: Absolutely. Public awareness–just speaking out, you know, and just sort of relaying our own experiences, as you are doing Geral and as I have been trying to do, –how else can you reach the public, right, you just report what’s going on on the ground. And of course mainstream media isn’t covering this, so we have an uphill battle to climb, we have to put the information out there, regardless, right?

Geral Sosbee: Yes, and let me say this–United States Attorneys are aware of this, they’re aware of what is going on, these are (US attorneys) all over the country are aware of this -and the States’ attorneys and the city prosecutors. All of these people will not do their job if the FBI lets them see these Federal Court Orders. Federal Court Orders — it’s the civil law that we’re talking about here — they’re so powerful, Ramola, it’s like a (decree) from God has come down in that civil court order.

Ramola D: That’s awful.

Geral Sosbee: In other words everyone that they come in contact with, and I mean everyone, is immediately turned against the target.

Ramola D: Yes, everybody — Because they actually go and contact everybody who’s within the target’s circle of acquaintance, circle of friendship, circle of collegiate relationship, personal relationship — anything, right?

Geral Sosbee: Yeah. My brother is afraid to be associated with me–I have two brothers–they, I’d love to see them before my time is up, and I’ve tried to see them, but it’s difficult, because, you know, no-one wants the FBI snooping around. And another thing–I think that the FBI controls Congress and the courts by implied blackmail. Anyone that has any human behavior that’s…..if Congress and the judges sitting there in the high courts, if the FBI ever disliked them, and wanted to get them, then they would find something in their personal lives that would be embarrassing, and they would ruin them. Everybody has something in the closet. 

Ramola D: Yeah, I understand that’s how they run it. They have control files on all the Congresspeople, right?

Geral Sosbee: Yes, And they have extensive files on Congress.  And on the Board of Judges on the court. Is there anything else that I have skipped that I haven’t addressed? That you and I have wanted to talk about?

Ramola D: There’s a couple questions that I had, you know, you had actually talked about this in previous conversations with me, and I just thought, you know, that other people would be interested in hearing this too. One of them is: you know, how do you see the CIA as being involved–because many people see the CIA as being a heavy part of the Deep State or Shadow Government, the control mechanism behind the whole thing–that’s one question–

Geral Sosbee: Real good question, Ramola. I received a message about the year 1990 or 1988 or so–and the CIA sent me a little subliminal message having to do with employment with the FBI and employment with the CIA. I didn’t think the CIA would send me a message like that…..let me just say the CIA wherever they are have total access to everything–they are the secret government, the FBI and the CIA, these groups are like governments unto themselves. They are like sovereign states, if I may use that expression. (Sure)

Now when I took off, I fled the United States for Thailand. Big mistake.

The CIA and FBI completely controlled Thailand (through) DOD. So when I was in Thailand, I was being assaulted by FBI operatives and thugs and informants; and incidentally, FBI operatives and thugs and normal citizens are involved in all of this, it’s not just the specialized and highly trained agents; it’s informants, operatives, and members of the general public on all who are involved in provoking people.

So now in Thailand I had so many assaults coming at me from so many I was kidnapped—all kinds of….

And one day some very smooth operators they didn’t seem to be FBI came at me when I was trying to exercise in the workout room, and they were very discreet, and I thought, these guys are not FBI, they’re acting more like CIA–

Rd: I see, a little more polished you mean–

Geral Sosbee: That was pure speculation, Ramola, but those were the two examples when I felt the CIA has been involved against me.

Ramola D: I see. Very interesting. And the FBI operatives you are talking about on the ground, I mean over here in the US as well, you know, we have Infragaard, and now we have the COPPs, the Community Policing Watch Services, and so forth and so they’re also all working with the FBI as well, right, what people call the gangstalkers.

Geral Sosbee: Yeah. Yes. That, see—let me go back to: The FBI has somehow managed to distil in the minds of all people a kind of feeling of awe-A-W-E-or respect. People believe that whatever the FBI says has got to be true.

Ramola D: Correct. Yes, yes—the FBI you know, it’s the guys with the FBI badge—so whatever investigations they are conducting have got to be kosher, have got to be legit, that’s what people imagine.

Geral Sosbee: If people knew what these FBI agents are doing around the world—and you and I are trying to show this—then I don’t think they’ll be so quick to say to the FBI, “anything you say, we’ll believe.”

Ramola D: Absolutely, and you know, I think that ‘s something to stress, Geral, as we try to inform the world, actually stress what exactly is going on on the ground, you know the actual horror of these programs, that are being conducted on people, on Americans right in America as well as other people, other citizens in other countries as well—being attacked extremely with these weapons to the point of torture, to the point of sadism, to the point of brutality, and to the point of death, because many people who are targeted actually die of the targeting, right?

Geral Sosbee: Yeah the idea of forcing people into a final exit. That is most abominable,

Rd: It’s criminal to start with! Its illegal.

Geral Sosbee: Yeah its hideous. That’s what the FBI do. We have a few of our friends, one or two of our friends you may recall committed suicide

Rd: Yes, unfortunately

Geral Sosbee: –trying to deal with the energy weaponry and the assaults, the stalking, and the character assassinations and all that, they can’t get jobs, they can’t even find a place to live, because they’re blackballed, so this kind of stuff can only happen under a murderous regime that doesn’t really respect human life (Yes) that’s my opinion on it.

Ramola D: Absolutely. I had one last question Geral, and that had to do with the DOJ. Now you made a very interesting comment to me yesterday about the FBI supposed to be under the DOJ, right—that’s supposed to be the set-up, the hierarchy, but it’s the other way around, actually?

Geral Sosbee: Yeah. I think I sent you a link to an article that I wrote, having to do with the loss of the constitutional government of the United States.

Rd: Yes, yes.

Geral Sosbee: Now in that article I showed—now I borrowed information, it was not all my data, I borrowed it from another book showing that the DOJ pretends to be the Head Honcho of Law Enforcement in this country. Actually the DOJ takes orders from the FBI. The FBI does whatever it wants to do, and then the DOJ has to support it. That’s my experience with the FBI and the DOJ.

Ramola D: Very interesting. I think people would be very interested to see, you know, the sort of interconnection and the actual hierarchy you know, that’s actually playing out. The NSA also comes to mind you know, because from what we are learning from the Snowden documents, that Suzie Dawson has found more information about, the satellites that are over every country are now being openly used by the NSA through various Intelligence Agency agreements that they’ve made with other countries. So–

Geral Sosbee: Yeah. That’s really scary, it may be beyond my ability to comprehend, what is actually going on with these satellites and different countries accessing them, Maybe it’s not just simply a global effort by the United States FBI, CIA to control the world, it’s an actual effort (of) purging everyone that’s on the Earth, who doesn’t conform to the standards that are dictated by these various Government officials. Now that’s a scary thought—a global purge in order to control the Earth and Outer Space. Then we’re really in for some bad times.

Ramola D: Yes and I think, unfortunately, you’ve hit the nail on the head there. There Is a globalist movement as you know, and there is a New World Order that’s been established, and if you look at the protocol of targeting throughout the world, it’s remarkably similar and has a very sinister similarity to it, so one has to kinda look at that direction and look at the Globalists, and look at their…you know, connect that to what the United Nations has been doing and the various depopulation programs that are in action etc, and yes, you know, global targeting of all humanity is indeed underway and has been underway for quite some time now in many different ways, shapes and forms which is horrifying to contemplate. But that sort of shows the connection between the local FBI and local CIA– I mean, I suppose you could never say the CIA is local, right because they’ve always been a bit octopus-like!

Geral Sosbee: Yes, the other thing that is horrifying to me is that the Media doesn’t say a word. …we don’t get Media coverage of what you and I and all the other people that are working on this project are reporting, to expose the insanity of what is happening to people.

Ramola D: Yes, we have to conclude they are a part of it Geral. They are a part of the Globalist enterprise to suppress and repress humanity, so we who are speaking out and we who are trying to do something, we are sort of the Alt Media, you know, we are the New Media

Geral Sosbee: Thank you Ramola Sad thought–That is an indictment as far as I am concerned, all these personalities and shows and Newscasts at night, all these reporters who pretend to be reporting news around the world, we’re indicting them, we’re showing they are cowards, they’re not doing any programs at all on something they know is happening–so it’s sad to realize

Rd: It is.

Geral Sosbee: It’s sad for our species, that we have these kinds of people, big media moguls, making huge sums of money, billions of dollars, some of them, and they’re not doing anything to educate the people about what’s going on.

Ramola D: Yes, absolutely. Do you have any advice for anybody who is out there and listening and waking up slowly to what is going on and wondering, What can I do to help change this situation?

Geral Sosbee: Well I thank you Ramola—other people need to be just like you…reaching out and trying to get people to submit their different accounts is the least they can do—Regards advice, look, from—from a long time ago I do not hold out hopes that this will stop (Oh boy)—I know some people will disagree, I hurt their feelings when I say that—but if we have the ability to stop this program—now we might be able like as you say to pull it back, but as to stop it, I don’t think it is possible and I don’t have any hope that it will stop.

Because the technology that is being used today, it’s to consolidate power and to control different governments, will have to continue to be used in the future for the same reason. Because other governments have access to it. In fact the embassy in, the recent embassy incident in Cuba–in which some people were losing their hearing. That’s an example of someone using some frequencies and destroying people’s hearings at the Embassy. Even after that admission, we don’t have people looking into our stories of DEW or… so I’m not happy at all with imagining we can stop them.

Now this may not be a good attitude now this sounds like a not good attitude but I see this as some kind of warzone – some of us live in a warzone—and my experience of war tells me you don’t ever sit back and hope the enemy won’t come at you, that’s something you just don’t do, it defies all logic, you’ve got to fight until you’re not there anymore.

Ramola D: Absolutely And it is a warzone, you’re right, you’re absolutely right, but it is Asymmetric War, because the people fighting this war against people like you and me are using weaponry, and we’re not using weaponry, we’re just using our words to report what they are doing. So they see it as an Information Warfare, they see this as an Information Operation—and they are daring to call their attacks with these weapons, they’re daring to call these attacks Information Attacks—they’re not information attacks, they are Assaults. They are physical assaults and they are mental assaults on our brains and our bodies. So it is a warzone, it’s the Next World War, which many people are not aware of—many people aren’t aware that it’s actually going on, but it is going on, we know it is going on, right?

Geral Sosbee: Yes Ramola thank you these are secret technologies, we don’t know the full range of these technologies on human beings Some people talk about Voice to Skull—we don’t talk about that but I believe them when they say that.

Ramola D: Oh yes, because the patents exist, many patents exist, and there’s a history of development that’s also been revealed through the work of many whistleblowers who’ve spoken out and through some information as well from military documents.

Geral Sosbee: Yeah—now do you know a lady named Eleanor, White or something—do you know her

Ramola D: Yes, yes I remember, she had a website, and she put some information out online.

Geral Sosbee: Okay. Now many years ago, I read some of her material and she was very right on target. She made some points that I didn’t understand but now I am beginning to think she was right-on. She stated that these technologies could be used to stimulate parts of the body. So if this is true, then what these guys are doing, who work for the FBI they’re using technologies to stimulate people’s bodies or their brain or their private parts or whatever—what are they thinking? Where did this technology come from – and how extensive is the application that it has taken? These are the kinds of things that we would need Government to open up, Congress would have to not be cowards (Yes)–Congress has some cowards in Congress—that’s another impossibility to realize!

Rd: Or we may have to replace Congress with some less cowardly people right?

Geral Sosbee: We just..If I were in that position…I would stand on the floor until I collapsed and was exhausted to make sure that a law was passed to examine and open up and make public all of these kinds of technologies that our government is using against our own people. And when we talk about people today, everyone in the world today is our own people–because we are one big community today in the world.

Ramola D: Correct. Yes, absolutely. And I thank you for your commitment and integrity there, Geral because you are indeed one of the few and far between for having the conscientiousness to say that. We need Congresspeople like that, you know, who would care about humans—but they don’t seem to care, they seem to be quite happy to ignore what is going on, and to simply give the Intel agencies a free ride and let them do whatever they want and keep it all under cover and classified labels and Secrecy you know—and not look any further into these weapons which we have information on from you know the Joint Non Lethal Weapons Directorate, etc are pretty horrific there is a lot of information on the Bioeffects of these weapons, that information has been published, and as you say the weapons can affect the organs, can affect the nerves, the bones, and joints, and indeed can affect their private parts—and indeed targets, people who are targeted are reporting precisely that. They’re reporting being invaded in their private parts in their brains, in every part of their bodies and in their brains—people are reporting it, Mainstream Media is not touching it, and Congresspeople are ignoring it—that’s the state of affairs, the sort of sad and gory state of affairs today.

Geral Sosbee: You touched on something that’s important there, about Congress. I mean these people in Congress are making so much money, I mean they live in …I mean they’re not just making hundreds of thousands of dollars from their salary, they’re making money from their private investments in violation of FCC rules and insider trading—an example of that is Feinstein. Another example of an extremely corrupt Senator is Cornyn.

Rd: Oh yes.

Geral Sosbee: And one more thing that you reminded me of, and maybe you didn’t mean to but you did, and it’s this—if our government is doing this kind of thing to its own citizens, its own people—they’re going to be doing the same kind of thing to other civilians around the world, The United States is making a lot of enemies

Rd: Sadly, yes.

Geral Sosbee: If something like this is going on, they don’t like it I’m talking about ordinary people everywhere who see what this evil group of Intelligence agencies is doing—FBI, CIA, NSA, NSC, DOD all these different intelligence groups together—then that’s not good for our own national security

Ramola D: Excellent point, absolutely—yes, we are not safeguarding our national security by using weaponry on our own people or on the people of other countries–

Geral Sosbee: No….we don’t know what they are capable of doing—now DOD (they’ve got messengers and drones) they’re able to kill people and take them out—the masses of people (that run) the State everywhere around the world when they begin to realize what they’re doing, even though they’re incapable of doing…of hurting our own people here, (they can try) to get back at the government—that’s just some of the big risks that are being run by these intelligence agencies–

Ramola D: Yes absolutely, absolutely. Well I think there is so much to talk about on this subject and you know it would be wonderful if you could come back another time and talk about your understanding and your experience—I really thank you for coming forward—is there anything in particular that you would like to touch on before we close this session?

Geral Sosbee: No, Ramola, except to say, thank you again. You and my dear friend Barbara Hartwell are among the most brave people I’ve ever known—you’re taking a chance and a risk at what you’re doing here and most men couldn’t do it! I don’t mean to be sexist, but the bravest people I know are women!—so thank you very much and I look forward to our—thank you for our friendship and you are on Facebook right so you know I quit Facebook

Rd: I heard about that just today—I saw that note you posted–you quit Facebook yesterday?

Geral Sosbee: Yeah but I wrote a report as to why–I think they’re too close to the FBI and they’re engaged in the cover-up of crimes that are being committed by–that David Atkins post that I mentioned earlier –

Ramola D: Yes, and you know actually I haven’t seen that video, and I’d like to see it and explore that a little bit and try to find out what exactly that’s all about

Geral Sosbee: Thank you, that is a video, it shows these 2 guys, it shows their faces, it shows them trying to provoke this guy David, I don’t know him that well, he was my friend on Facebook, but he was clearly being terrorized by these two idiots, so then after I wrote about it and I criticized it, those 2 guys, and I said they were accomplices to attempted murder, Facebook shut…Facebook has shut me down approximately 3 times—so Ramola, that’s all I’ve got and—and I look forward to talking with you again. Did you want me to stay on the line after we disconnect?

Ramola D: Not necessarily, but I thank you so much for being here this afternoon, and for spending so much time in talking about this. We’ll pick up on this conversation again and definitely you know I’ll explore a little bit further about Facebook and see if I can explore the Facebook connection—as you know Facebook is in big trouble these days – with all the social data mining they’ve been doing—I’m glad to see that, I think we’re all glad to see that – so we’ll talk more on all these subjects, thank you so much again, Geral.

Geral Sosbee: Thank you Ramola. Bye bye.

Rd: Bye bye.

RELATED:

(Papers referenced in the conversation)

Geral Sosbee/Gaslighting, The Devil’s Pitchfork (and often the FBI’s preferred weapon)

Geral Sosbee/Evidence Of A New, Unheralded, Illegal, Quasi ‘Criminal Justice System’ (CJS) Forged By FBI

Geral Sosbee/Criminal Abuse of the Global Surveillance System

Letter to the German Ministry of the Interior/Cover-Up & Secrecy After Electromagnetic Terrorism Warnings to the German Public Published Earlier, in Ministry’s 2001 Threat Report

Ramola D/Posted 8/31/2017

EM Environment-1In contribution to the massive global cover-up of atrocities being committed on world populations today with electromagnetic weapons and neuroweapons in secretive, illegal, and repressive civilian-military operations, the German Ministry of the Interior blandly informed human rights activists in Germany recently they would not be receiving an official response to their latest letter of concern.

The letter in question, penned by two human rights advocates known to this reporter, was sent in to the German Minister of the Interior, Dr. Thomas de Maiziere, almost a year ago, and explicitly questioned the lapse in coverage–between the Ministry’s Second Threat Report published in 2001 and the Fourth Threat Report published in 2011–of “electromagnetic terrorism” conducted on civilian populations using these weapon systems.

The 2001 Second Threat Report of the promisingly-named Ministerial Commission for the Protection of the Civilian Population (Vierter Gefahrenbericht der Schutzkommission beim Bundesministerium des Innern), the letter’s authors pointed out, explicitly warned of the threat to public safety and the “increased use in the future” of this weapons system in actions of “electromagnetic terrorism.”

However, the 2011 Fourth Threat Report of the Commission failed to recall the continued threat posed by these anti-personnel microwave weapons being used to terrorize populations, and focused instead on nuclear EMP or Electromagnetic Pulse weapons and their threat to electronic and computer systems.

What may have occurred in the ten years between the reports to permit such an obvious shift in focus? Perhaps an extended and increasingly secretive use of microwave weapons by militaries and local law enforcement in criminal actions of domestic repression of world populations—which many are reporting today?

Indeed, the 2001 Second Threat Report stated clearly that high-powered microwave weapons were already in use by militaries, and seemed to suggest that threats to public safety accrued mainly from the possibility of such weapons being developed and used illegally by civilians, in sabotage or blackmail operations.

In contrast to NEMP [nuclear electromagnetic impulse]-weapons, HPM [High-Power-Microwave]-weapons can be built relatively easily and without complex costs by civilians from commercial available components and used for sabotage purposes and blackmail. One already speaks in this context of electromagnetic terrorism which can lead to “a threat to public safety.” In the military sector, the utilizability of similar weapons is already achieved.”

(Second Threat Report, p. 39, quoted after Prof. Dr. med. Karl Hecht:
http://www.puls-schlag.org/download/hechtgrenzwertekiint20090109.pdf (p. 56 ff.)).

The ease with which everyday microwave ovens can be converted into weapons, and deadly laser and microwave weapons can be scrambled together even by tech-minded teenagers and used on anyone, including next-door neighbors, was recently demonstrated avidly by Dr. Katherine Horton, former CERN high-energy physicist, in a Techno Crime Fighters Forum panel (Episode 18) online, where she analyzed and provided expert commentary on such amateur weapon-creation recorded on videos by over-eager yet under-educated teens and posted blatantly online at Youtube.

Proving thereby, that the threat of electromagnetic terrorism by random citizens or private groups—in addition to militaries–is most definitely already here, not just in Germany, but in every country where such electromagnetic components are available.

Further, the authors note, citizens have been coming forward both in Germany as well as elsewhere including the United States of America, to attest to the criminal use of electromagnetic radiation weaponry on their person—and its effects, inclusive of sleep-deprivation, bodily pain and damage, torture, and neural manipulation. Many have recorded radiation levels with meters, many have complained to police and local authorities. Yet no official investigations have been undertaken.

This, despite a resolution published by the European Parliament in 1999—B4-0551/95–warning of the results of the abuse of non-lethal weapons, and demanding a ban of weapons aiming at “the manipulation of the human nervous system” and stating that “the maintaining of secrecy in military research is to be counteracted and the right to openness and democratic examination is to be strengthened” (European Parliament’s resolution B4-0551/95, paragraph 21).

Interestingly, the misleading term “non-lethal weapons,” the authors note, citing informative papers by researcher David G. Guyatt and a doctoral dissertation titled “Non-Lethal Weapons in International Law” by attorney Dr. Hans Wolfram Kessler, emerged in first mention from secret documents of the CIA in the early Sixties.

The bio-effects of such weapons have been known for some time, according to both experts. The capacity of these “anti-personnel” bio-weapons and neuro-transmitters to effect both mind and emotion control of populations, as well as rapid disease-onset or death by inducing deadly medical conditions such as heart attack or stroke is also known.

In such a situation, they say, using state secrecy to keep these “innovative non-lethal weapons” hidden when they clearly offer an innovative means for serious crime–extreme domestic repression/control as well as lethal erasure of humans–runs counter to democratic ideals and should be challenged with steps taken to end such criminal use of microwave weapons on citizens.

121 reporting victims of assault with these weapons provided their signatures and information within the letter, which closed with an appeal to the Minister to investigate and address the crimes of electromagnetic terrorism being perpetrated on them, and an assurance that the Ministry of the Interior would be informed–and reminded of his responsibility to protect the civilian population from these crimes–each time one on the list of innocent victims died from their injuries.

The authors have also conveyed to this reporter that several who signed the letter have been experiencing repercussions by way of increased electromagnetic weapon assault for publicly signing and attesting to the testimonial of the letter, much in the style of the retaliatory assaults experienced by this writer succeeding the writing, signature-collecting, and open publication of the historic Memorandum to President Trump on Domestic US Torture Programs Running Under Cover of Surveillance—which, like this letter being evaded by the German government, remains unanswered by the Trump White House.

However, as both this writer and the letter’s authors are aware, such retaliation is to be reported publicly, and not permitted to function as deterrent to public exposure of these crimes, as apparently the perpetrators intend. The letter in full is posted below, names and signatures of victims are being withheld for their protection.

Many thanks to the German activists who sent this letter on for perusal and open publication.

****

Thomas de Maizierea

German Minister of the Interior, Thomas de Maiziere

German Ministry of the Interior (BMI)
Minister Dr. Thomas de Maizière
Alt-Moabit 101 D
D – 10559 Berlin

18/10/16

Electromagnetic Terrorism in the Federal Republic of Germany/Suspicion of Murder with Electromagnetic Frequency Weapons

Mr. Minister,

The topic of this letter is the illegal use of so-called “non- lethal weapons”[1] against the civilian population of the Federal Republic of Germany.

Again and again, the concerned citizens have addressed the Ministry of the Interior directed by you – in vain until now. They didn’t receive any answer although the use of this weapons system is described in the Second Threat Report (Zweiter Gefahrenbericht) published by the Ministry of the Interior in 2001, explicitly warning from an “increased use” in the future as well as from a “threat to public safety” due to “electromagnetic terrorism”.[2]

Ten years later, in the Fourth Threat Report of the Ministerial Commission for the Protection of the Civilian Population (Vierter Gefahrenbericht der Schutzkommission beim Bundesministerium des Innern) dating from 30/05/2011, there is no longer any mention of a “threat to public safety” due to “electromagnetic terrorism”. The Threat Report solely refers to “dangers due to the (nuclear) electromagnetic impulse (EMP)”, which can disrupt or destroy electronically supported machines and systems (p. 31). A similar effect on modern electronics is attributed to high-power microwaves (ibid). This presentation – clearly shortened compared with the Second Threat Report of October 2001 – is incomplete and does not mention that specific beam weapons as microwave weapons, electromagnetic frequency weapons and laser weapons were designed to be applied and are in fact applied as anti-personnel weapons, as is demonstrated – inter alia – by the following article:

David G. Guyatt: Some Aspects of Anti-Personnel Electromagnetic Weapons. A synopsis prepared for the International Committee of the Red Cross Symposium, The Medical Profession and the Effects of Weapons, presenting a medical and humanitarian perspective on the use of EMP weapons.

Hans Wolfram Kessler’s doctoral thesis “Nichtletale Waffen im Kriegsvölkerrecht” (Non-Lethal Weapons in International Law) proves that the beam weapons named above can be used as bioweapons, inter alia with the function of bioregulators influencing vital functions such as heartbeat, breathing, body temperature, moods and immune reactions.[3] Rapid forms of death such as heart attack or sudden stroke as well as deadly diseases such as cancer can be triggered on this basis – the great ‘advantage’ or rather the great danger consisting in the lacking detectability of an external influence, so that lethal applications of the beam weapons named above can be kept hidden behind allegedly natural causes of death.

Great potential is attributed to the military use of neurotransmitters by which almost every kind of human emotions can be produced artificially. Especially controversial are bioregulators which can potentially manipulate the mental state of the whole ‘hostile’ population.[4] The use of such anti-personnel bioweapons unequivocally violates current international law.[5] The national use of ‘non lethal weapons’, however, gives reason to grave concern, too: ‘Innovative‚ non lethal weapons’ open the doors to completely new methods of control, repression and torture.[6]

As evidenced by innumerable testimonies of so-called targeted individuals, the national use of ‘non lethal weapons’ is already reality.[7] The targeted persons are exposed to complete monitoring as well as continuous (24/7) electromagnetic terror and suffer from sleep deprivation, neurophysiological manipulations, sexual abuse, pains and serious health damage. Numerous concerned persons have addressed to local police stations or responsible law officers and have filed a complaint. Not a single case is known to us in which the authorities would have initiated investigations; the radiation exposures proved by the concerned civilians – among them exposures or gamma, laser and radar rays – were ignored. As soon as 1999, the European Parliament’s resolution B4-0551/95 warned from the results of the abuse of ‘non lethal weapons’, demanding a ban of any kind of weapon aiming at the manipulation of the human nervous system and stating “that the maintaining of secrecy in military research is to be counteracted and the right to openness and democratic examination is to be strengthened” (European Parliament’s resolution B4-0551/95, paragraph 21). The designation ‘non lethal weapons’ first emerged in the sixties in secret documents of the CIA.[8] Since then, the concealment of these weapons has been lifted to some degree, but essentially maintained.

Informations about non-nuclear EMP-weapons (electromagnetic-impulse-weapons) are largely inaccessible and are normally treated with the utmost secrecy’, as the jurist Hans Wolfram
Kessler writes in his doctoral thesis.[9] According to this policy of secrecy, civilians witnessing the illegal use of ‘non lethal weapons’ are in many cases placed under suspicion of psychosis or psychiatrized by force or subjected under legal supervision.

The 121 innocent citizens of the Federal Republic of Germany listed in the annex were or are victims of the illegal use of ‘non lethal weapons’.

Those still living are exposed to an acute danger.

It is suspected that those who are already dead were killed or driven to suicide with beam weapons. The list is by no means complete; only a small fraction of the relevant targeted individuals is known to us namely.

Mr. Minister, we call on you to see personally to the clarification of this outrageous “electromagnetic terrorism” (Second Threat Report) and to the identification of the perpetrators with firm determination. There may be no protection of secrecy for such serious crimes! Moreover, we expect concrete steps to be taken against the described manifestation of organized crime.

Each time one of the still living persons of the attached list will die according to our fear, we will inform you thereon, appealing to your responsibility.

Yours respectfully,

in the name of the targeted individuals of the attached list,

[…]

[Attached to the letter were the personal data of 121 targeted individuals.]

——————————————————————————–

[1] Cf. Hans Wolfram Kessler: Nichtletale Waffen im Kriegsvölkerrecht.
Berlin 2013, p. 22: It is very controversial to refer to weapons as
‘non lethal’. The designation has been criticized as euphemism and as
oxymoron.

[2] “In contrast to NEMP [nuclear electromagnetic impulse]-weapons,
HPM [High-Power-Microwave]-weapons can be built relatively easily and
without complex costs by civilians from commercial available
components and used for sabotage purposes and blackmail. One already
speaks in this context of electromagnetic terrorism which can lead to
a “threat to public safety”. In the military sector, the utilizability
of similar weapons is already achieved“ (Second Threat Report, p. 39,
quoted after Prof. Dr. med. Karl Hecht:

http://www.puls-schlag.org/download/hechtgrenzwertekiint20090109.pdf
(p. 56 ff.)).

[3] Cf. Kessler, p. 69.

[4] Cf. ibid.

[5] Cf. ibid, p. 86.

[6] Cf. ibid, p. 190.

[7] Cf.

http://washingtonsblog.com/2016/03/american-public-informs-president-obamas-commission-study-bioethical-issues-ongoing-non-consensual-human-experimentation-usa-today-html

Mojmir Babacek: Psychotronic and Electromagnetic Weapons: Remote
Control of the Human Nervous System (Global Research 31.01.13 /
16.03.14)

Helmut Höge: Elektromagnetische Wellen. Ein Leben mit Gehirnwäsche
(taz 08.11.15)

https://de.scribd.com/doc/61126419/Strahlenterror-Deutsche-Betroffene-1-Strahlenfolter

[8] Hans Wolfram Kessler: Nichtletale Waffen im Kriegsvölkerrecht.
Berlin 2013, S. 21.

[9] Cf. Kessler, p. 116.

Source of Letter: Authors, and German activists

Related

Activist Helmut Michael Informs Central German Broadcasting (MDR) of Microwave Weapon Use on Civilians

Intel Agency Crimes: False Flags, Lies, Media Control, & Mind Control Psy Ops

Ramola D/1/13/2017

By definition, intelligence agents are liars. Alex Constantine

While analysts of previous false flag events and manufactured terrorism rally online this week to share analysis and commentary on the recent creation-of-chaos-and-terror shooting event on January 6 at Fort Lauderdale Airport in Florida, and while oddly McCarthyist frenzy mounts in mainstream CIA-controlled media to blame Russia for the hacked DNC and Clinton/Podesta emails released by Wikileaks–blowing the cover on a worldwide child trafficking operation now named Pedogate (a huge subject to be considered here separately shortly), reminders that we are surrounded by criminal Lies and Liars in high places surface all around us.

Luckily for the awakened and aware among us, there are several commentators speaking out, and as we step further into 2017, it seems like the holy water of Truth on all sides can no longer be held back, will no longer be held back, and will spill, despite manic attempts at “Leak Control” by those–in government, and particularly in the global and national Intelligence Community–who have been and seem to believe that they can continue to suppress, oppress, tyrannize, and endlessly deceive us. But not for much longer–if these avalanches of truth have anything to do with it.

“The Whole System Runs on Lies”

William Binney, NSA whistleblower and truthteller extraordinaire informs Robert Scheer, Editor in Chief at Truthdig, in this video conversation, that the recent Intelligence report promoted by ODNI/NSA/CIA/Military heads (caught out previously in lies), Clapper, Brennan, Comey, Rogers  where allegations of Russian involvement are made “with high confidence” really suggests that “they don’t have a shred of evidence.” 

“They say, “with high confidence”–now that’s the first clue that they don’t have a shred of evidence that it’s true. Because if they claim some confidence level, that means they don’t have the evidence…unless they present it so you can look at it and say, is this beyond a reasonable understanding or point that would allow you to say, yeah, they probably did it..?…The point that I’ve been trying to make, on television and so on is, NSA should have a record. If it was a hack coming in across the network, NSA’s got a record of it. And if they transferred data out, and then transferred that data across electronically to Wikileaks, then they should have a record of that also.

Because they have so many collection points–they have tens of thousands of access points in the network that collect and sort data….They’ve deployed hundreds of trace route programs in the European area, that means they can trace the route of every packet that’s sent across the network–billions of them everyday. So the point is they should at least have a fragment–they might  not show every packet that went to Wikileaks from the Russians but they should have some of them…

The real issue is, who passed the data to Wikileaks? It’s not how many people tried to hack the DNC, because every country in the world tries to hack everything that’s available in the US–China, Israel, everybody! And we hack everybody else too–so hacking is done worldwide by everybody. That’s not the issue. The issue is, who passed the data to Wikileaks?…And so far, no one has produced a shred of evidence to show that anyone who has attempted that, which would probably be the major countries in the world, hacked the DNC and any other…Hillary, as Secretary of State, was a prime target for all governments around the world, so you know they were trying to get to her–so it’s not a question of who’s hacking who, because everybody’s hacking everybody! The question is, who passed the data to Wikileaks?” –William Binney

In other words, this most respected former NSA Technical Director and crack mathematician and cryptographer at the NSA is informing us there is no way a Russian hack and leak could Not have been picked up by routine NSA telecommunication protocols, in some material form, in some very concrete and definitive ways, had there really been one. To spell it out: the whole thing’s a lie. The allegation a lie, the “high degree of confidence” a lie, the earnest demeanor a lie, the joint Intelligence community leadership stance before the Senate Intelligence Committee a lie.

clapper.png“They’re always trying to divert attention from the main issue, the central core issues, the government’s always trying to do that–it’s like the Wizard of Oz, we’re not supposed to pay attention to the man behind the curtain–and that’s really the theme here, always being diverted to something that’s not relevant.”–William Binney

In response to Mr. Scheer’s noting that NSA would probably bring up “the compromising of methods and sources of gathering intelligence” (also a favorite CIA excuse) as an excuse for not providing detailed evidence, Mr. Binney goes on to say:

“Methods and sources are already compromised, they’re already on the Web. All you have to do is Google things like NSA and Treasure Map or NSA and any of the muscular programs–the Bull Run program or the internal tapping programs; you’ll see a lot of them referenced there though–Fair View, Storm Brew, Blarney; that gets involving all the companies in the US–service providers for the Internet, the phone companies, all–30 of them total, according to the Blarney slides–are participating with them, sharing all this data and information with NSA–so, you know, the data has already been out there…we’ve spent tens of billions of dollars every year to pick this data up.”–William Binney

Most revealing beyond that, for all of us interested in truth, transparency, and accountability in government, is the succeeding exchange, where Mr. Scheer emphasizes the aspect of Mr. Binney making these statements  with “their terminology–with high confidence, as somebody who was inside the system,” an insider who has worked at the NSA, and Mr. Binney responds:

binney“I mean, I know they lie to each other internally too–the whole system runs on Lies.”

“What do you mean, they lie to each other?”

“Yes. They lie to each other, in terms of what–why they want something done, or what they’re doing with certain money, internally; they move money around from program to program–and they don’t tell each other, they just take it, you know–and they lie to Congress all the time, they would have meetings before they talk to Congress saying, “What’s our story, our corporate position here?” So they would tell their corporate position. This is within the NSA.

This is what I call: Oversight is a joke.

Because the only thing they get fed is data they agree to tell them. They don’t tell them the truth. So, they’re lying to everybody. Why, they lie to Congress, they lie to the public, it’s a continuation of that foundation of lying.” –William Binney

Deception has been “Legalized”: False Flags and Mass Shootings

Deception is a way of LIEfe for the Intelligence Community, we are reminded, and deception of the American citizenry is increasingly encouraged at the national level by sweeping, unstopped, bogus Executive Orders and military Authorization Acts which permit military Psy Ops and social science Psy Ops to be freely run for “Behavioral Insights” on civilian populations. Which would include “weaponizing the narrative” or strewing propaganda — aka Fake News — like confetti over the heads of television-watchers and news-readers, in an astonishing inversion of normalcy that Professor Michel Chossudovsky takes apart in this article at Global Research: The War against the Truth, When the Lie Becomes the Truth. Is Obama Preparing War Against Russia?

At the end of Obama’s presidency, Fiction has become Fact. 

A world of fantasy permeates the mainstream media.  

The Lie has become the Truth.

“Fake News” has become “Real News”. 

And “Real News” by the independent online media is now tagged as Russian propaganda. 

What we are dealing with is a War against the Truth. 

Concepts are turned upside down. 

Political insanity prevails. We are at a dangerous crossroads in our history  The dangers of global warfare are routinely obfuscated by media disinformation.”–Professor Michel Chossudovsky

Because deception is being “legalized” by Executive Order and by the NDAA, the Intelligence Community perhaps believes it is acceptable to run an endless series of deadly Psy Ops which include Active Shooter drills and enacted acts of terror which double ultimately as real terror productions, since communities and populations are indeed being terrorized.

This video blogger and Fort Lauderdale airport employee who handed in her resignation immediately following the airport shooting on the basis of her understanding that the entire shooting was a set-up, a false flag, an acted-out farce, but one with real repercussions of terror and endangerment on airport grounds, and Ole Dammegard, well-known investigator/reporter of false flags, interviewed by SGT Report, both highlight the essential role played by Intelligence agencies in this latest shooting, and in others.

Ole Dammegard, exploring both the Berlin truck attack and others, points to Freemason symbolism evident at the sites of these false flags, and states that those responsible for the creation and execution of these false flags are Intelligence agencies from a certain group of countries working together: the CIA, the Mossad, MI6, the French Intel group, and Saudi Arabian Intel.

In various interviews and analyses on Youtube and on his website, Ole Dammegard offers insights into the totalitarian, building-police-state rationale behind these apparently set-up and Psy Op-running events by this far-from-benign coterie of joint American, European, Israeli, and Saudi Arabian intelligence agencies.

Other analysts taking apart the Fort Lauderdale shooting include Dahboo7 of Underground World News, who posted a video of a witness reporting multiple shooters, and Shepard Ambellas of Intellihub who published an article highlighting the witness account of a pilot who reported shootings at two terminals, not one, as reported in mainstream media.

Taking apart the crisis-actor, staged-response scenario as evident in news interviews shortly following the incident also is Zachary Hubbard, who is writing a book on false flags. Youtube has several independent analysts working on this, as this playlist shows.

Many of us understand today that these horrific events, purporting to stem from ISIS-inspired terrorists, that appear to have escalated post-9/11, are being inflicted on us with criminal intent to deceive—all in the interests of further stripping us of our basic human rights and natural freedoms, and of bolstering, expanding, and entrenching the Security state, the Surveillance state, the Secret-Police’d state. The language of “paranoid conspiracy theory” long foisted on us by a fully-controlled corporate media seeking to deceive no longer works on the awakened. To be able to see through the deception is an act of clarity, not paranoia.

Operation Mockingbird & Controlled Media (Suppressing Media, Deceiving Media, Lying Media)

Which brings us to this ever-present question of Operation Mockingbird and its continuance in our midst. Beyond the recorded ’50s-and-upward history of CIA-control of the media as explored by investigative journalists and researchers such as Carl Bernstein in ’77 and Alex Constantine in ’97, we are still looking today, in 2017, at a landscape of Intel-run media.

“Further investigation into the matter, CIA officials say, would inevitably reveal a series of embarrassing relationships in the 1950s and 1960s with some of the most powerful organizations and individuals in American journalism.

Among the executives who lent their cooperation to the Agency were William Paley of the Columbia Broadcasting System, Henry Luce of Time Inc., Arthur Hays Sulzberger of the New York Times, Barry Bingham Sr. of the LouisviIle Courier‑Journal, and James Copley of the Copley News Service. Other organizations which cooperated with the CIA include the American Broadcasting Company, the National Broadcasting Company, the Associated Press, United Press International, Reuters, Hearst Newspapers, Scripps‑Howard, Newsweek magazine, the Mutual Broadcasting System, the Miami Herald and the old Saturday Evening Post and New York Herald‑Tribune.

By far the most valuable of these associations, according to CIA officials, have been with the New York Times, CBS and Time Inc.” —Carl Bernstein, The CIA and the Media/Rolling Stone, 1977

“In 1977, the New York Times ran a front-page story, detailing a worldwide propaganda effort, with direct CIA ownership of some 50 newspapers in the US and elsewhere. In 1977, the Copely News Service admitted to working closely with the Company—23 employees at Copely alone were full-time employees of the agency….One CIA despatch, dated April 1, 1967, declassified nine years later under FOIA, advised “assets” in the media on “Countering Criticism of the Warren Report.” Features and book reviews “are particularly appropriate for this purpose,” the CIA despatch observed….The CIA’s mouthpieces in the press were directed to emphasize: “No significant new evidence has emerged,” “there is no agreement among critics,” or the ever-popular, “Conspiracy on the large scale suggested would be impossible to conceal”. –Alex Constantine, p 42, Virtual Government, CIA Mind Control Operations in America (Feral House, 1997)

Many of us understand today that The Washington Post, The New York Times, CNN, are compromised operations. How about NPR, Democracy Now, PBS, the Chicago Tribune, the Boston Globe, the Los Angeles Times, the Guardian? Is it possible that all mainstream media is compromised? Many researchers point in that direction. These analyses and articles spell it out for us.

Amazon, ‘The Washington Post’, and that $600 million CIA Contract/Greg Mitchell, The Nation

The CIA, Amazon, Bezos, and the Washington Post: An Exchange with Executive Editor Martin Baron/Norman Solomon, Common Dreams

CIA and the Media: 50 Things You Should Know/James Tracy, The Event Chronicle

Excerpt: 45. Former CIA case officer Robert David Steele states that CIA manipulation of news media is “worse” in the 2010s than in the late 1970s when Bernstein wrote “The CIA and the Media.” “The sad thing is that the CIA is very able to manipulate [the media]and it has financial arrangements with media, with Congress, with all others. But the other half of that coin is that the media is lazy.” James Tracy interview with Robert David Steele, August 2, 2014,

FACEBOOK: A CIA-controlled Social Network Run By A Boy Tyrant/State of the Nation

The CIA and the News Media, an Eyeopener Preview/The Corbett Report

Systematic ‘Fake News’ Planted by Britain’s Intelligence Services

These Six Corporations Control 90% of the Media in America/Ashley Lutz, Business Insider, 2012

False Flag Terror and Conspiracies of Silence/James Tracy/Global Research

Propaganda and Disinformation: How the CIA Manufactures History/Victor Marchetti

Additionally, as explored by various journalists (to be further explored here), including Nick Turse in The Complex: How the Military Invades Our Everyday Lives,  and James Der Derian in Virtuous War: Mapping the Military-Industrial-Media-Entertainment Network, there are Defense connections with media, with grant money and funding provided, including to public media such as PBS.

Given these facts, to what extent, really, can any of us believe anything that is published by these newspapers or broadcast on these networks? They’ve been “authorized” by the President and the NDAA and the CIA after all to spread Government propaganda (a.k.a Lies) like apple butter all over the place. Orwell’s Ministry of Truth is not really a new arrival, it’s been here all along apparently.

The Mind Control Psy Op and the CIA/DOD/NSA’s Interest in Denial of Contemporary Mind Control Experimentation

There are two Psy Ops in play here: the False Flag Psy Op—as explored above, and the Mind Control Psy Op.

What we’re being asked to believe, by the tenor of mainstream media coverage of Esteban Santiago, the supposed lone Fort Lauderdale shooter, as a sadly delusional, mentally-ill Army veteran given to hallucinations and sudden behavioral changes, possible victim of PTSD, who pulls out a gun to randomly shoot to kill in a public place, is that Mind Control experimentation and operations run by the CIA—which he purportedly reported, as personal experience—do not exist, could not exist, cannot be imagined to exist, and should, rightfully and rationally, only be ridiculed as impossible and implausible by the rest of us. The conditioned response we’re being led to espouse is that of the reasoning, science-minded skeptic: Mind Control by the CIA? Of course that’s a delusion. Off to the psychiatrist with his head!

Except: Every literate American—and citizen, worldwide–knows that Mind Control operations run by the CIA are not delusions.

Look up MK ULTRA—which became MK SEARCH, or look up PROJECT ARTICHOKE, PROJECT BLUEBIRD, MK DELTA. Read researcher John Marks’ book, The Search for a Manchurian Candidate, which expertly condenses hundreds of pages unearthed in the mid-70’s by the Rockefeller Commission along with interviews and other documentation into a few succinct chapters tracing the horrors of CIA Mind Control and Behavioral Control Experimentation run by psychopathic CIA doctors and crazed University academics (with then-CIA-head Richard Helms at the helm of this nefarious enterprise) in the deadly, unethical, and extreme use of toxic drugs, hallucinogens, electroshock, hypnosis, sensory deprivation, electromagnetic radiation attacks and other abuses, to create “the perfect agent” capable of forgetting whatever infamy the no-limits-CIA wished him or her to commit.

This historic background to Mind Control, of course, can today be researched extensively online and in books. Several investigative reporters and researchers have published books and articles on this subject, including Dr. Colin Ross, Walter Bowart, and others.

“The testing of drugs by the CIA was just a part of the United States government’s top-secret mind-control project, a project which had spanned thirty-five years and had involved tens of thousands of individuals. It involved techniques of hypnosis, narco-hypnosis, electronic brain stimulation, behavioral effects of ultrasonic, microwave, and low-frequency sound, aversive and other behavior modification therapies. In fact, there was virtually no aspect of human behavioral control that was not explored in their search for the means to control the memory and will of both individuals and whole masses of people.

The CIA succeeded in developing a whole range of psycho-weapons to expand its already ominous psychological warfare arsenal. With these capabilities, it was now possible to wage a new kind of war—a war which would take place invisibly, upon the battlefield of the human mind. … [p. 19]”–Walter Bowart, Operation Mind Control/Mind Control and Ritual Abuse Information Service

“And, in 1974, the first victim of Parkinson’s disease treated by ESB walked gracefully out of a San Francisco hospital under his own power, thanks to portable ESB. He had a “stimoceiver” implanted in his brain … The “stimoceiver” which weighed only a few grams and was small enough to implant under his scalp, permitted both remote stimulation of his brain and the instantaneous telemetric recording of his brain waves. … [pp. 256-257]

And by the late 1960s, the “remote control” of the human brain—accomplished without the implantation of electrodes—was well on its way to being realized.

A research and development team at the Space and Biology Laboratory of the University of California at the Los Angeles Brain Research Institute found a way to stimulate the brain by creating an electrical field completely outside the head. Dr. W. Ross Adey stimulated the brain with electric pulse levels which were far below those thought to be effectual in the old implanting technique. … [p. 257]

In 1975 a primitive “mind reading machine” was tested at the Stanford Research Institute. The machine is a computer which can recognize a limited amount of words by monitoring a person’s silent thoughts. This technique relies upon the discovery that brain wave tracings taken with an electroencephalograph (EEG) show distinctive patterns that correlate with individual words—whether the words are spoken aloud or merely subvocalized (thought of).” –Walter Bowart, Operation Mind Control/Mind Control and Ritual Abuse Information Service

MK ULTRA did not stop, either, in 1974 (when illegal domestic activities by the CIA in the investigation of Americans were exposed by Seymour Hersh and the subsequent enquiry and Rockefeller Commission set off some internal truth-telling at the CIA from more ethical CIA heads like James Schlesinger and William Colby, with the result that, despite Helms’ dastardly actions in destroying the most important records, some information on MK ULTRA’s projects and subprojects has come down to us); as many researchers note, it went underground—or more deeply undercover. This had been set in motion already, in the mid-’60s.  In the words of intrepid researcher and reporter Alex Constantine, author of Virtual Government, CIA Mind Control Operations in America (Feral House, 1997):

“In the mid-1960s, the Langley spychologists feared exposure. Newspaper reporters had caught wind of Auschwitzean behavioral modification research funded by the government. Congress was asking questions. The thugs at Langley scratched their heads. It was only a matter of time before an inquisitive reporter exposed the rot of mind control.

The solution: CIA scientists bugged out of the laboratory. The experiments were moved into the community, hidden, like the flying saucers, in plain sight. Eccentric religious groups were organized or co-opted by intelligence operatives, including the People’s Temple, the Symbionese Liberation Army, Ordo Templis Otientis (OTO), Finders, Solar Temple, and the Bhagwan Shree Rajneesh Movement, among others.” –Alex Constantine, p 152, “Cult Abuse of Children and Mind Control Programming,” Virtual Government, CIA Mind Control Operations in America (Feral House, 1997)

Studies of MK ULTRA and mind control today falsely assume that the experiments stopped after Congressional exposure, asserts Constantine:

“Most studies of Mind Control focus on experiments conducted 20-40 years ago—as if the CIA abandoned mind machines because a few loose secrets tumbled out in Congressional testimony. The clandestine operations branches are in fact very interested in EM brain manipulation. A 30-year lag yawns between declassified projects and the most advanced technology known to the American proletariat.

Contemporary military cybernetics dwarfs Orwell’s most totalistic techno-fantasies.” –Alex Constantine, p 78,3 Virtual Government, CIA Mind Control Operations in America (Feral House, 1997)

“Following public outrage, the CIA announced it had ceased its mind manipulation programmes. Victor Marchetti, a CIA veteran of 14 years who turned ‘whistle-blower’, exposed this to be untrue.

In 1977, Marchetti said the CIA claims to have ceased were a cover story. Under scrutiny, the agency were quick to downplay the success of MK-ULTRA – claiming no real advances were achieved. Miles Copeland, another long-serving CIA officer disputed this. Speaking to a reporter, Copeland revealed that ‘the congressional subcommittee which went into this sort of thing only got the barest glimpse’. Another source within the intelligence community says that after 1963, CIA efforts increasingly focused on psychoelectronics. Narcohypnosis had been drained dry.” –Richard G. Gall, Mind Control and MK ULTRA

Contemporary Non-Consensual Neuro/Mind Control experimentation Is Not a Chimera

From the mid-70s to the present time, word of MK ULTRA’s continuance has come to us in a steady stream from victim testimonials, reported by non-corporate journalists and researchers. Mind Control experimentation appears to have splintered in many directions and continued.

One of those directions, deriving from advances made in programming the minds of putative agents with hypnosis, pursued the powers of radio hypnosis, or subliminal hypnosis fed remotely into human brains via radio frequencies.

In 1967 a writer named Lincoln Lawrence published a book … [Were We Controlled? presented] a sophisticated technique known as RHIC–EDOM … Radio Hypnotic Intra-Cerebral Control–Electronic Dissolution of Memory. …

“Under RHIC, a ‘sleeper’ can be used years later with no realization that the ‘sleeper’ is even being controlled! He can be made to perform acts that he will have no memory of ever having carried out. In a manipulated kind of kamikaze operation where the life of the ‘sleeper’ is dispensable, RHIC processing makes him particularly valuable because if he is detected and caught before he performs the act specified . . . nothing he says will implicate the group or government which processed and controlled him.” …

What really happened, according to Lawrence, was that during the operation a small electrode was implanted inside Oswald’s mastoid sinus. The electrode responded to a radio signal which would make audible, inside Oswald’s head, certain electronic commands to which he had already been posthypnotically conditioned to respond. …

In 1975 the RHIC–EDOM story surfaced again. … The journalist, James L. Moore, said that the papers in his possession described the details of “a military technique of mind-control called Radio-Hypnotic Intra-Cerebral Control–Electronic Dissolution of Memory.” …

According to Moore, in the initial (RHIC) stage of programming the … [person] is put into a deep hypnotic trance, and conditioned to go into trance at the sound of a specific tone. “A person may be placed under this control with or without his knowledge, programmed to perform certain actions and maintain certain attitudes” whenever he hears the tone. …

The second part of the process, electronic dissolution of memory (EDOM), Moore said, “… By electronically jamming the brain, acetylcholine creates static which blocks out sights and sounds. You would then have no memory of what you saw or heard; your mind would be a blank.” …

The claims of James L. Moore would sound fantastic were it not for the abundance of information to support the possibility of their validity. …” [pp. 261-264] —Walter Bowart, Operation Mind Control/Mind Control and Ritual Abuse Information Service

Analysts examining the behavior of programmed assassins from John Lennon’s killer to various mass shooters today to various cases of homicides and suicides note the possibility of such radio hypnosis being instrumental in these cases. In such scenarios, suggestions fed hypnotically into the victim’s mind, become irresistible directives to action; after the action–the assassination, the mass shooting, the murder of family members, even children–the victim is deprogrammed with a post-hypnotic suggestion in order to “break the spell”.

The modern history of remotely affecting brains and behavior with energy weapons (involving microwave and radio frequencies, as well as ELFs or Extremely Low Frequencies) and Brain Computer Interfaces (involving implants) as exposed in studies, papers, and patents has been traced by various neuroexperimentation researchers, and can be studied in Renee Pittman Mitchell’s Remote Brain Targeting or Dr. Nick Begich’s Earth Rising: Toward a Thousand Years of Peace or Earth Rising II: The Betrayal of Science, Society, and the Soul–and other books and websites online.   The ways and means of affecting brains and engaging in Mind Control, including directly inputting specific human voices into human heads, with specific directives, instructions, and commentary, are multifarious today: synthetic telepathy or Voice to Skull, a military term, and microwave hearing, the Frey effect, the Neurophone, are not fantasies but patents acknowledged by the military. (Some links at end.)

“The intelligence agencies are capable of transmitting voices and images directly to the cranium’s sensory pathways. The onset of advanced radio frequency technology has given rise to a coming generation of “thought police.” They are a profound threat to a democratic society. Radio frequency weapons have eased the malignant growth of fascism wuthin the intelligence agencies. Anyone who falls into disfavor with this elite can be condemned to interminable physical and psychological torture. The victim is often murdered without a trace.” –Alex Constantine, p 292, “CIA, Mind Control, and the US Postal Service,” Virtual Government, CIA Mind Control Operations in America (Feral House, 1997)

It is an absolute disgrace and should be a source of shame to all of humanity that our governments–who are inarguably engaging in contemporary programs of non-consensual brain, mind, body, and behavioral experimentation and undisclosed physical/biometric surveillance to include neuro-surveillance and body-surveillance, as well as in field testing of “non-lethal weapons” as reported by thousands of articulate and often highly educated victims worldwide (the primary culprits in the US appear to be the CIA, DIA, NSA, DARPA, and other branches of the DOD, including the USAF, while country-specific Intelligence agencies such as MI5, MI6, the Mossad, DGSE, and others are involved overseas–and Universities and research institutions supported by Defense and CIA grants, both known and classified, are also involved)–are engaging in a mass cover-up of these crimes against humanity, employing mainstream media, Law Enforcement, and the political tool of psychiatry to do so.

This is an organized, systemic Military/Intelligence cover-up, and the false, untenable public cover story being used for this criminal cover-up–as revealed by many FOIA requests, including by this writer–is the usual bland “classification of technologies in the interests of national security”. 

It is only through this criminally deceptive means–a deception that has lasted more than 50 years–that such reliably-CIA-controlled media as The New York Times, which ran an extensive story on Esteban Santiago in the Sunday paper (Jan 8), covering his life and background in Puerto Rico, his abrupt change of personality from quiet and scholarly to abusive and violent post his Iraq war experience, and such agencies as the FBI, who were contacted by him in Alaska, when he walked in to report Mind Control neuro-operations by the CIA, can blandly present the very mention of Mind Control by the CIA as obviously delusional, obviously symptomatic of paranoia, obviously baseless in reality. Mainstream media news-readers and television-watchers, obviously, are being encouraged and trained and conditioned once more to fall in with this lie.

This planned and systemic criminal cover-up extends to the highest levels of government. United States government commissions and committees ignore the testimonials of victims, as recent events at the President’s Bioethical Commission and the Secretary’s Advisory Committee for Human Research Protections show. All in the interests of maintaining the National-Security cover-up apparently, and propelling the Mind Control Psy Op.

“There is a conspiracy within the intelligence agencies to conceal field-testing of highly-advanced mind control technology….The government still experiments on private citizens without their consent, often to death. They will continue to experiment and deny until forced to stop.” –Alex Constantine, p 294, “CIA, Mind Control, and the US Postal Service,” Virtual Government, CIA Mind Control Operations in America (Feral House, 1997)

Global Statistics for Non-Consensual Neuro-Experimentation

Meanwhile, the body count mounts. Human rights activists continue to work to record the claims of those being victimized by remote neuro-technologies.

“Forty years later, the Department of the Army sanctioned the torture of civilians in a 1972 report entitled Controlled Offensive Behavior—USSR, a review of Russian scientific literature based upon 500 studies on the biological effects of “Super-high frequency electromagnetic oscillations”: “SHF may be used as a technique for altering human behavior. Lethal and non-lethal effects have been shown to exist. In certain non-lethal exposures, definite behavioral changes have occurred. There also appears to be a change in mammals when exposed to SHF in sensitivity to sound, light, and olfactory stimuli.”

The purpose of invasive electromagnetic brain experimentation, according to the report—which seems on hindsight to have cleared the way for experimentation on unconsenting subjects—was perceived by the Pentagon as “the creation of one or more of several possible mental states in the conscious or unconscious areas of the brain. The ultimate goal of controlled offensive behavior might well be the total submission of one’s will to some outside force.” –Alex Constantine, p 77, “Oscillatori Telegrafica,” Virtual Government, CIA Mind Control Operations in America (Feral House, 1997)

The most conservative reports place the numbers of non-consensual neuro-experimentees at about 2,000 within the US and 10,000 worldwide. Others suggest the numbers are much higher, ranging from 200,000 to 300,000 within the US, to millions worldwide. Some activists maintain that these finite numbers stem reliably from reports of those who know for certain they are being targeted and experimented on; others say millions, perhaps all 7 billion of us, are truly being experimented on (especially if you consider such technologies as nanotechnology from aerosols/chem trails, continuous ELF waves and pulses aimed at degrading brains, in conjunction with HAARP, and other remote mass brain stimulation technologies).

Some researchers maintain meticulous records of contacts from reporting victims, country by country (to be reported on here further). Even here, the ardent desire for Psy Ops by the military/Intelligence practitioners of military deception raises its ugly head: researchers and activists are often also contacted by fake victims, in apparent efforts to Deny/Degrade activism efforts, muddy the issue, and confuse the numbers.

In any case, it is an absolute fact that high numbers of people globally are reporting the experience of non-consensual neuro-experimentation and energy-weapons-usage to prominent researchers, writers, and human rights activists in this area (including to this writer), including the kinds of Mind Control mentioned aboveradio hypnosis and synthetic telepathy. Several articles here cover this subject, which will continue to be covered here. Notable in this area is the case of Rohinie Bisesar, the talented young Canadian woman jailed for a sudden fatal stabbing of a stranger, and who reported mental manipulation, bio-robotizing (external physical manipulation of limbs), and synthetic telepathy, whose story was covered here earlier.

The Mind Control Psy Op is Run by the CIA/DOD Complex and Mainstream Media

The Mind Control Psy Op suggests that it is delusional to posit that the CIA is introducing voices into anyone’s head, or exhorting anyone through this covered means to go fight for ISIS or radio-hypnotizing anyone to kill on command.

The fact is, patents for the remote manipulation of human brains have been registered since and past the mid-70s, when MK ULTRA was supposed to have stopped. (Please see links below.)

The fact is, there are thousands today, testifying to remote Mind Control.

The fact is, mainstream media which both pretends Mind Control is far-fetched, a “conspiracy theory” and that MK ULTRA is history, and not highly active today, is slavishly obedient to the CIA. And the NSA. And the DOD. That would cover DARPA, and the DIA.  All of whom–by many accounts–are the very parties engaging in Mind Control operations and experimentation today. Also the ones self-permitted to run military psychological warfare–or Psy Ops–on citizens today.

For all those who still read and absorb and look up to our long-established news agencies and outlets who are controlled by the CIA, it must be stressed that perhaps the only reason covert MK ULTRA-extending Mind Control programs have been relegated, historically and currently–by mainstream media analysts, journalists, and editors–to “fringe”, “conspiracy theory”, and “alternative” labels is because mainstream media, in the strong-fisted grip of the CIA/DOD complex, has been falling in line with CIA disinformation and propaganda directives and deliberately, strategically, unashamedly, and unethically feeding us with lies. For decades!

These too are crimes against humanity. Media is culpable, for the direct deception of humanity. As is organized psychiatry, for they work hand in hand, to keep the lie going.

To all unsuspecting consumers of mainstream media, who will believe anything because it’s been published by “leading newspapers” like the New York Times or the Washington Post, I would say: Call it Neuro Experimentation or call it Mind Control. Ignore it, and ignore reporting  victims, like many top human rights organizations (which perhaps take funding from the Military and directions from the chimera of “National Security”) have, inexplicably, been doing. But recognize, that with remote brain manipulation, all of us, and all of our children are most definitely in danger.

Incontrovertible fact: Past Nuremberg, past the Nazi atrocities of World War II, past the reported atrocities of MK ULTRA from the ’50s to the ’70s, past the ’50s to the ’90s history of secret and non-consensual military radiation experiments, chemical experiments, biological experiments, syphilis experiments, Tuskegee and Guatemala, reported by such journalists as Eileen Welsome and Harriet K. Washington, non-consensual human experimentation has returned, shamefully, to the American landscape, and the global landscape.

Inform Yourself, Inform the World

We are surrounded by lies, sanctioned military deception, sanctioned Intelligence deception, sanctioned mainstream-media deception. More than ever, we need to individually exercise discernment in our response to the toxic deluge of misinformation, disinformation and plain lies washing over us. We’re not merely in Orwell’s 1984, we’ve tunnelled through into 1984-squared.

To close, on the subject of “non-lethal weapons” being used on the streets, and rampant non-consensual experimentation, two more American whistleblowers offer insight into the world of deception we’re inside.

NSA Whistleblower Karen Stewart’s recent interview on the Jeff Rense talk show (to be covered here separately shortly) offers unvarnished disclosure on the subject of Homeland Security which has morphed into Homeland Terrorism, the complicity of Intelligence agencies and military groups who have joined hands to direct criminal attacks with directed-energy weapons (DEWs) against non-criminal citizens, glibly naming them terrorists and spies and extremists and unleashing both undisclosed neuro/physical surveillance and undisclosed neuro-experimentation on them.

This video, Psy Ops Wars on Americans, by a former US Air Force Officer and whistleblower explains the Psy Ops further surrounding the Fort Lauderdale shooting, and this accompanying post at Facebook which he requested this writer to share discloses the radiation-weapon and neuro-weapon experimentation he has experienced and continues to experience.

Many analysts and alternative media researchers, as well as consciousness researchers tell us that the only way we can, as members of an exploited and acted-on public, put an end to this slide into complete totalitarian dementia, is by waking up individually and collectively and seeing through this charade for what it is. Our mere awareness can make a difference. Our collective awareness, they assure us, will inexorably lead to winds of change. It’s an optimism that might serve us well. Collectively we may find the clarity and courage to speak out with intent, challenge the prevailing narrative, and hold the criminals running this farce responsible. And accountable.

For all past and current victims of non-consensual neuro-experimentation, directed-energy weapons testing, and undisclosed “electronic” surveillance which doubles as covert neuro-surveillance and covert bodily-surveillance with electromagnetic weapons, nothing less than a second war crimes tribunal, Nuremberg 2.0, will do.

Those heads of Intel agencies who are currently spending a lot of time trying to divert attention to Russia — perhaps to build a case to further fortress and buttress themselves behind an even greater barrage of surveillance and security laws (if one can imagine that) — may well be seeking to deflect attention from the crimes against humanity they have already steadily been committing, crimes they continue to run undercover while blinding us with lies.

On his website, Ole Dammegard offers a list of suggestions for what any one of us can do, top of the list being, Wake up – inform and educate yourself about what is actually going on in the world. It is only by us being asleep that this madness can go on.”

The world needs to know and act on the truth. Please inform yourself, inform the world.

Related:

Hearing “Voices”/The Hidden History of the CIA’s Electromagnetic Mind-Control Experiments/Global Alert by Alex Constantine/1995

Hypnosis Comes of Age/George H. Estabrooks, Ph.D./Science Digest, April, 1971, 44-50

Synthetic Telepathy and the Early Mind Wars/Richard Alan Miller/2001

Origins and Techniques of Monarch Mind Control/The Vigilant Citizen/Hidden Knowledge

Lists of Mind Control/Neuro Experimentation Articles:

Earthpulse Press/Dr. Nick Begich

Paul Baird/Surveillance Issues/Links

Renee Pittman Books

Mind Justice/Cheryl Welsh

Mind Control/Neuroweaponry/Electronic Warfare Patents:

Electronic Warfare Patents/Neuroweaponry/Omnisense

Mind Control Patents/Peace Pink/Soleil Mavis

This article may be reproduced in full or part anywhere online with attribution and linkback. Please share to inform.

Seth Farber, Ph.D: The Psychiatric Metanarrative, Targeted Individuals, and the Deep State: A Response to The New York Times

Not long ago, in June 2016, The New York Times published a piece by Mike McPhate, titled “United States of Paranoia: They See Gangs of Stalkers,” purporting to offer an unbiased journalistic exploration of the subject of “Targeted Individuals.” This piece garnered quite some attention and consternation from among the ranks of those actually being targeted, surveiled, and assaulted today with EMF/sonic/scalar weapons–as well as those educated, informed Americans who are well-aware that such high-tech surveillance, targeting, and assault is indeed occurring–and was covered here earlier, in response, as well as here, in reportage of a key interviewee, Dr. Robert Duncan’s response.

Now Dr. Seth Farber, a deeply insightful psychologist, psychotherapist, scholar, and author steps forward to address the glaring omissions, elisions, deceptions, and inadequacies of Mr. McPhate’s article, pointing up the hollowness of its claim to objectivity, and offering a comprehensive discursive response that considers the diverse aspects of contemporary psychiatry, contemporary surveillance, historic non-consensual human experimentation, historic covert Intelligence operations, whistleblower testimony, classified military research, neuroweaponry, and the increasingly-evident hand of the “Deep State” which bear on this issue. I am pleased to publish this tremendous tour de force by Dr. Farber, honored that my words are included in it, and highly recommend that every single psychiatrist, psychologist, medical professional, and journalist in the USA and worldwide read it, closely and completely, to fully understand the extreme nature of Targeting in our midst today, as well as the unethical, colluding role played by psychiatrists and co-opted Media, in protecting it.

ayt-problems-with-psychiatristsaIn Dr. Farber’s words: The development of a totalitarian regime—nominally a constitutional republic—in which human rights and the constitutional right to liberty are routinely trampled upon is today an ominous prospect in America.” The prevention of such a development,” he emphasizes, is now dependent upon the willingness of small minorities of individuals who are inspired by transcendental ethical ideals to mobilize larger groups to oppose the human rights abuses that are committed by the Deep State and by the mental health system… I hope with all my heart that this article will be the harbinger of such profoundly-needed change. — Ramola D, December 2016

***

Dr. Seth Farber, Ph.D, is an author, psychotherapist, and an editor of The Journal of Mind and Behavior –he completed his doctorate in psychology at California Institute of Integral Studies in 1984. His work has been influenced by such renowned dissident psychiatrists as the late Thomas Szasz, M.D. who wrote the Foreword to Farber’s first book, Madness, Heresy and the Rumor of Angels: The Revolt against the Mental Health System (1993). See his books and email address at http://www.sethHfarber.com.

The Psychiatric Metanarrative, Targeted Individuals, and the Deep State: A Response to The New York Times

by Seth H. Farber, Ph.D

Introduction
The Corporate Media and Psychiatry: Veiling the Human Rights Violations of the Deep State
Advancing the Psychiatric Metanarrative, Neutralizing Deep State Critics
The Psychiatric Fantasy System and the Battle Against Non-Conformity
The Psychiatric Pharmaceutical Industrial Complex
The Deep State on Trial
The CIA Assassination of Its Own Agent — Protecting Whose Security?
Whistleblowers Post 9/11
TIs and No-Touch Torture
Neuroweaponry and Classified Military Research
Discussion of the New York Times Article About TIs Based on the Psychiatric Metanarrative
The CEP and the Power of the Ethically Guided Minority

Introduction

As a dissident psychologist-therapist and critic of the mental health system, I hope the Mike McPhate article in The New York Times will open the eyes of targeted individuals (“TIs”) and other supporters of constitutional rights, to the fraudulent nature of the mental health professions (“United States of Paranoia: They See Gangs of Stalkers,” June 11, 2016). Most TIs already know that if they are mentioned at all by the mainstream (i.e., corporate) press, it is to be ridiculed as “conspiracy theorists,” or dismissed as plain psychotics. The term “TI” refers to an individual who is a victim of organized group stalking and non-consensual harassment or experimentation with the use of advanced neuro-biological weaponry–these activities are believed to be initiated by Intelligence organizations. Ramola D (Dharmaraj), an award winning fiction-writer and poet, former English professor and social activist who became a TI in 2013, now an independent journalist, writes that the source of the targeting is “joint Military/Intel/Justice/Academic institutions.” (The Everyday Concerned Citizen, Human Rights, Accessed July 2016). Mental health professionals with rare exceptions believe TIs are paranoid psychotics who are not “targeted” by anyone.

Back to Top

The Corporate Media and Psychiatry: Veiling the Human Rights Violations of the Deep State

McPhate’s article exemplifies the collusion of the mainstream (corporate) media with Psychiatry, thus veiling (unwittingly, at this locus near the bottom of the hierarchy of power) the operations of the Deep State. I use “Psychiatry” as a synecdoche to denote the mental health system with its panoply of psychologists, social workers and various mental health professionals and workers. I use it also to denote the entire psychiatric-pharmaceutical industrial complex since the mental health system is oriented toward pushing toxic drugs (‘prescribing medications”)– and is financed largely by the multi-billion dollar pharmaceutical industry.

McPhate’s article in The New York Times is a chilling example of journalists’ willingness to abdicate their power of critical thought and leave the determination of what is “reality” in the hands of the secular priesthood which reigns today in the name of psychiatry –– although it is almost certain that had McPhate seriously discussed the Deep State, his article, as mentioned, would not have been printed. In McPhate’s article the pretense of journalistic “balance” is virtually abandoned. Instead we hear only one authoritative voice –- that of the psychiatrist, the mental health professional. (A month later The New York Times published another article that also deferred to the psychiatric metanarrative, “The Baton Rouge Gunman and ‘Targeted Individuals,’” July 19, 2016, accessed October, 2016.) Although journalists defer habitually (i.e., without deliberation) to the “expertise” of psychiatrists, the editorial board and publishers of the corporate newspapers like The New York Times have obviously deliberately decided not to print articles that discuss the operations or even the existence of targeting by “the Deep State.” Thus it is not surprising that McPhate wrote an article that would not have threatened any of the vested interests discussed below.

Peter Dale Scott, Professor Emeritus at the University of California, is most often associated with the esoteric and little known but increasingly publicized concept of the Deep State. It is the explicit or implicit root metaphor that is at the basis of the TI metanarrative, as well as the metanarrative of “9/11 Truthers,” critics of the official government account of the attacks on 9/11. The TI metanarrative is complex and has given rise to too many variations among its users. Hopefully the discussion here will provide enough background to give readers a rudimentary sense of the TI metanarrative and its understanding of the growing encroachment of the Deep State into the lives of ordinary Americans.

Scott describes the Deep State as

“a parallel secret government, organized by the intelligence and security apparatus, financed by drugs [and other sources], and engaging in illicit violence, to protect the status and interests of the military against threats from intellectuals, religious groups, and occasionally the constitutional government.” (Voltaire Network interview with Scott, April 6, 2011, accessed 2016.)

I would add that it protects not just military interests but corporate and law enforcement interests as well, and that it is largely unaffected by public opinion or elections and operates autonomously beyond the reach of the law, behind the structure of the legislative, judicial, and executive branches of government, influencing the operations of these branches and maintaining social control in societies that are nominally democratic. Ironically, although targeting maintains social control by creating an atmosphere of fear, it also, presumably inadvertently, transforms many of those targeted individuals who are not political activists (the majority of TIs) into political activists and critics of the Deep State and its anti-democratic functions.

Ramola D, an eloquent spokesperson for the TI narrative, tersely and succinctly conveys in a few words the extent of targeting today:

“All over the US today, and indeed the world, people are being nonconsensually rolled into covert programs of 24/7 physical assault, torture, and slow-kill assassination by EMR microwave/radio/sonic neuroweapons, also called Directed Energy Weapons or Non Lethal Weapons; 24/7 remote access, manipulation, and assault of their brains and central nervous systems; and 24/7 “full spectrum surveillance” involving overt community surveillance, concealed electronic monitoring, and public/community stalking, accompanied by discrediting and social ostracism by defamation and slander campaigns, and in-community harassment and PsyOps projects (more on all this below & in succeeding posts).” (The Everyday Concerned Citizen, 2015: “Targeted Individuals” are Non-Consensual Subjects in Criminal, Clandestine, Classified “Top Secret” MKULTRA-Extended Mind & Behavior Control/Torture Experimentation by Joint Military/Intel/Justice/Academic Institutions, as well as Targets of COINTELPRO and Electronic Warfare.)

But despite its prevalence, targeting amazingly remains largely “in the dark” to those who are not participants or victims. Wikispooks notes,

“In contrast to overtly authoritarian rule, deep states must operate more or less secretly, like terrorist groups, so preserving secrecy is a high priority. Control of the commercially-controlled media is essential to the effective preservation of secrecy needed for the deep state to work effectively.” (Accessed 2016 at Wikispooks/Deep State)

Psychiatry also plays a critical role in maintaining secrecy — in veiling the operations of the Deep State — although I will argue here that it does this even though the majority of mental health professionals are completely unaware of the existence of the Deep State. It is able to play this function unwittingly because the profoundly conformist nature of Psychiatry leads it to define any deviation from the norm as pathology — including any belief in the existence of a shadow government or Deep State (such a belief is disparaged as “conspiracy theory”), let alone being a victim of this entity (which is deemed “delusional”).

This is not to deny that a small but influential group of leading figures and institutions in Psychiatry have, from the establishment of the CIA to date, consciously (and secretively) collaborated with non-consensual and thus illegal experiments carried out by the CIA and other intelligence agencies, and psychologists with the sanction of the American Psychological Association: APA psychologists recently played a role in designing torture of Guantanamo detainees. (In fact leaders of both APAs have long had a close relationship with the CIA.)

This led to a backlash by membership of the American Psychological Association—organized by a few principled psychologists—which voted in 2008 to prohibit psychologists from working in national security settings, against the opposition of the APA leadership (Roy Eidelson, 2013, “APA Fiddles While Psychology Burns,“ in Psychology Today, August 5, 2013, accessed November, 2016).

(The activities of the infamous psychiatrist Ewan Cameron who reduced hundreds of patients to a vegetable-like state through intensive electroshock, funded by the CIA and the Canadian government, set a precedent followed by other mental health professionals who collaborated with the Deep State in designing and implementing programs of torture, used for various purposes. (See Colin Ross, 2006, The CIA Doctors, Richardson, Texas: Manitou).

But the attitude of mental health professionals to “mental patients” has been losing its soft edge of seemingly benign paternalism, and becoming increasingly punitive, although still wrapped in terminology of medical care. Psychiatry has undergone radical changes since the early 1960s when the state mental hospitals began to be emptied and the project of “deinstitutionalization” was announced. The state hospital population shrunk nationwide from over half a million in the late 1950s to 40,000 today. The ideal, if not the reality, was progressive–to reintegrate the “mentally ill” into the community. What took place was “transinstitutionalization” (see Thomas Szasz, 1998, Cruel Compassion, NY: Syracuse University Press): Patients were placed into small scale group homes and (originally) cheap hotels where they were given stupefying “anti-psychotic medication” and isolated from the community. Yet there were legal safeguards that were designed to protect arbitrary confinement and forced drugging of patients.

But the merger of psychiatry with the pharmaceutical industry created a new imperative — to confine ever more patients, to induct ever more persons into the mental health system, and to force psychiatric drugs on an ever increasing number of the “mentally ill.” Furthermore, as society has morphed into a national security state, so the mental health system has become more repressive and the legal safeguards of patients’ right to liberty have been razed. In the 1990s, states enacted involuntary outpatient commitment laws — the main purpose of these laws was to force “non-compliant” former mental patients to take neuro-toxic “anti-psychotic” drugs on an outpatient basis (see below). (The drugs in a “depot” form were injected into the patient’s body where it would be released gradually over the month.) In the psychiatric metanarrative, non-compliance is treated both as pathology and as misbehavior, as a sign that the patient is both mad and bad.

Recently, although the Murphy Bill (HR 2646, which passed the House in 2015) met resistance in the Senate, some of its worst provisions were incorporated into HR 34, the 21st Century Cures Act – a boondoggle for the pharmaceutical industry which lowers FDA safety standards (see Dr. Mercola, July 13, 2016, 21st-Century Cures or Corruption?) — which passed overwhelmingly in the Senate on December 7, 2016. This revised bill incorporates many of the worst provisions of the Murphy bill, including the one at the top of Psychiatry’s wish-list: The ability to force psychiatric treatment (psychiatric drugs) on anyone psychiatrists deem too mentally ill to realize drugs are “good” for them. In other words, a history of violence is no longer a criterion for forcing toxic drugs on “non-compliant” patients. Psychiatry will no doubt continue to push for those provisions not included in the new bill.

Patients’ rights activist Lauren Tenney, Ph.D. stated about the bill,

“It is urgent that people realize that no child will grow up without psychiatric evaluation. All people will become, in a generation or two, acclimated to being psychiatrized; psychiatry and its arms of drugs and institutions will become even more standard [than it is now] in our society.” (Mad in America, Nov 29, 2016, “Warning: A Psychiatric tsuNAMI is Upon U.S.”/From Katherine Hine–Warning, the US govt is trying to legalize forced psych drugging!)

Today in states across the country new hospitals “are being built in droves,” as Janet Phelan puts it. (See “Still Crazy After All These Years: Psychiatric Lockdown Returns to the US” in Activist Post, Oct 5, 2016, accessed November, 2016.) Sharon Cretsinger, social worker and director of Kent Empowerment Center, noted, about the Murphy Bill, that “the most frightening parts of [the Murphy Bill] are the severe limitations placed on PAIMI advocates (Protection and Advocacy for Individuals with Mental Illness) who are specifically prohibited from discussing with “individuals who lack insight into their condition” their right to refuse medication or act “against the wishes of their caregivers.” (Ibid)

PAIMI, an agency “which was specifically set up to address the needs and questions of individuals in treatment,” is prevented from advocating for patients, except in cases of “abuse and neglect.” The limits placed on advocates, Cretsinger says, “shows clearly that Murphy’s bill does not (want) anyone refusing treatment [‘medication’], or even talking about refusing treatment.” The Bill increases funding for involuntary out-patient commitment and for Assertive Community Treatment. Phelan describes ACT, “This enables teams of mental health workers to troll the streets, looking for homeless or other individuals to ‘treat’ in situ.” Of course typically ACT leads to involuntary treatment.

The bill also authorizes grants for “programs for infants and children at significant risk of developing, showing early signs of, or having been diagnosed with mental illness including serious emotional disturbance.” Those eligible for these services are defined as “a child from birth to not more than 5 years of age.”

This is an obvious effort to “funnel” babies into treatment with powerful psychotropic drugs–and create life-long (albeit a shortened life) customers for the pharmaceutical industry. Already there are 8 million children on psychotropic drugs. But, heavily lobbied by the drug industry, our representatives have decided to get more children hooked on drugs–decided to sacrifice babies on the altar of Mammon.

This is the stream of history into which TIs have entered, one which has seen a political battle against psychiatric coercion by patients themselves, beginning in the 1970s with the formation of the first “mental patients’ liberation” organizations. (For a history from 1960 to 2012, see Farber, 2012, The Spiritual Gift of Madness:The Failure of Psychiatry and the Rise of the Mad Pride Movement, Rochester, Vermont: Inner Traditions.) By 2016, the website Mad in America was booming-–with tens of thousands of readers every week, including many psychiatric survivors–– readers participate in discussions beneath the articles. But as dissent has flourished on the Internet, the movement against psychiatric coercion has shriveled in the “real” world. Patients were making progress but the tide began to reverse in the 1990s, and thereafter. The Murphy Bill, a product of post-9/11 America, represents a new, more pernicious, more repressive phase in the social control of mental patients. It mirrors the militarization of the police. (See Randy Balko, author of The Rise of the Warrior Cop , quoted at US Police Have Killed Over 5000 Civilians Since 9/11, MintPress News, accessed October, 2016.)

To what degree it will lead to deliberate collaboration of psychiatry with the military, law enforcement, and/or various agencies of the Deep State is unpredictable, although going full speed ahead on such a course risks the danger of polarization among mental health professionals who for the most part see themselves as “medical specialists” on a par with cardiologists and do not like to think of themselves as dirty cops. The backlash of APA membership’s against its leadership’s participation in scarcely veiled torture is indicative. (See James Risen, 2015, The New York Times, August 7, 2015, “Psychologists Approve Ban on Role in National Security Interrogations“.) At the top of the hierarchy of professionals we can infer that status-conscious professionals will be pleased, as always, to collaborate secretly with high status officials in Deep State agencies. The promulgation of the new psychiatric metanarrative will enable the majority of mental health professionals to tacitly co-operate with the Deep State with more extensive and more punitive modes of social control–while preserving their identity as medical helpers by defining TIs as just another category of “non-compliant psychotics”–-and with more punitive measures as a necessary response to the growing epidemic of mental illness and the emergence of more “troubling” (to use McPhate’s word), more “treatment-resistant” (a common professional term) manifestations of “psychosis.”

 

Back to Top

Advancing the Psychiatric Metanarrative, Neutralizing Deep State Critics

In fact McPhate’s article — strategically placed in The New York Times, the renowned bastion of (corporate) liberal journalism — helps to craft and popularize the emerging psychiatric metanarrative about TIs, which we will analyze below. (A metanarrative is a grand narrative, or theory that tries to give a coherent totalizing account to a variety of historical events and a multitude of human experiences.) As opposed to the psychiatric metanarrative, a TI metanarrative is also emerging and being used as a tool by TIs. While the narrative has a number of variations depending on the perspective of the individual theorist (whether a TI or not), it has a basic skeletal structure which has been shaped by the experiences and theories of many TIs and by the experiences and political theories of an increasing number of technical experts and whistle-blowers -– former employees of the CIA, NSA, and other Intelligence or military organizations.

These former employees are almost always highly educated and among the most intelligent strata of society, and include computer experts, highly sophisticated scientists (from electrical engineers to physicists) and spies. Intelligence agencies recruit the best and the brightest -– and increasing numbers of these persons are possessed by a keen conscience. Thus they find themselves morally unable to perform the tasks they are assigned or to sanction what they know is being done in the name of protecting national security.

If they are asked why they left the CIA or NSA, they invariably give the same answer. From William Binney who worked for the NSA for over 30 years before he resigned in 2001 to Edward Snowden, these persons will tell you with patriotic fervor that they took an oath, not to uphold the government or the NSA but to uphold the US Constitution. In other words these whistle-blowers argue that our actual government today as influenced by the agencies of the Deep State is in conflict with constitutional democracy as conceived by our founding fathers. Edward Snowden has given words and a face to today’s political dissident/whistle-blower in the US, persecuted or in exile ostensibly for giving information to the enemy, but in reality for exposing operations of the State to American citizens. (Chelsea or Bradley Manning did not receive equivalent public exposure -– primarily because she was imprisoned and silenced before she could speak to the Press.)

If McPhate even read any of the accounts by critics of the Deep State (he demonstrates no familiarity with their disclosures), he must have disregarded them, because the psychiatric metanarrative is presented in his article as the truth and the TI metanarrative is viewed through the prism of the psychiatric metanarrative as nothing more than a delusional symptom of the paranoid schizophrenic’s diseased mind. When McPhate describes TIs as unequivocally psychotic, he is ignoring or discounting the accounts of some of the smartest former employees of Intelligence, including those who designed the technology used for surveillance and control, and including those experts he interviewed. Robert Duncan, a whistle-blower and former CIA employee who helped to develop the cybernetic weapons that to his dismay are being used on innocent Americans, was interviewed and then virtually ignored (see below) by McPhate.

McPhate’s article is based uncritically on the psychiatric metanarrative that journalists for the corporate press are trying to make the official metanarrative: All TIs are mentally ill persons–they are not individuals who are victims of group-stalking and various forms of non-consensual experimentation with neuro-weaponry. (McPhate implies that not all Tis are mentally ill but seems to consider that fact irrelevant to his discussion.) They are psychotics who come together with other psychotics and reinforce each other’s delusions — thus they phobically avoid consulting mental health professionals to get the professional help they need.

The psychiatrist is the socially sanctioned arbiter of what is real (for most persons in secular society), and the TI’s metanarrative with its references to historical events and accounts by contemporary whistle-blowers and its claims about the power of the (secretive) Deep State is not even recounted except very briefly and elliptically by the journalist — ostensibly because the psychiatric authority has determined it provides no cues to reality and it will only mislead readers. Psychiatry’s business is the construction and reproduction of “reality” — psychiatry provides the stamp of authority for the official reality and works with journalists to propagate the new metanarrative about TIs. By failing to interrogate power, journalists are betraying their vocation as the 4th estate, which historically held private and government institutions accountable to democratic ideals and exposed potential totalitarian and plutocratic threats to democracy. (Today such journalism can be found in books and in Internet magazines, but only rarely in the mainstream Press.)

Most persons including TIs assume that the psychiatric diagnostic system is legitimate. This is why TIs often claim they were “misdiagnosed.” They assume that there are correct diagnoses, free of bias, just as in other fields of medicine. Many TIs think if they find an honest psychiatrist they will be cleared, legitimized, given a “correct” diagnosis, not realizing that the psychodiagnostic system itself is a fantasy, a delusion! They don’t understand that every mental health diagnosis is a misdiagnosis, that the system of psychodiagnosis is nothing but a collective fantasy -– in psychiatric terms, it is a consensually validated (financially remunerative) delusional system.

For example, TIs who have gone to the mental health system have typically been diagnosed as “schizophrenic,” “paranoid,” and with “delusional disorder.” All of these diagnoses imply the TI is hearing voices that do not exist, or imagining people are stalking her or manipulating her brain with neuro-weaponry/or attacking her body with remote-influencing technologies. In the psychiatric metanarrative on TIs’, the TI is so overwhelmed by a paranoid distrust of people in general that she fantasizes the government or the CIA or other malevolent forces are persecuting her.

Yet many TIs optimistically and/or naively think they can change their psychiatrist’s mind by presenting documentary evidence of the existence of these Deep State operations. What they do not understand is psychiatrists and other mental health professionals are indoctrinated to regard any behavior or allegations that deviate from the social norm as pathological. This is not surprising considering the historical function of Psychiatry was the control of deviants, of poor people, of mad people, the preservation of the status quo. (Since the 1980s, its function has also been to market drugs for its pharmaceutical partners.) The purpose of institutional “mental health” was not to rehabilitate people, to help them heal from their wounds or to promote progressive social change. (Some people were helped in unusual instances by mental health professionals -– this happened far more frequently in the private sector.) But the allegation that the government -– the CIA, the Military — is secretly using bizarre neuro-weaponry (or directed-energy weaponry) against Americans and subjecting them to gang stalking is not something the mental health professional wants to even consider. It is no surprise that in the emerging Psychiatric metanarrative, allegations of Deep State covert operations are construed as symptoms of paranoid delusions.

 

Back to Top

The Psychiatric Fantasy System and the Battle Against Non-Conformity

This is nothing new. Psychiatrists typically react to proponents of radical change by seeking to pathologize them. Braginsky and Braginsky did a series of studies in the early 1970s published in their book Mainstream Psychology:A Critique (see discussion in Sarbin, T. And Mancuso, J., Medical Diagnosis or Moral Verdict, 1980, NY; Pergamon Press). Psychiatrists watched an interview between a doctor and a pseudo-patient. In the first segment, the patients reported irritability, poor sleep, etc. In the second and third segment segments, they expressed either middle of the road or New Left views. In the fourth segment, both groups criticized mental health professionals.

Sarbin and Mancuso summarize: “As the New Left radical’s complaints shift from statement about self to statements about society, the patient is regarded as increasingly psychologically disturbed.” The moderate patient’s degree of psychopathology remains stable as he or she expresses anti-New Left sentiments. The judgments of the severity of the pathology of both groups “dramatically increase when they criticize mental health professionals” (Sarbin and Mancuso, 1980, pp.94-5). Even the politically moderate patient who was perceived as only moderately disturbed (despite being presented as a hospitalized mental patient) is diagnosed as very “psychotic” after his attack on the mental health profession.

The experiment was repeated with a different group of psychiatrists with one change: In the 4th segment, both groups make flattering statements about the mental health professionals, e.g. “helpful,” kind,” and “very special” people. The result for Segments 1-3 were the same but after watching Segment 4, the psychiatrists decided the patients were cured (p.95). This is an extreme reaction and one that likely reflected the fact that the psychiatrists did not know the patients’ diagnosis upon admission – the patient unlike in the study below did not feign psychotic symptoms — and (the fact) that the study was conducted during a more tolerant phase of the mental health system in the early 1970s as compared to today.

One would expect that today the patients upon praising mental health professionals would be deemed to be psychotics in remission, as was the case with Rosenhan’s experiment -– conducted during the same period but with patients identified as “schizophrenic.” Athough Rosenhan’s experiment was conducted at the same time, and the patients were cooperative, they did not go so far as to flatter the doctors. Furthermore psychiatrists in the Braginsky and Braginnsky experiment were not told the pseudo-patients’ original diagnosis was “schizophrenia”––since they did not complain of voices or delusions, they could as easily have been hospitalized for depression. Today psychiatry is more aggressive than in the early 1970s and even “normal” patients are regarded as mentally ill.

Surprisingly few people, even mental health professionals, know about the classic Rosenhan experiment; it created an explosion of controversy within the mental health field at the time,it appeared, although it never entered the public imagination. Rosenhan, a psychologist, and 7 mentally healthy associates–all went to emergency rooms of local hospitals and feigned they were having auditory hallucinations. The pseudo-patients included a psychology graduate student in his twenties, three psychologists, a pediatrician, a psychiatrist, a painter, and a housewife. Once admitted they acted completely normally-–but none of the staff suspected they were sane. Significantly, quite a few patients made comments to the pseudo-patients like, “You’re not really crazy.”

They were interviewed by psychiatrists or psychologists who wrote evaluations of the patients and interpreted all their present behavior as evidence of their schizophrenia, and claimed to discover the roots of their alleged schizophrenia in their early childhood experiences. (At the time of this experiment Psychiatry was still based on the psychoanalytic dogma that pathology was caused by incidents in early childhood). Rosenhan noted, “Once a person is designated abnormal all his other behaviors and characteristics are colored by that label. Indeed that label is so powerful that many of the pseudo-patients’ normal behaviors were overlooked entirely or profoundly misinterpreted.” (Accessed 2016 at isites.Harvard.edu: On Being Sane in Insane Places, by David L. Rosenhan (pdf))

It took most of the pseudo-patients weeks to obtain release–in order to do so, all had to agree to take psychiatric drugs (which they later flushed down the toilet–no longer possible) and agree with the psychiatrists that they were mentally ill. All were finally released in times ranging from 7 to 52 days with the diagnosis of “schizophrenia in remission.” Rosenhan noted in an interview many years later, “I told friends, I told my family: ‘I can get out when I can get out. That’s all. I’ll be there for a couple of days and I’ll get out.’ Nobody knew I’d be there for two months … The only way out was to point out that they’re [the psychiatrists] correct. They had said I was insane, [I told them] ‘I am insane; but I am getting better.’ That was an affirmation of their view of me.” (Accessed 2016 at Wikipedia/Rosenhan Experiment.) In other words, to get the psychiatrist’s approval, the patient must affirm the psychiatrist’s view of the patient. For the TI today, this would mean feigning acknowledgment of the truth of the psychiatric metanarrative about Tis-–that they were delusional.

The reason professionals could not tell the clients had not really had “psychotic” breaks (were not “insane”) is because “mental illness” is a projection of the psychiatrist– the projection is triggered by a few cues that do not necessarily include the symptoms of “schizophrenia.” Knowing the patient has the diagnosis itself is enough to trigger the projection — which is a major reason (in addition to the debilitating effects of the “meds”) — why “schizophrenia” (an emotional crisis) becomes chronic once the patient becomes inducted into the mental health system: She is regarded as incurably ill and these expectations become a self-fulfilling prophecy. As holistic physician Gary Kohls put it, “The truth is that people diagnosed as ‘mentally ill’ for life are often simply those unfortunates who have found themselves in acute or chronic states of potentially reversible crises or temporary ‘overwhelm’ due to any number of preventable, treatable, and even curable situations.” (“Kris Kristofferson’s Dramatic Cure of his “Incurable” Alzheimer’s Disease/Another Iatrogenic Illness Unveiled” by Dr. Gary G. Kohls, on GlobalResearch.ca, accessed September, 2016.)­

Since psychiatry is an agency of surveillance and control, it views with apprehension any patient who resists, or critiques its power. In the Braginsky and Braginsky experiment, a radical critique of society was viewed as a sign of pathology. Mental health professionals regard anyone who comes for help as mentally ill to some degree. If the patients imply that there is something wrong with the world then the psychiatrist qua social control agent is likely to regard them as paranoid — in the psychiatrists’ world view, society is “natural,” normative, even if it needs a little patching up, and “maladjustment” is a symptom of “pathology.”

Radical psychiatrist R. D. Laing saw it very differently: This reification of an insane world was itself a symptom of insanity, and “schizophrenics” were invalidated because they were beginning to wake up from the social fantasy. Laing had reversed the premise of the psychiatric metanarrative by defining adjustment as pathological, “Social adjustment to a dysfunctional society may be very dangerous. The perfectly adjusted bomber pilot may be a greater threat to species survival than the hospitalized schizophrenic deluded that the Bomb is inside him.” (R. D. Laing, 1967, The Politics of Experience, New York: Pantheon Books, p120). This was written during the height of the nuclear weapons race — and Laing saw in the “delusions” of the mad, a metaphorical critique of society and a sign of a resistance to a conformity that threatened the survival of the species. In accord with Laing’s critique, but before Laing had developed it, Martin Luther King Jr. stated, “The world will be saved by the creatively maladjusted.” Today many of the creatively maladjusted come from the ranks of those most directly attacked by the Deep State. And they too, like the mad, are perceived as a threat to the psychiatric guardians of the status quo.

But this kind of threat is easily deflected by redefining it as a medical problem, as pathology. TIs are hardly the first to be pathologized. The medicalization of dissidence and deviance is the real specialization of the psychiatric profession, as the late Thomas Szasz, dissident psychiatrist, argued in book after book. Mental illness is a “myth,” as Szasz said, a misleading trope––the entire system is based on a spurious metanarrative that has deceived the American public for well over a century. Mental health professions are comprised of pretend doctors treating non-existent illnesses. There are of course therapists who help people but they are the minority — almost all in the private sector — and for the most part inaccessible to those without money. Subsuming anyone’s life under a pseudo- medical “diagnosis” obscures their abilities, simplifies their life story, and leads the professional to prescribe a “medical” solution (e.g., stupefying psychiatric drugs) for a non-medical problem, for what Szasz aptly called “problems in living.”

Each person’s unique life story can only be understood when she is grasped in her full individuality including both her strengths and her weaknesses, her virtues and her bad habits. Only a psychotherapist who understands this can be helpful. A therapist who fails to see a client’s strengths will underestimate her ability to recover from trauma. The therapist who seeks to promote conformity will not be able to help the troubled oddball become a creatively maladjusted social change agent. But this hardly matters if the goal of the mental health system is not to help people but to maintain social control.

It is revealing that before 1973 homosexuality was viewed as a mental disorder but as a result of agitation and lobbying by homosexual psychiatrists the APA decided by a close vote that homosexuality was no longer a disorder. Taking into account the conformist orientation of the mental health system — as illustrated in the last few paragraphs — we realize that the diagnoses are based upon values that can always be contested. They are not based on biological facts like real medical diagnoses. In the first place “mental illness” is not an objective biological fact–there are no biological referents to which the construct corresponds. This is why psychiatrists, in order to maintain their facade of legitimacy substitute reliability for validity.

“Reliability” is a scientific term that refers to agreement — in the above case, the agreement among mental health professionals, almost always with financial ties to the pharmaceutical industry — who invent the psychiatric diagnoses, whereas validity refers to a correspondence to reality. (Postmodernists may quibble, but for now I will leave such ontological qualifications for another time.) This is a blatant epistemological error. Because a hundred psychiatrists agree someone is “seriously ill,” and delusional does not mean that person is delusional. The witch prickers would usually agree which suspects were witches — but women do not make pacts or have sexual relations with the Devil (the definition of a witch), so in actuality there were no witches. These highly educated clergymen, the intellectual elite of their era, were wrong. The term “witch” was reliable but invalid, it did not correspond to any social reality other than the shared fantasy of the witch-prickers. Today the term “psychotic” tells us little about the person so described and a lot — as we see — about the shared fantasies of psychiatrists..

Cardiologists do not determine diseases by voting. Mental health professionals, as seen, have a tendency to rate those persons who resist or reject or criticize their own authority as mentally ill. They are also wary of those who make trenchant criticisms of society. It is therefore not surprising that psychiatrists regard TIs as delusional, as psychotic, just as in the 1960s, they tended to view New Leftists as mentally ill. Without even examining the Deep State literature, psychiatrists have promulgated a metanarrative that views them all as delusional, as schizophrenics — as non-compliant psychotics who refuse to take their ‘meds” or accept that they are mentally ill. Mental health professionals have been in conflict with “non-compliant” patients since psychotropic drugs were first used in the mid-1950s. This conflict took on a political dimension when the “mental patients’ liberation movement” (now the psychiatric survivors’ movement) originated in the early 1970s.

But what evidence do they present that TIs are all delusional? In McPhate’s article he extensively quotes from psychologist Lorraine Sheridan. She conducted an experiment with psychiatrist David James and coauthored an article titled “Complaints of group stalking (‘gang stalking’): an exploratory study of their nature and impact on complainants” published in The Journal of Forensic Psychiatry and Psychology Vol 26, No 5, 2015. The journal is read “throughout the world” by “psychiatrists, psychologists, criminologists, lawyers, sociologists, nurses, social workers and other legal and medical professionals” who use this journal as “their major forum for penetrating, informed global debate on the latest developments and disputes affecting the practice of forensic psychiatry.” Sheridan and James write, “All cases of reported group-stalking were found likely to be delusional, compared with 3.9% of individually stalked cases.” But they found no such thing. By their own definition, a delusion is “a false belief based on incorrect inference about external reality.” In order to know the belief is likely to be delusional, they have to know about the external reality.

100% of the 128 allegedly group-stalked individuals were determined to be deluded. How? Two clinicians read extensive questionnaires filled out by the subjects and both agreed all of the time that each subject was deluded. But reliability is not validity. It cannot tell us about the external world. Mental health professionals have no “expertise” in determining what is real, although credulous people — like New York Times journalists — think their credentials give them the ability to know if a patient is delusional. But, to know that, one has to know what is real. The claim of Sheridan and James that group stalking does not take place is an un-validated theory about the nature of (social) “reality.” They have made no effort to confirm its validity by examining the reality. .

Sheridan and James claim that all 128 self-identified TIs had 1 or more of three kinds of delusions. The first was of group stalking. They write these are “cases where the resources or elaborate organization required to carry them out made the alleged activities highly improbable.” But probability is not a scientific or quantifiable concept as they use it. Upon what do they base this determination? Upon nothing–it has no force beyond a decree. The subject’s claims that they were subjected to neuro-weaponry, such as “voice to skull” fell, according to the authors, into the category of a delusion based on “impossibility” or “bizarre impossibility.” What about quantum physics, about “spooky action at a distance” (Einstein), entanglement, Bell’s theorem? All impossible according to the scientific paradigm that had reigned for centuries, just like the technology that Sheridan and James dismiss as impossible. These “scientists” are ignoramuses who have learned nothing from the history of science. (Below is evidence that this impossible technology exists.)

If 2 million clinicians instead of 2 agreed that 128 subjects were delusional, it would still prove only that clinicians tend to agree about TIs and about reality. All of the professionals who examined Rosenhan and his compatriots agreed they were insane. But they were not. Their diagnoses were all invalid. The witch-prickers agreed which suspects were witches, but we know now there were no witches — women do not have sex with the Devil. Their diagnoses were wrong. If Sheridan and James really wanted to determine if TIs were delusional, not just write propaganda, they could have hired a private investigator — short of this they could have at least familiarized themselves with the TI metanarrative about group stalking. They could have examined the historical literature on Stasi in former East Germany and the ACLU book (cited below), The Surveillance Industrial Complex.

I do not think the Sheridan and James article is a work of deliberate deception. Rather it is “bullshit.”As Bruce Levine notes, the liar, unlike the bullshitter, knows what the truth is and endeavors to conceal it. “The vast majority of psychiatrists are bullshitters, uncommitted to either facts or fiction…It is not in the bullshitters’ interest to know what is true and what is false, as that knowledge of what is a fact and what is fiction hinders the capacity to use any and all powerful persuasion” — that is, to persuade people their psychiatric theories reflect reality. (See Levine, “Psychiatry’s Current Greatest Controversy: Fraud, Bullsh*t or What? at Mad in America, accessed September, 2016.) That is why these psychiatrists undertake no investigation––not even reading the literature on the Deep State by scholars and whistle-blowers, let alone by TIs. It’s not that they know that TIs are telling the truth, and endeavor to conceal it. As Levine puts it (about a different psychiatric myth), “ Most simply don’t know the truth because they have put little effort in discerning it.” The fact is they don’t really want to know if TIs’ allegations are correct. 

Their purpose is to not to discover the truth –- but to serve the mental health system. To quote Levine again, “The goal of bullshitters is not necessarily to lie about the truth but to persuade their audience of a specific impression so as to advance their agenda.” In this case the agenda — fostering the growth of the mental health system and maintaining social control — is advanced in two ways. First,by pathologizing TIs, mental health professionals are able to induct more clients into the mental health system, and thus to contribute to the growth of the psychiatric-pharmaceutical industrial complex. Second, by defining dissident or subversive ideas as “delusions,” as symptoms of “mental disorders,” they are able to neutralize or invalidate these ideas, suppress their expression and thus maintain social control — enforce the dominant social norms,

These redefinitions serve social control in a very specific way. They allow professionals to define exploitative practices as legitimate medical treatments — from drugging babies to silencing victims of no- touch torture — while maintaining their self-image as doctors, or medical helpers. Thus professionals can bullshit their way through life — by diagnosing babies and TIs as covert psychotics. Psychiatrists have no need to investigate whether TIs’ claims are valid because Sheridan and James and The New York Times have told them that all TIs are delusional. The substitution of reliability for validity, of bullshit for investigation-findings, is a sleight of hand performed in the most prestigious academic journals and newspapers, and propagated in the psychiatric metanarrative.

(This also serves psychiatrists’ own emotional needs by warding off ideas that threaten to disturb their comfortable mainstream views about the world in which we live — thus what is strange and frightening is reduced to the banal, the familiar. )

All the instruments of psychiatry are brought to bear to pressure, to persuade, to force the deviant to conform. In this manner, Psychiatry also unwittingly, and in some prominent cases, deliberately, serves to preserve the invisibility of the operations of the Deep State. That is to say, the Deep State is enabled to hide evidence of its crimes because Psychiatry destroys the credibility of its victims/critics by certifying them as insane. Thus relegated to the lowest social caste, they are now civilly dead. Bearing the stigmata of their diagnoses, their friends, family, and associates no longer attend to the meaning of their words. Their words are treated as “semantic exudates,” as Szasz once said, of their mental illness. They may speak the truth, but no one is listening.

The Psychiatric Pharmaceutical Industrial Complex

The nature of “mental illness” underwent another change starting in the 1980s. The change was not based on discoveries about the patient’s mind or brain. As usual the changes took place in Psychiatry and were projected onto the clients. As a result of Psychiatry’s alliance with the pharmaceutical industry, it redefined mental illness. The psychoanalytic theory that pathology resulted from traumas in early childhood — prevalent for most of the 20th century in the university and the clinic — was replaced by the dogma that it was a brain disorder.

Although Psychiatry could find no evidence of a brain disorder, it claimed if it kept searching eventually it would find the evidence.

Dr Peter Breggin, a psychiatrist and former student of Szasz became a spokesperson for the dissident position from the 1980s to the present. Breggin chronicles that Psychiatry began to undergo a financial crisis in the 1980s when due to rising popularity of psychotherapy starting in the 1960s, clients sought out less expensive therapists without medical degrees. To recover their hegemony and financial advantages, the American Psychiatric Association decided in 1980 to renounce a century-old practice banning, soliciting, or even accepting contributions from the pharmaceutical industry. This was a watershed––the medical model in biological form experienced a resurgence and the Psychiatric-Pharmaceutical-Industrial complex was born. As Peter Breggin wrote,“The floodgates were opened and would grow wider each year…Whatever function APA had ever fulfilled as a professional organization was now superseded by its function as a political advocate for the advancement of psychiatric and pharmaceutical interests.” (Toxic Psychiatry, 1991, New York: St Martin’s Press, p 355.)

Once again Psychiatry proved its understanding of problems in living was based on its own subjective fantasies, defined as reality by the authorities. Although Psychiatry claimed they had suddenly become more scientific and realized mental illnesses were really brain disorders, this transformation of the view of pathology, just like the transformation in 1973 of the view of homosexuality, was caused by changes within Psychiatry — its merger with the pharmaceutical industry — that led to a change in its collective cultural fantasy which it has the power to present to the public as reality.

Let me be clear, I am not denying that there is a relationship between the mind and the body. I am aware that physical stress contributes to emotional problems, and I am aware that emotional problems are reflected in the individual’s body and brain. But none of this justifies importing medical categories, medical “diagnoses” into the realm of human psychology and interpersonal relationships. Physical illnesses are based on biological facts whereas “mental illnesses” are based almost entirely upon psychiatric fantasies about patients. Psychodiagnosis works as social control but not as medicine or therapy. Because psychiatric diagnoses are derogatory evaluations about clients’ minds, they undermine clients’ self-confidence and thus become self-fulfilling prophecies. .

Even the leading establishment figures in Psychiatry now admit that psychiatric diagnoses are purely subjective, admit there is no evidence of any “chemical imbalance” — even as they try to hold on to “the medical model” — what I call medicalism — even as they continue the centuries’ long search for “defects” in the brains of the “mentally ill.” Thus Thomas Insel, the Director of the National Institute of Mental Health wrote in 2013 on the eve of the publication of the long-awaited 5th edition of the psychiatric Bible, The Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (the first edition was published in 1952, the DSM-IV was published in 1994, and the revised edition of DSM-IV was published in 2000) that the weakness of the manual was “ its lack of validity.” “Unlike our definitions of ischemic heart disease, lymphoma, or AIDS, the DSM diagnoses are based on a consensus about clusters of clinical symptoms, not any objective laboratory measure.” (See “The NIMH Withdraws Support for DSM-5Psychology Today, May, 2013. Accessed 2016.)

Even the Chairman of the Committee, Allen Frances, which composed the 4th edition of the DSM, had a change of heart and became a critic of the DSM — he admitted diagnoses were subjective. “There are no objective tests in psychiatry that say definitively that someone does or does not have a mental disorder.” (Mental Disorders: The Facts Behind the Marketing Campaign/CCHR, Accessed 2013.) His book Saving Normal argues that the DSM-5 classifies all kinds of normal behaviors as mental illnesses. (As indicated by the title, Frances wanted to restrict the application of the medical model in the helping professions, not to eliminate it.) For example, mourning the death of a parent or spouse or one’s partner for more than 2 weeks is interpreted by the DSM-5 (the DSM-IV required more than 2 months of grieving for the person to be deemed mentally ill) as a symptom of a “clinical depression,” not as a natural response to loss. The change reflects the increased symbiosis of psychiatric and drug companies. Defining mourning as a clinical depression enables the drug companies to significantly increase their markets, “If, for two weeks after losing the love of your life, you have sadness, loss of interest, trouble sleeping and eating and less energy, the DSM-5 now allows a drug salesman to teach the doctor that this is major depressive disorder and requires a pill,” Frances said. (Julie Deardorff, “Defining the Subtleties of Grief,” Chicago Tribune, March 5, 2014.)

The prototypical act of defiance of the psychiatric-pharmaceutical complex is refusing to take one’s “meds.” I began graduate school in the late 1970s. Since that time the canard has become received wisdom in society: patients who don’t take their “meds” have a resistance to getting well. This canard overlooks the sickening “side effects” of psychiatric drugs. It is a myth that these drugs are designed to cure or correct the “chemical imbalances” of mental disorders. The drugs have a sedating effect on all persons (as well as numerous unpleasant side effects) — well-suited for managing “mental patients” in a state hospital (where they were all warehoused until “deinstitutionalization” in the 1960s). Those who take these drugs for more than 2 years tend to develop brain damage that often mimics the symptoms of “psychosis” and makes a full recovery from “psychosis” almost impossible.

Author and award-winning medical journalist Robert Whitaker writes, “I think science is telling us that antipsychotics, on the whole, worsen long-term outcomes, even when prescribed for ‘clear cut psychiatric disorders,’ and thus, if psychiatry wants to develop evidence-based protocols, it needs to figure out how to minimize their long-term use. And that is a belief that directly challenges the conventional wisdom…” (See for example Robert Whitaker’s “evidence based” discussion of his investigation in his reply to psychiatrist Allen Frances at PeteEarley.com, “Robert Whitaker Explains His Research After Being Pigeonholed as Anti-Medication,” see also Whitaker, Anatomy of an Epidemic.)

Those who resist Psychiatry’s drugs (or ministrations) are “non-compliant” or “treatment resistant” patients — they arouse the anger and contempt of mental health professionals. The fact that psychiatric treatment is unsuccessful with “schizophrenics” — and causes severe health problems does not prompt a reevaluation of their treatments because the goal of the public mental health system is maintaining social control, and selling psychiatric drugs. The fusion of mental health with the pharmaceutical industry makes change virtually impossible — there is too much to lose.

Thomas Szasz believed that pseudo-medical explanations of problems in living had no objective referent, that “mental illness” was a myth, that the medical procedures of Psychiatry were mere ceremonies intended to make psychiatrists look like real doctors — and there is a plethora of ceremonies and narrative designed to mystify clients and the public. Thus he wrote in Insanity: The Idea and Its Consequences, “Explanations [of mental illness] in 20th century have run into the 100s if not thousands. Methods are equally numerous. Seeing through the riddle of mental illness is not so much like seeing the emperor is naked but rather more like realizing that the emperor’s wardrobe is rich and dazzling beyond the dreams even of emperors but that there is no emperor.” (Szasz, 1997, NY: Syracuse University Press.)

 

Back to Top

The Deep State on Trial

Let us first imagine we are putting the Deep State on trial, as a thought-experiment. The criminal, the defendant, is the Deep State — I do this in an effort to establish the validity of the TI metanarrative. If the Deep State exists and commits the crimes alleged by TIs, this does not prove every self-identified TI is a TI. But it proves some are — and the possibility must be weighed by every mental health professional that people claiming to be undergoing the kinds of experiences and tortures described in the TI meta-narrative may be genuine TIs. If the TI metanarrative is false, than every TI is really “psychotic.” The lawyer for the prosecution would want to exclude certain kinds of people from the jury because they could not decide fairly whether the Deep State was guilty — e.g., people in the employ of the Deep State, very pro-establishment people who think our government can do no wrong. For example, McPhate, following the psychiatric narrative claims, or at least implies, not that some TIs are psychotic but that almost all self- identified TIs are psychotic. (He does not discuss those who are not psychotics–he merely qualifies his assertions.) Someone with an a priori commitment to that viewpoint would not be able to objectively judge.

Let us consider first the obstacles faced by the prosecutor of the Deep State. The lawyer for the prosecution would have a number of obstacles to overcome. Several come to mind.

1) First, the average person has read nothing in the newspapers about TIs–except perhaps articles claiming they are psychotic. We tend to assume that what we have not heard of does not exist.

2) It is hard for most people to believe that the US government would subject its own citizens to torture. It is hard to believe that the government would violate the very Constitution upon which it rests.

3) Few people have heard of the advanced technology which the TI metanarrative claims to be in use. This is not reported in the Press and it sounds like “science fiction.”

4) Most people think only TIs or only psychotics are making these kind of claims. But it is not only TIs — covert psychotics from the psychiatric perspective — who make these claims. They are also made by highly accomplished former employees of the Deep State, the CIA, NSA, etc. These expert witnesses make the same kind of claims made by the TIs. In McPhate’s article, they are virtually ignored — he interviewed some of them but then failed to quote them or misrepresented them. People know Edward Snowden — no one has accused him of psychosis — but Snowden discussed only the prevalence of surveillance, not the existence of neuro-surveillance, “mind control,” no-touch torture, non-consensual experimentation on people with directed energy neuro-weaponry.

5) Another element in the TI’s metanarrative is group stalking — the mental health professionals claim credibly that it is very unlikely that such tremendous resources would be mobilized against one person. To the average person group stalking indeed seems odd and unreasonable. And there is no rationale for such alleged activities. (It is revealing that FOIA documents have shown that CIA assets in the media in the 1960s were instructed to emphasize how improbable a large operation would be, and impossible to keep secret; Alex Constantine, 1997, p 42, Virtual Government: CIA Operations, Los Angeles: Feral House).

6) The very formidable obstacle I tried to debunk above — belief in the validity of the mental­ health system in general, and in particular in the psychiatric metanarrative about TIs itself, which claims that virtually all TIs are delusional, are psychotics, and thus everything they claim about Deep State operations are just symptoms of their pathology.

Let me briefly touch on each of these points. We do not have to rely on TIs or victims to ascertain that the CIA and the military has subjected Americans to harmful experiments to further the various goals of the CIA and later the NSA, although anyone seriously investigating the issue would take victims’ accounts into consideration. The Church Committee was formed in the late 1970s to investigate CIA covert experiments. During the same period President Ford appointed the Rockefeller Commission. On the Senate floor, Senator Ted Kennedy summarized the results of the Church Committee investigations:

The Deputy Director of the CIA revealed that over thirty universities and institutions were involved in an ‘extensive testing and experimentation’ program which included covert drug tests on unwitting citizens ‘at all social levels, high and low, native Americans and foreign.’ Several of these tests involved the administration of LSD to ‘unwitting subjects in social situations.’ At least one death [Frank Olson’s], resulted from these activities.” (WikiSpooks/Project MKUltra)

But that was an understatement. The Church and Rockefeller Committees found this program consisted of 149 projects at 80 universities and other institutions involving drug testing and a variety of other studies on unwitting human subjects, including numerous studies using electromagnetic technologies. (Byron Belitsos, “The Covert Use of Energy Weapons for Political Control, accessed July, 2016.)

The Church Committee investigation was hampered by the fact that CIA director, Richard Helms destroyed the files on MK-Ultra in 1973 when he feared there would be an investigation. The Committee relied upon participants in the program for evidence -– they admitted secretively administering LSD (e.g., slipping it into subjects’ drinks at a party) to unwitting subjects. A memo in 1952 indicated the purpose of the program: “Can we get control of an individual to the point where he will do our bidding against his will and even against fundamental laws of nature, such as self-preservation?” (See WikiSpooks/Project ARTICHOKE accessed July, 2016, cited in Gordon Thomas, G., Journey into Madness. The Secret Story of Secret CIA Mind Control and Medical Abuse.) New York: Bantam, 1990). One can think of many military applications of such powers, whether directed against foreigners or Americans.

The US General Accounting Office issued a report in 1994 that summarized the findings of previous commissions, making clear that the program was conducted jointly by the CIA and the Department of Defense and casting doubt on the volunteer status of US soldiers who were among the subjects in these experiments. The report stated “Working with the CIA, the Department of Defense gave hallucinogenic drugs to thousands of ‘volunteer’ soldiers in the 1950s and 1960s. In addition to LSD, the Army also tested quinuclidinyl benzilate, a hallucinogen code-named BZ. Many of these tests were conducted under the so-called MKULTRA program, established to counter perceived Soviet and Chinese advances in brainwashing techniques.” (WikiSpooks/Project MKUltra, accessed July, 2016.) Although there was only one documented death (Helms had destroyed the files), one need not have an overly vivid imagination to envision the adverse effects of unknowingly ingesting LSD.

On January 15, 1994, President Bill Clinton formed the Advisory Committee on Human Radiation Experiments (ACHRE), chaired by Ruth Faden, Ph.D., MPH of the Johns Hopkins Berman Institute of Bioethics. ACHRE made clear that since the 1940s the Atomic Energy Commission had been sponsoring tests on the effects of radiation on the human body. American citizens who had checked into hospitals for a variety of ailments were secretly injected with varying amounts of plutonium and other radioactive materials without their knowledge. These experiments included other populations such as orphans given irradiated milk, children injected with radioactive materials, prisoners in Washington and Oregon state prisons. In other words, the Military and Intelligence was carrying out Dr Mengele experiments upon American citizens. Much of the experimentation was carried out in order to determine how the human body metabolizes radioactive materials, information that could be used by the Departments of Energy and Defense in Cold War in war planning. (Wikipedia/Human Radiation Experiments.)

Numerous human radiation experiments have been performed in the United States, many of which were funded by various U.S. government agencies such as the United States Department of Defense and the United States Atomic Energy Commission. Researchers had a pattern of choosing the most vulnerable people, but soldiers were also a group heavily exposed to experimentation.

Experiments included, but were not limited to:

feeding radioactive material to mentally disabled children [4]

exposing U.S. soldiers and prisoners to high levels of radiation [4]

irradiating the testicles of prisoners, which caused severe birth defects [4]

(U.S. House of Representatives, Committee on Energy and Commerce, Subcommittee on Energy Conservation and Power. American Nuclear Guinea Pigs: Three Decades of Radiation Experiments on US. Citizens. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office. Cited in Wikipedia/Human Radiation Experimentsaccessed July, 2016.)

The Washington Times summarized in 1994 the findings of ACHRE: “At least 500,000 people were used as subjects in Cold War era radiation, biological and chemical experiments sponsored by the federal government, a congressional agency said yesterday…the tests conducted ranged from radiation to biological and chemical agents like mustard gas and LSD.” (See p. 46, Nick Begich, 2006, Controlling the Human Mind, Anchorage, Alaska, Earthpulse Press.)

Byron Belitsos notes, “By 1963, 1,200 nuclear weapons tests conducted at the Nevada test site had exposed every person in the U.S. to deadly radioactive fallout, causing millions of fetal deaths, spontaneous abortions, stillbirths, and birth defects. The U.S. government also conducted over 4,000 radiation experiments on individual human test subjects without their informed consent. The delayed effects of decades of radiation exposure from weapons testing are today demonstrated by a U.S. population plagued with epidemic cancer and heart disease, neurological disorders, low fertility, chronic fatigue, obesity (thyroid involvement), immune system dysfunction and learning disabilities.” (Byron Belitsos, “The Covert Use of Energy Weapons for Political Control, accessed July, 2016.)

Anyone familiar with these experiments, documented by the U.S. government, should know that neither the military nor the CIA has any compunction about harming American citizens — thus familiarity with this history removes one of the major obstacles to accepting the TI meta-narrative. Nor can we dismiss these acts as something that happened in the past, and would not happen in our ostensibly more enlightened era. It is true that covert non-consensual experiments were officially banned by US Congress after the Church Committee findings. But no one was held accountable, no one went to prison, no one paid any fines, no one lost a job — this fact was not lost upon later whistle-blowers post-9/11 who were prosecuted for revealing criminal activities by the Deep State.

In the history of exposure of Deep State malfeasance, only the whistle-blowers themselves are punished. In the light of this lack of accountability, is it feasible to assume experiments on humans ceased? Did Deep State violations of the Constitution of which the public is aware cease after Bush? Obama of course refused to hold anyone accountable, and in office he carried out the same policy as Bush of shielding the state from scrutiny or litigation. It is significant that McPhate wrote, ironically, “The military establishment, the theory goes, never gave up on the ambitions of MK Ultra, the C.I.A.’s infamous program to control the mind in the 1950s and ’60s.” Without any evidence that he has studied the history of the CIA, he makes a patronizing tongue-in-cheek comment about TIs, as if the belief that the military continued its efforts to gain power over the human mind was such a far-fetched idea. “Hear no evil, see no evil, speak no evil” seems to be McPhate’s guiding principle.

Whistle-blowers since the origins of the CIA have made profound and searing criticisms of their former employers. The most scathing indictment of the Deep State has originally come from former agents, not from its victims (the victims, increasingly including prodigious scholars, are now catching up with former spies, journalists and scholars, in the production of analyses, exposures and histories) — although any agent who criticizes the Deep State becomes a potential victim. Many former employees have argued that the Deep State is totalitarian, and that America today is no longer a democratic republic — some have claimed it is guilty of crimes similar to the Nazi regime. (I will not discuss here Operation Paperclip — under which Nazi scientists were brought to the US to work for the military and US intelligence.) Those who became critics were among the most highly intelligent, patriotic, and morally principled people in the country. Their testimony and experiences vitiate the widespread public belief that the agencies of the Deep State protect the national security and freedom of Americans. It is because of this assumption that many Americans do not object to being placed under surveillance. And because of this they do not believe the TI metanarrative which posits that the protection of American citizens is not one of the primary goals of the Deep State — although law and order may be, or at least order — and that agencies of the Deep State have been willing to harm or put at risk the safety of American citizens in pursuit of other goals.

 

Back to Top

The CIA Assassination of its Own Agent––Protecting Whose Security?

We learn about the Deep State both from what whistle-blowers reveal and from what we see the Deep State is willing to do to silence whistle-blowers, to preserve its own secrecy, its own autonomy and lack of accountability to organs of the American people––to the Congress, to the Senate. Of course increasingly the Legislature defaults on its oversight responsibility, increasingly the Executive shields the Deep State from scrutiny–-thus shattering the foundation of Constitutional government. The belief that the government would never harm American citizens is shattered, thousands if not hundreds of thousands of its victims have been Americans. The Deep State goes to great lengths to preserve the secrecy of its programs, which is why so few people are aware of them.

Frank Olson might have become the first CIA whistle-blower but he died before he had a chance to reveal any secrets. But Frank Olson’s death was not self-inflicted as his son Eric Olson discovered– and many mainstream journalists and writers agreed. Olson is a psychologist who was determined to unravel the mystery of his father’s death and ultimately to be the voice for his father’s own moral doubts about the CIA. Michael Ignatieff, a friend of Eric Olson, writing in The New York Times Magazine reviews the findings of Olson, and it leads almost inexorably to the conclusion that the CIA assassinated his father (“CIA; What Did the CIA Do To His  Father?”). When the Olson family was issued a formal apology by President Ford and CIA Director William Colby in 1975, they were told their father was a military officer who was given LSD unknowingly as a part of MK-Ultra — this ostensibly led Olson to become deeply depressed and commit suicide. The family was given $750,000 by an act of Congress, and the matter was finished. But it wasn’t. The story was a cover story — and Colby and Ford had lied. And the CIA lied to the Press.

His son writes, “In 1952 Frank Olson [a leading biochemist] was acting chief of the Special Operations Division at Detrick; at the time of his death in 1953 he was SOD’s director of planning and evaluations. The Special Operations Divison at Detrick was the government’s most secret biological weapons laboratory.” Frank Olson knew — that despite vehement denials by the American government at the time — the United States was using biological weapons, including anthrax, in the Korean War. Considering that Olson had decided to resign from the CIA, this fact made Eric suspicious of the CIA account of his father’s alleged suicide.

He had his father’s body exhumed, and a forensic team, led by James Starrs of George Washington University, discovered “a blow to Olson’s temple which caused a fist-size bleed under the skin.” They concluded that someone had hit/knocked Olson out with a blow to the head and then dropped him out the window. Armed with this evidence, Eric persuaded Manhattan District Attorney Robert Morgenau in April, 1996, to subpoena a grand jury to examine the evidence for commission of homicide. During the course of this investigation (which found insufficient evidence to go to trial — perhaps because of the sudden death of a prospective witness, former CIA director Colby), Eric also learned that Olson’s death is taught as a case study of “the perfect murder” at the Mossad Training School outside Tel Aviv — this has been confirmed by two former Mossad agents, Ari Ben-Menashe and Victor Ostrovsky. (Family Statement on the Murder of Frank Olson.) 

A letter by the DA was sent to former CIA director William Colby, asking for an interview about Olson. There is evidence that Colby at this point himself felt moral qualms and was ready to spill the beans (Jeffrey Steinberg, “It Did Not Start with Abu Ghraib/Dick Cheney: Vice President for Torture and War“, Executive Intelligence Review, November 11, 2005, Accessed July 2016.) But a few days after receiving the letter Colby died in an alleged canoeing accident in the river near his Maryland home. According to newspaper accounts, much of which his wife contested — she was out of town at the time of Colby’s death — Colby went canoeing at night time (something he had never done before, according to his wife) without wearing his life vest. His computer was on and his dinner half eaten. Colby’s death helped kill the investigation.

It was around this time that Eric Olson had an epiphany, “In 1997, after the C.I.A. inadvertently declassified an assassination manual dating from late 1953, Eric Olson was able to read the following: ‘The most efficient accident, in simple assassination, is a fall of 75 feet or more onto a hard surface. Elevator shafts, stairwells, unscreened windows and bridges will serve. . .’ The manual went on to recommend a blow to the temple to stun the subject first: ‘In chase cases it will usually be necessary to stun or drug the subject before dropping him.’ Reading this passage at the kitchen table in Frederick, Eric realized that “dropped” was the right word.” (Ignatieff, NY Times, op.cit.)

Norman Cournoyer, one of Frank Olson’s oldest friends, called Eric in 2001 after reading the article in the Times. Frank Olson began work on interrogations methods for the CIA in the late 1940s. These were designed to extract information from even the most uncooperative subjects with the help of drugs and torture. Olson confided in Cournoyer (who also had top security clearance) that in 1953 he had been witness to more than one murder by interrogation––largely of Soviet spies. For most of the time, Olson remained in the CIA laboratory in the US.

But in 1950 he traveled to Europe and witnessed the CIA interrogations there — often “terminal”– of “expendables” including double agents, Soviet spies, and Nazi war criminals. Olson asked his friend: “Norm, did you ever see a man die? I did. People being interrogated died.” He told Cournoyer he was getting out of the CIA. He also told Cournoyer that the US was manufacturing biological weapons and he assumed had used it against the Koreans. By this point Eric concluded his father was murdered because the CIA concluded he was a security risk. Cournoyer agreed. “Was there reason for your Dad being killed by the CIA? I believe so,” he told Olson on German TV. (Jeffrey Steinberg, “It Did Not Start with Abu Ghraib/Dick Cheney: Vice President for Torture and War“, Executive Intelligence Review, November 11, 2005, Accessed July 2016.)

Author Gordon Thomas spoke to Dr William Sargant, the British psychiatrist who worked on CIA mind control experiments and examined Olson at the request of the CIA after he began to have moral qualms about his work. “Sargant told me he believed Frank Olson had witnessed murder being committed with the various drugs he had prepared. The shock of what he witnessed, Sargant believed, was all the harder to cope with given that Frank Olson was a patriotic man who believed that the United States would never sanction such acts….He decided Frank Olson could pose a security risk.” He conveyed this information to Olson’s superiors at the CIA. When he learned of his death “he came to the immediate conclusion that Olson only could have been murdered,” Thomas wrote to Eric. (Jeffrey Steinberg, “It Did Not Start with Abu Ghraib/Dick Cheney: Vice President for Torture and War“, Executive Intelligence Review, November 11, 2005, Accessed July 2016.)

Olson was invited to a meeting at Deep Creek a week before his death. The meeting was attended by future CIA director and head of covert operations, Richard Helms, as well as Sidney Gottlieb (one of the leaders of MK-Ultra). Gottlieb secretly spiked Olson’s cocktail with LSD. The real purpose of the meeting was to determine through using LSD if Olson would reveal the secret he knew upon leaving the CIA. Evidently they determined Olson was a “security risk.” As Steinberg put it, “What is clear and what was also clear to Frank Olson in the final weeks of his life is that he became a target of the very torture/interrogation techniques that he had witnessed in Europe. Returning from the LSD interrogation at Deep Creek Lake, he told his wife ‘I made a terrible mistake.’” (Jeffrey Steinberg, “It Did Not Start with Abu Ghraib/Dick Cheney: Vice President for Torture and War“, Executive Intelligence Review, November 11, 2005, Accessed July 2016.)

Eric finally concluded about his father, “He died because of security concerns regarding disavowed programs of terminal interrogation and the use of biological weapons in Korea.”

Eric has finally decades later given his father a voice from beyond the grave. (Family Statement on the Murder of Frank Olson.) 

The question must be asked: Whose security? Certainly not the security of the American people. The US was committing war crimes and violating international law by using biological weapons. These actions were risks to the security of all people. Their disclosure would have embarrassed the US government and would have resulted in the firing and resignation of people in government. It was their own security Olson’s superiors were worried about. Had Olson become a whistle-blower, international law would have been strengthened and the people of the world would have been protected against the risk of an epidemic caused by biological weapons.

The Frank Olson case reveals the CIA’s involvement in the creation and manufacture of illegal and dangerous weapons, its murder of those used as guinea pigs in its testing of interrogation methods, its willingness to assassinate one of its own agents, and its ability to enlist even the US President in a cover-up of the assassination of Frank Olson. Here we see even in its embryonic form the Deep State acting with flagrant disregard for human life, for the Constitution, and for the United Nations and international law. For the Deep State the Enemy is not merely another country — it’s here within. Even the CIA’s own agents are murdered if they try to leave the organization, or if they are deemed to present a “security risk.”

And, revealingly, Eric told Ignatieff he was regarded as mentally disturbed by many of his critics — just as TIs are today. Ignatieff wrote, “Eric knows that to charge the most secretive agency of American government with murder is to incur the suspicion that you have become deranged by anger, grief, paranoia, greed or a combination of all four. ‘Eric is crazy, Eric is obsessed,’he says, mimicking his accusers.” (Ignatieff, “CIA; What Did the CIA Do To His  Father?”)

 

Back to Top

Whistle-Blowers Post-9/11

Thomas Drake knows the power of the National Security Agency all too well. He is a former senior executive of the U.S. National Security Agency (NSA), a decorated United States Air Force and United States Navy veteran, and a whistle-blower. Drake’s crime seems to have been telling a reporter about fraud — specifically about NSA’s purchasing an Internet data collection system that cost billions of dollars more than necessary and that collected so much data that it resulted in Constitutional violations of privacy. This was the famous Trailblazer system — Drake argued like William Binney and several other NSA whistle-blowers that by choosing his tool instead of Thin Thread, the NSA was putting their own influence and power over the public good, over the nation. These men had been attracted to the NSA precisely because of their patriotism and desire to be of service to the nation. When they found there was a conflict they chose loyalty to nation — at great personal sacrifice.

Drake went to the press only after following prescribed channels of redress for Constitutional wrongs, only after failing to get NSA inspectors or Congress to take remedial action. The Justice Department in 2010 raided his house and charged him under the 1917 Espionage Act with violations that carried a penalty of up to 35 years in prison. But they dropped the charges when no evidence linked him to spying or a foreign power. The judge in the case called the prosecution “unconscionable.” Drake is the 2011 recipient of the Ridenhour Prize for Truth-Telling and co-recipient of the Sam Adams Associates for Integrity in Intelligence (SAAII) award. The government also took away his security clearance. He now works as a clerk in an Apple computer store…(Vocativ, September 19, 2013, “Should the NSA Be Dismantled?”, accessed July, 2016 ).

In excerpts from Thomas Drake’s SAAII award acceptance speech, he clearly formulates the nature of the conflict between the NSA and the republic.

With all the unitary executive privilege, all the secrecy and exigent conditions used as the excuse to torture, deny due process, and engage in off-the-books electronic surveillance, Jesselyn Raddick [his lawyer, and a whistle-blower herself, when working for Department of Justice] and I followed all the rules as whistle-blowers until it fundamentally conflicted with our oath to uphold the Constitution. Then we both made a fateful choice to exercise our First Amendment rights. We went to the press with patently unclassified information, about which the public had a right to know.

However rather than address its own corruption, ineptitude, and illegality, the government made us targets of federal criminal leak investigations, part of a vicious campaign against whistle-blowers that started under Bush and has now come to full fruition under Obama …We were transmogrified from public servants trying to improve our government, into traitors and enemies of the state. The government subjected us to severe retaliation that started with forcing us from our jobs as career public servants, rendering us unemployed and unemployable, while swinging a wrecking ball into the conditions of our jobs, in my case a security clearance, and in Jesselyn’s case, state bar licensure. We were blacklisted and no longer had a stream of income, while simultaneously incurring attorneys’ fees and necessitating second mortgages on our respective homes. But that was nothing compared to the overkill reprisal to come, placement on the no-fly list for Jesselyn and prosecution under the Espionage Act for me.

What we experienced sends unequivocally a chilling message, an unequivocally chilling message about what the government can and will do when one speaks truth to power: a direct form of political repression and censorship. If sharing issues of significant and even grave public concern which do not in any way compromise our national security is now considered a criminal act, we have strayed far from what our founding fathers envisioned. When exercising First Amendment rights is now considered espionage, this is anathema to a free, open, and democratic government….

Before the war on terrorism, our country well recognized the importance of free speech, privacy, legal counsel, and the right to be free from cruel and unusual punishment.. These are the hallmarks of tyranny and despotism, not democracy, and are…alien to the Constitution and our American way of life.

We did not take an oath to see secrecy and subterfuge used as cover for subverting the Constitution and violating the law. Our oath to the Constitution took primacy.

And today we have a frightening lack of responsibility and accountability within the national security complex, and it poses — I will mince no words here — it poses a direct threat to all our personal freedoms, as well as a clear and present danger to our constitutional republic….Our government has profoundly lost its constitutional compass and it’s been tainted to its core. And yet it is our enshrined liberties, it is our enshrined liberties that are our national security. What country do we want to keep?…

Jesselyn and I took an oath to support and defend the Constitution, not an oath of loyalty to the organization…We blew the whistle because we saw grave injustice and wrongdoing occurring within our respective organizations.

In my recently successfully concluded case that ended decisively in my favor, the government wanted to put me away in prison for many, many years in fact, at one point they threatened me with 35 years in prison — for simply telling the truth as a whistle-blower and exposing government wrongdoing and illegalities. The government found out everything they could about…me over many years, before I was even indicted. Having this secret ability…to collect and analyze data with few if any substantial constraints…is seductively powerful, and when …done in secret, it is the ultimate form of control over another...

Modern governments today increasingly perform mass surveillance of their citizens — explaining that they believe that it’s necessary to protect them from dangerous groups such as terrorists, criminals, or politically subversive dissenters — in order to track the citizenry and maintain social control. Read the history books. We are fast approaching a genuine surveillance society in the United States, a dark Orwellian future where every move, our every transaction, our every communication, and our every contact is recorded, compiled, and stored away, ready to be examined and used against us by the authorities whenever they want to at any time.

Five centuries ago, Machiavelli explained how to undertake a revolution from above without most people even noticing. On his Discourses on Livy, he wrote that one, quote, “must at least retain the semblance of the old forms; so that it may seem to the people that there has been no change in the institutions, even though in fact they are entirely different from the old ones”, unquote. In other words, keep the old government structures; meanwhile, you make profound changes to the actual system, because the appearances are all that most people notice. So, today, instead of seeing the mere corpse of the republic in which we supposedly live, we only see the clothing. We have had a quiet revolution that has not eliminated our elected representatives; it has simply made them largely irrelevant…

Being a student of history, I consider the immediate aftermath of World War II as a real turning point, when the American dream began to go south, at the very moment when the U.S. sat astride the world at the pinnacle of power. And…this is when the American republic began its transformation to a national security state and then exponentially accelerated as a result of 9/11 into a top-secret America…

With such a massively expanded ability by the government to spy on your personal life, we might as well bid adieu to the Fourth Amendment, the foundation of a citizen’s integrity as an individual person…as well as your ability to speak and associate freely with others under the Fourth Amendment.

Consider the conviction, as I summarized now for you, held by this country’s founding fathers, that a functioning constitutional republic and democracy requires what? An informed citizenry. So what happens in the case of an uninformed citizenry? The experiment in government by the people is doomed to failure and would inevitably transform into what we increasingly see today.

Do we want to continue to have a burgeoning military-industrial-congressional- intelligence-surveillance-cybersecurity-media complex? For whom does it benefit? Do we want to concede the eroding of basic human rights? Why?..

So I leave you with this as I channel Frederick Douglass. On August 3, 1857, Frederick Douglass delivered a West India Emancipation speech. At Canandaigua, New York, on the 23rd anniversary of the event, he said, quote, “..Those who profess to favor freedom and yet deprecate agitation are men who want crops without plowing up the ground; they want rain without thunder and lightning. They want the ocean without the awful roar of its many waters.” “Power and those in control concede nothing without a demand. They never have and they never will.” Let me translate into today’s language. Every one of us, every one of us in this room and beyond this room, each and every one of us must keep demanding, must keep fighting, must keep thundering, must keep plowing, must keep on keeping things struggling, must speak out, and must speak up until justice is served, because where there is no justice there can be no peace.” (Real News Network, Nov 4, 2012, “Whistleblower Threatened with 35 Years of Tyranny, Warns of Impending Tyranny“) 

Drake was not aware of the torture of TIs. But would he have been shocked by it? Does it conflict with his understanding of what the Deep State is able and willing to do? Obviously not.

William Binney learned the same lesson. He worked for the NSA for 30 years, and resigned in 2001. Binney was a Russia specialist who started work in NSA as an analyst and became successively a Technical Director, and then a geopolitical world Technical Director. In the 1990s, he co-founded a unit on automating signals Intelligence. His career culminated as Technical Leader for Intelligence in 2001. Having expertise in intelligence analysis, traffic analysis, systems analysis, knowledge management, and mathematics (including set theory, number theory, and probability), Binney has been described as one of the best analysts in the NSA’s history. Binney complained to the Department of Defense in 2002 that NSA had wasted taxpayer money by buying a data collection system — Trailblazer — that collected 20 trillion communication transactions of American citizens. Binney was particularly angry because he believed the surfeit of information prevented them from detecting 9/11.

Binney’s outspoken criticism of the agency subjected him to reprisals. On July 2007, after The New York Times reported on the government’s warrantless wiretapping, the FBI broke into his house with guns drawn and confiscated his computers and business records. Although he was cleared of wrong-doing the NSA revoked his security clearance forcing him to close his business at a cost of $300,000 a year. (See Wikipedia/William Binney/U.S. Intelligence Official.)

Binney described his arrest:

“The first I knew the FBI was in my house was the guy pointing a gun at me when I was coming out of the shower. That’s the first I knew. My son let them in, and they pushed him out of the way at gunpoint, and then they came up into my bedroom and pointed guns at my wife and me, so that’s the first I knew they were there. And it surprised me. I said: “Well, what are you doing here? I’ve been cooperating with you, telling you everything I know about this, everybody involved in this program, so why are you doing this?” Basically they wanted me to tell them something that would implicate someone in a crime, OK? The point was they were after Diane Roark because they didn’t like her, and also Tom Drake…Then they told me they thought I was lying to them,…So then I started to get mad. I said: “OK, you want to know what the crime is? Bush, Cheney, Hayden, and Tenet were the central conspirators to subvert the Constitution and the laws of the United States, and here is how they did it. The raid took about seven hours — they were there from 9:00 in the morning to the middle of the afternoon, and they took my computer, all the electronic hardware, discs and things that go with that…” (PBS Frontline/United States of Secrets/William Binney.)

On May 31, 2016, Binney told Loud & Clear host Brian Becker on Radio Sputnik, “They [the NSA] don’t care what they do, they feel that they have the right to do anything that they feel necessary, and they will cover up crimes and procedures and violations of regulations that they’ve done to achieve whatever their ends are.” This is a man who worked for NSA for decades, and became increasingly disillusioned with policies after he became a whistle-blower. “The president can declare anyone a terrorist threat and have the military take them off the street, anywhere, and incarcerate them indefinitely without any due process. Those are violations of fundamental rights of the Constitution,” he explained. “That’s exactly what Special Order 48 issued by the Nazis in 1933 did, right after the Reichstag fire. It says almost exactly the same thing.” (Sputnik News, May 31, 2016, “NSA Surveillance Takes a Page from Nazi Germany“, accessed July, 2016). 

In early October, 2016, William Binney and Kurt Wiebe, another whistle-blower who used to be an analyst for the NSA, in an interview with Ella Felder, told her and the several hundred TIs who were listening in on a mass telephone conference call that they had made a commitment to expose the plight of TIs. Wiebe explained that he did not know about TIs when he was at the NSA:

“We understand the predicament you are in, we have been in similar situations but don’t give up the faith — just because we haven’t seen it at NSA or CIA doesn’t mean a doggone thing…NSA and CIA work in compartmented areas, or on a Need to Know basis. We do know government has a history of experimentation against people, and the DOD has authorization to conduct experiments on people, sometimes with consent, some without consent. We know government has the power to deliver all kinds of aggressive measures against people.” (The Everyday Concerned Citizen, October 16, 2016, NSA Whistleblower Powerhouses Stand Up to Support “Targeted Individuals” Worldwide”)

Binney said they were planning on doing research and compiling reports from TIs,

“And then finally, we’ll try to put together recommendations on how people should proceed, to try and prove what is happening with them specifically with compiled evidence — in such a way that you can bring the evidence into a court of law. We’re trying to use the discipline that we use for our data analysis, that would be demonstrable in a court of law.”

Binney, Drake and others escaped the most punitive arm of the Deep State. The two most famous whistle-blowers were not so fortunate. Bradley/Chelsea Manning was the most unfortunate of the whistleblowers. For his service to humanity in exposing US war crimes, this young man/now woman received a formal sentence of 35 years. Political dissidents from Noam Chomsky to Daniel Ellsberg hailed him as a national hero, while politicians called him a traitor. Edward Snowden, who exposed the surveillance Panopticon, is more fortunate than Manning—he is forced to live in exile in Russia.

 

Back to Top

TIs and No-Touch Torture

TIs are plagued by basically two categories of what they experience as torture or harassment: 1) group stalking and 2) subjugation to experimentation with neuro-weaponry, and directed energy weapons. The first class of experiences is deemed highly improbable by Sheridan and James, and thus those who experience them are “delusional.” The second class is supposedly impossible.

Sheridan and James write concerning allegations of group stalking: “the resources or elaborate organization required to carry them out made the alleged activities highly improbable.” They give several examples: “hostile operatives being inserted in victim’s workplace and their children’s schools; 24-hour electronic surveillance involving teams of men in black vans; surveillance by cameras placed throughout the city; staff of shops and libraries being amongst the group stalkers; everyone in the street being ‘plants’ acting out roles towards the victim; ‘more than a thousand’ people being involved; traffic lights being manipulated always to go red on approach… collaboration between diverse agencies, such as the Automobile Association, a building society, a website, and neighbors.”

Below is a description of an example of group-stalking by Ramola D. She describes two changes in her life; first, the relocation of her family to a suburban neighborhood in Massachusetts, and then the transition that occurs when she becomes a TI. The rich prose and the very thick detailed descriptions give the account a sense of realism that one would not typically find in descriptions by “psychotics.”

Over the last couple years, after we moved up to the Boston area from Washington DC in the summer of 2011, I have been working mostly from home on various writing projects, editing a literary journal, and running creativity workshops and summer camps in art, science, and writing for children, as well as working at local academic institutions nearby. I’ve had a real taste this way of the quiet, lazy feel of the South Shore; I’ve enjoyed the ambience of living in a “settled” hundred-year old neighborhood in Quincy filled with stately, long-lasting oaks and maples, gentle and genteel neighbors, mostly older, with the occasional friendly young family with kids…the usual scurry of backyard bird life woken by the occasional inland-straying seagull, and above all, daytime quiet. Quiet, sleepy, placid, slow, laid-back, relaxed, easygoing are words I might have used to describe both the South Shore and its residents back then…

This unfortunately is no longer the case. Over the past year, things have changed dramatically in Quincy.

Now police sirens scream night and day down the once-quiet streets, including the main streets Newport Avenue and Hancock and, in my neighborhood, the close-by Harvard Street–and I mean, quite frequently, as if a thousand criminals were driving hellfire down the South Shore with trusty Quincy cops in high pursuit–and fire engines also shriek fairly often as they clang and roll by, often on quiet walks down winding sidestreets where no hint of burning houses can be seen, to add to which EMS trucks and vans also clog sidestreets and main streets, using sirens and trundling urgently by, as if the number of accidents or emergency medical calls had somehow increased overnight. Daytime quiet therefore no longer exists–there has been a dramatic escalation in the use of sirens, and it continues. This absurdity–especially absurd in its contrast to previously-peaceful Quincy–is clearly contrived. The local police have been incentivized to act like crazed patrollers of a criminal town. To add, if anyone’s noticed–all across the country, police cars and sirens have changed–they are outfitted with dozens of lines of blue lights now, their siren whoops and hollers now, rather than emitting a single round call, and the whole vehicle buzzes and shakes and whoops and dazzles as it flies by–bizarre? You bet.

Traffic also has changed. The roads of Quincy are now clogged with gigantic SUVs, Hummers, large pick-up trucks, and military-style pick-ups with menacing metal frames over the truckbed, large trucks of every kind, and frequent clogging of roads with roadwork trucks, even when there is no roadwork in sight. Starting in Fall 2013, traffic lights suddenly increased in duration. This has not abated. Traffic lights are noticeably longer, which means the long lines of cars with engines chugging, releasing masses of dirty exhaust into the atmosphere at lights are longer, and drivers–the usual Bostonian highway bellicosity notwithstanding–are markedly more belligerent, frequently tailgating, cutting off directly in front of cars, and crowding like swarming bees on highways.” (The Everyday Concerned CitizenWhy I Started This Blog)

It sounds crazy but the author seems sane! The author is an accomplished professional, a former professor, with a husband and child, with no history of “psychiatric” problems. The writing style itself reflects the mind of a writer fully in control of her craft, and of herself. If Ramola D appeared before a jury, undoubtedly the jurors would find her a credible witness––not dismiss her as delusional. To back up her story, there would be other targets with similar stories. The second change had taken place after Ramola had begun writing to her representatives asking about the chemtrails she saw in the sky. She also complained in her child’s school about the ethics of a childcare operation. At a trial against the American Deep State, historians would be called as expert witnesses to demonstrate that very similar tactics were used by Stasi — the secret police — in East Germany, or by Russian Intelligence. This establishes a pattern of such activities by Deep States.

It is impossible to fully explain in rational terms these programs since they are based on institutionalized paranoia, on collective insanity. The psychologists who say that such operations are highly unlikely fail to understand the mindset of those who designed these programs. Ramola D credibly argues that the purpose of such programs is to get the target labeled insane, so that the Deep State’s victimization of American citizens will remain invisible. But such a goal in itself makes no sense, is insane; it also indicates that the Deep State does not regard mental health professionals as very canny. She writes that these tactics seem “a desperate attempt to get the individual diagnosed professionally (by either an unsuspecting or complicit psychiatrist) as a “paranoid schizophrenic”, the moment he or she begins talking about covert harassment…being stalked by helicopters, being covertly implanted, being “gangstalked” on the roadways, or being surrounded by people wearing his favorite colors or talking about him or saying things in his presence straight out of his [own] head.” (The Everyday Concerned Citizen, 2015: “Targeted Individuals” are Non-Consensual Subjects in Criminal, Clandestine, Classified “Top Secret” MKULTRA-Extended Mind & Behavior Control/Torture Experimentation by Joint Military/Intel/Justice/Academic Institutions, as well as Targets of COINTELPRO and Electronic Warfare)

According to the Department of Defense in 2002, operations such as these are designed to be used against citizens of the enemy country (not against or upon citizens of its own host country) — the goal is to break the political will of the enemy. (Rich, 2011, New World War, Morrisville, NJ: Lulu Enterprises, p. 295.)

The evidence for the existence of group stalking is not just TIs’ and historians’ testimony but government documents (the books on Stasi are based on archives that became available with the demise of the Soviet Union) revealing similar programs in totalitarian societies and in the US in other periods. (Of course the programs have become more sophisticated over the years.)

For example, COINTELPRO was a program implemented by the FBI in the 1960s and 1970s designed to disrupt anti-war organizations and groups that were thought to be communist or socialist. J. Edgar Hoover announced the directives “to expose, disrupt, misdirect, discredit or otherwise neutralize” persons in these groups. (Mark Rich, 2011, New World War, p.87.) The Church Committee stated that under COINTELPRO, “the arsenal of techniques used against foreign espionage agents is transferred to domestic enemies.” (Ibid.) COINTELPRO included using undercover agents posing as activists in order to carry out surveillance or to act as provocateurs (in many cases that meant becoming the intimate partner of the activist––a heinous kind of subterfuge), and fomenting hostility between different factions of the left. Human Rights Watch notes,“The CIA then began monitoring student activists and infiltrating anti-war organizations by working with local police departments to pull-off burglaries, illegal entries (black bag jobs), interrogations and electronic surveillance. After President Nixon came to office in 1969, all of these domestic surveillance activities were consolidated into Operation CHAOS.” (Project Freedom, Echelon, “The NSA’s Global Spying Network,” accessed July, 2016.)

In 2002, we learned from the mainstream media that the Bush Administration planned to recruit millions of United States citizens as domestic informants in a program “likely to alarm civil liberties groups.” The Terrorism Information and Prevention System, or TIPS, meant the US would have a higher percentage of citizen informants than the former East Germany did. The program would use a minimum of 4 per cent of Americans to report “suspicious activity.” The scope of the surveillance network was broad: TIPS volunteers would be recruited primarily from among those whose work provides access to homes, businesses or transport systems. Letter carriers, utility employees, truck drivers and train conductors are among those named as targeted recruits. (The Sunday Morning Herald, July 15, 2002, “US Planning to Recruit 1/24 Americans as Spies”)

The program would involve a joint effort by local police, DOJ, state and local businesses. Even though the program was rejected by Congress, that does not mean it was not implemented–it merely went “dark” as the CIA calls it. That makes it all the more effective with Congress unaware of its existence and the media convinced it therefore did not exist. Mark Rich reports, “the American Civil Liberty Union contends that it and similar programs are being used aggressively across the nation.” ( Rich, The Hidden Evil, 2008, Morrisville, NC: Lulu Enterprises, pp.100-6, Informants, The Hidden Evil (online), accessed July 2016). According to Nick Turse, Bush had initiated similar programs under the auspices of Citizen Corps coordinated by the Department of Homeland Security. (See Turse, 2009, The Complex: How the Military Invades our Everyday Lives, NY; Metropolitan Books, excerpt at Google Books, accessed November, 2016.)

Rich describes a typical pattern of group stalking reported by TIs:

“City vehicles, postal vehicles, fire trucks, school buses, and taxis are reportedly stalking people. Construction projects encircle a targeted person’s home and also spring up at frequently visited places. Utility companies interrupt service. Local businesses provide poor service, appear incompetent or clumsy and work with civilian informants to harass targeted people in their stores.” (Ibid).

Note how this matches the report above of Ramola D, as well as activities reported by the “delusional” subjects of Sheridan and James. There is no evidence that those who constructed the psychiatric metanarrative read about TIPs, read the ACLU report (“The Surveillance Industrial Complex,” 2004, Jay Stanley, New York ACLU), or read about remarkably similar practices engaged in by secret police in East Germany, and elsewhere.

Only two websites and no books on this topic are mentioned in the bibliography of the article by James and Sheridan. And although these websites are excellent, it is obvious that James and Sheridan dismissed the reports on these websites without reading the material let alone grappling with the challenge it posed to their arrogant claim that all 120 of the TIs whose accounts they read were delusional!

In East Germany, the citizen-informants included doctors, lawyers, journalists, sports-figures, writers, actors, high officials in religious organizations, pastors, waiters, hotel personnel, and other workers. “Schools, universities, and hospitals were infiltrated from top to bottom,” wrote John Koehler, author of Stasi: The Untold Story of the East German Secret Police. Markus Wolf, a former Stasi officer, said that, in Germany, TIs were gangstalked by citizen agents who “literally encircled their everyday movements.” (See Rich, 2008, op.cit.) The homes of these persons were “put under siege.” (Rich, p.105.) TIs (the term was not used in East Germany) were typically stalked wherever they went. A report authored by Ray Cline, former Associate Director of the CIA, said that Stasi’s network of informers reached into “every crevice of society.” Although the goal here and in the Soviet Union was ostensibly “national security,” Cline noted that the surveillance system was really used to terrorize the population and inhibit them from “speaking out.”

It appears that no one has admitted to being citizen-spies in these programs, Rich wrote in 2008. According to a former Soviet citizen-informant, they were told “secrecy” was essential and they had to sign a contract to not reveal their work for the Deep State. They were told the public often did not realize “the danger these people represent to our society.” (Cited in Rich, 2008, op. cit., online edition.) In the US, one can only guess the citizen informers are told that the TIs they are stalking are threats to national security. “The behavior exhibited by these [ordinary] citizens indicates that they are absolutely convinced that this policy is legitimate and necessary.”

In almost all cases, the families of TIs believe they are mentally ill, and many of them end up (at least briefly) in a psychiatric hospital — most trust the doctors and unwisely confide in them — where the label they are given (“paranoid schizophrenic” is typical) discredits them permanently, particularly among their families. Even those who have spouses who are critics of the national security state find their spouses seem to have a need to deny such covert harassment including the use of neuro-weaponry is happening so close to home. Many TIs think therapists must be c­onsciously collaborating but, as I argued above, most professionals are deeply conformist political centrists (usually social liberals) and unaware of the existence of Deep State operations. This is a distinctive kind of totalitarian system that relies in general on a precarious balance of stealth/invisibility and complicitous cooperation.

Thus occurrences such as those reported by Ramola D and others are deemed “highly unlikely” by Sheridan and James, and thus neophytes who might take TIs’ allegations seriously are set straight by those professionals familiar with the psychiatric metanarrative. Besides group stalking, the other most common disturbance reported by TIs is voices in their head, what is known as Voice to Skull technology. Sheridan and James say that such technology is impossible. They don’t merely claim that there is no evidence such technology exists, they claim it is impossible for it to exist! This is laughable. This is the era of quantum physics––of quantum effects, and paradoxes that by all previous standards were impossible, and that has thus taught genuine scientists to be more humble. I never cease to be amazed by the hubris and idiocy of mental health professionals — nor do I think these authors are deliberately propagating disinformation.

Dr. Robert Duncan’s testimony has been ignored by the mainstream media although he has multiple graduate degrees from Harvard and Dartmouth. He has worked for the Department of Defense and the CIA on AI (Artificial Intelligence) and neuroscience projects which seek to stimulate and rewire the human brain (see below). He has testified that he worked on the development of this technology used to make a variety of neuro-weapons. In his book, Project Soul Catcher: Secrets of Cyber and Cybernetic Warfare Revealed (2010, Boise, Idaho: Higher Order Thinkers Publishing), he discusses weaponry that can cause virtually all of the effects reported by TIs — from “synthetic telepathy” to “Voice to Skull” voices. He became a whistle-blower when he discovered this technology was being used in non-consensual experiments on American citizens (or to punish persons who had angered the wrong people), just as LSD had been used in non-consensual experiments by the CIA in a previous era in MK Ultra, as documented by the US Congress’ Church Committee. He writes “I apologize to the human race for any contribution to these 4th generation weapons that I may have worked on that are more horrific than the nuclear bomb and whose cover-up is more pervasive than the Manhattan Project” (See www.drrobertduncan.com — not Duncan’s own website).

Dr. Barrie Trower is a former Royal Navy Microwave Weapons Expert and former Cold-War captured spy debriefer for the UK Intelligence Services with advanced degrees in physics. He states:

“During the 1950s and 1960s during the Cold War, it was realized…that microwaves could be used as stealth weapons. The Russians beamed the American embassy during the Cold War and it gave everybody working in the embassy cancer, breast cancers, leukemias, whatever, and it was realized then that low level microwaves were the perfect stealth weapon to be used on dissident groups around the world, because you could make dissident groups sick, give them cancer, change their mental outlook on life without them even knowing they were being radiated, and one of my particular tasks…I spent eleven years questioning captured spies…one of my particular tasks was to learn the particular frequencies of microwaves that they used on which particular victims, if I may use that word, and what the outcome was, and I built up a dossier…I’m probably the only person in the world with the complete list…I built up a dossier of what pulse frequencies of microwaves will cause what psychological or physiological damage to a person.” (See Institute for Geopathology/Barrie Trower.)

Trower’s testimony makes clear that — contrary to psychiatric claims — that not only are Voice to Skull weapons possible but the military already possesses them:

“So the military can now put voices into people’s heads to do whatever deed they wish it to achieve, and the super stores have also realized that rather than say ‘put that down, you’re going to steal it’, if you’re indecisive and you’re shopping, they can say ‘you really do want to buy this’, and after nine months, and I got the figure from one of your calls, somebody took one of your super stores to court for beaming them. And they made a phenomenal profit in just nine months, phenomenal profit. But because your Federal Communications Committee says that microwaves were safe, the case fell. (Barrie Trower, The Cooking of Humanity.)

Gloria Naylor tells of her own victimization by neuro-weaponry in her “novel,” 1996. In the Appendix she describes the experience of herself and others: 

Sleep deprivation is common and dreams are manipulated. Victims say, “They [whoever is targeting them] can see through my eyes, what I see.” Sometimes victims describe seeing the images of projected holograms. Thoughts can be read. Most victims describe a phenomenon they call “street theater.”

For example, people around the victim have repeated verbatim, the victim’s immediate thoughts, or harassive and personalized statements are repeated by strangers wherever the victim may go.

Emotions can be manipulated. Microwave hearing, known to be an unclassified military capability of creating voices in the head, is regularly reported. Implanted thoughts and visions are common, with repetitive themes that can include pedophilia, homophobia, and degradation. Victims say it is like having a radio or TV in your head. Less frequently, remote and abusive sexual manipulation is reported. Almost all victims say repetitive behavior control techniques are used and include negative, stimulus-response, or feedback loops. (Cited in Cheryl Welsh, 2008,In Contravention of Conventional Wisdom: CIA No touch torture makes sense of mind control allegations”, accessed November 2016.)

I have now been told of experiences just like these by several dozen TIs — all have the same pattern — the voices that respond maliciously to their own thoughts, the manipulation of dreams, (some describe unwanted sexual feelings or orgasms — “electronic rape”), many say the torturers can see through their eyes, etc — these experiences often reported by people in the age range 40 through 60s with no history of “psychosis.” (The experience of psychosis usually happens in early adulthood.)

Welsh finds that these mind control techniques are similar to the new kind of “no touch” torture used by the CIA in Guantanamo and elsewhere, which is discussed in the article. She writes, “The mind control techniques seem to be psychological techniques to disorient the victim and cause him to feel completely controlled, dependent, and at the mercy of his torturers.” The victim is estranged from his everyday world — like the “psychotic” — and trapped in a theater of the mind. Unlike the psychotic’s experience, this mind theater is engineered by the torturers. The goal is to break down the personality of the subject to gain complete control over him/her. I want to mention that although the new type of torture is based on a paradigm developed by the CIA and military, it is useless for extracting accurate information from subjects. In fact, when used upon TIs, it does not even have the intended results, because TIs increasingly resist isolation by joining — often over the Internet and by phone — other groups of TIs — and they usually become social activists against the Deep State.

Quoting from Alfred McCoy’s book, A Question of Torture, CIA Interrogation, from the Cold War to the War on Terror, Welsh states, “Thus, much of the pain from all forms of torture is psychological, not physical, based upon denying victims any power over their lives. In sum, the torturer strives ‘through insult and disqualification, by means of threats…to break all the victim’s possible existential platforms.”

Welsh insightfully writes,

“Alhough TIs go to extremes in trying to escape the physical targeting, they are unsuccessful. The psychological trauma is inflicted by the sense of causing one’s own pain. [In Guantanamo, causing one’s own pain was achieved by making prisoners stand for hours.] Many TIs report that the targeting causes TIs to become isolated from friends, families, and in many cases TIs are unable to work. This common reaction to targeting seems to be a type of self-inflicted psychological pain.”

What Welsh does not mention is that the rise of weekly or twice- weekly TI telephone conference calls sometimes with hundreds of TIs participating, has greatly diminished the psychological impact upon the victim — not that it ceases to be torture, but it does overcome largely the harrowing sense of isolation, and makes life tolerable for many. This is one reason the psychiatric metanarrative, which seeks to force TIs back into isolation and dependency on an expert who regards her as insane, is so harmful — and TIs would be well advised to avoid (and certainly not to argue with) all professionals who accept this metanarrative.

Welsh’s article makes the use of neuroweaponry less mysterious — although one cannot help but be puzzled by the sensibility of those who designed these tortures, which I repeat are not effective means of obtaining information. Drawing upon the work of students of CIA torture, Welsh highlights the psychological theory and distinctive goals of CIA torture — to break down the personality, not through direct psychical torture and injury but through the creation of physical distress and acute psychological trauma. In Guantanamo and elsewhere, the effect is achieved through a combination of making prisoners adopt stress positions (e.g., standing for hours), and subjecting them to isolation and control of the environment through sensory deprivation, constant noise, and discordant music. Welsh notes, “It seems logical to surmise that the successful techniques of no touch torture would cross over to more technically based remote, advanced mind control programs.”

Medical doctor John Hall writes in Guinea Pigs, Technologies of Control“Fast forward to today, we have over 300,000 people in the United States voicing complaints of electronic harassment….We have known for some time that several technologies exist that are capable of putting voices in one’s head to subliminally harass or control them.” (Guinea Pigs, Technologies of Control, 2014, Houston: Strategic Book Publishing). Why are so few people aware of this technology?

As Ramola D succinctly puts it, ”Neuroscientists in particular know that we stand today on the lip of a massive revolution in human affairs with the new knowledge of remote influencing technologies [remote from the target, often by satellite] capable of manipulating the human body and human brain. So do the Military and Intelligence agencies.” (Washington’s Blog, The American Public Informs President Obama’s Commission for the Study of Bioethical Issues About Ongoing Non-Consensual Human Experimentation in the USA Today, accessed July 2016.) By dismissing or ridiculing the complaints of the victims of these new technologies, psychiatrists, psychologists, and others in the helping professions, as well as journalists who unquestioningly propagate the psychiatric metanarrative, betray their own vocational mandates.

 

Back to Top

Neuroweaponry and Classified Military Research

In McPhate’s article, he implies that the tortures carried out on unwitting prisoners in the CIA’s /Deep State’s quest to gain absolute power over the human mind was an aberration that came to an end in the 1960s. “The military establishment, the theory goes, never gave up on the ambitions of MK Ultra, the C.I.A.’s infamous program to control the mind in the 1950s and ’60s,” he states.

He apparently has not read the numerous books documenting that the Deep State including CIA, NSA, and the military never gave up its research on influencing or controlling the mind. This has always been the purpose on their unclassified research. “The major areas of unclassified neuroscience research, molecular biology, cognitive neuroscience and brain imaging research, which had their beginnings in the 1950s, remain the dominant areas of research in neuroscience today,” writes Cheryl Welsh, a lawyer, TI and founder of Mind Justice. (Mind JusticeResearch Possibilities, Reliable Newspaper and Magazine Sources, Document Proof of Mind Control Technology.) Bioelectrical experiments on the brain were off limits to those who did not agree to put their talent to the service of the Deep State.

One might add that this arrangement — whereby the most potent tools for influencing the brain remained classified — was also in the interests of the pharmaceutical industry, a multi-billion dollar industry that would be financially threatened and diminished by the discoveries of bioelectric research. The psychiatric-pharmaceutical complex mushroomed in the 1980s and 1990s —  psychiatrists invented bogus explanations for life problems that required chemical fixes, e.g. the theory of “biochemical imbalances,” now discredited. But, as Welsh notes, there is evidence that research on the bioelectricity of the brain, the basis of the neuro-weaponry and mind control instruments used on TIs — has remained classified in CIA mind control programs that began in the 1950s and in DARPA programs to develop technologies for remote access to the brain. ”In the 1960s and 1970s, the electromagnetic aspect of neuroscience research was well funded and classified by the US government.” (Cheryl Welsh, Misled and betrayed: How US cover stories are keeping a Cold War weapon and illegal human testing secret, accessed July 2016.)

At the same time a cover story was propagated in the press that neuroweapons are “science fiction.” “As a result of both secrecy and prevailing scientific thought, however, bioelectromagnetic research has remained underfunded and disregarded by the mainstream scientific community.”(Cheryl Welsh, Misled and betrayed: How US cover stories are keeping a Cold War weapon and illegal human testing secret, accessed July 2016.) In other words the public knows little about mind control weapons because the military and Intelligence made sure the research was kept secret, and those few unclassified scientists who showed an interest in bio-electricity and would not submit to government control were steered away from researching the technology that held the most promise for mind control.

But actually there is more evidence for the existence of neuroweaponry despite efforts to keep it secret and despite the press secrecy and ridicule as exemplified in The New York Times article. Nick Begich, Ph.D., author and public speaker in his book, Controlling the Human Mind:The Technologies of Political Control and Tools for Peak Performance (Begich, 2006, Anchorage, Alaska: Earthpulse Press) unearths information that corroborates Welsh’s claim and that shows even in the unclassified sector there is evidence of the existence of the kind of advanced bio-electrical technology that is now used in non-consensual experiments on Americans. (See also Paul Baird, “Patented Technologies” at Surveillance Issues/Advanced Surveillance and Harassment Technologies, accessed November, 2016.) Actually the motive is not always obvious. Some believe the main purpose is no longer experimentation but primarily the torture of political enemies, or to create an environment of fear that stifles dissent.

Begich agrees the research that was soon classified began in the 1950s or 60s. While the research using LSD was publicized by the Church Committee, the CIA also had other projects. For example, MK-ULTRA Subproject 119 involved a critical view of the literature and scientific “bioelectric signals from the human organism, and activation of human behavior by remote [electronic] means” (Begich, Controlling the Human Mind:The Technologies of Political Control and Tools for Peak Performance, p.60). This description was written in 1960, thus corroborating Welsh’s argument.

In 1996, the US Air Force published a document called The Information Revolution and the Future Airforce by Colonel John Warden III, that laid out their plans for the future. It is worth quoting at length –it belies the psychiatric claim that the possession of advanced neuroweaponry is “impossible.”

“Prior to the mid-21st century, there will be a virtual explosion of knowledge in the field of neuroscience. We will have achieved a clear understanding of how the human brain works, how it really controls the various functions of the body, and how it can be manipulated (both positively and negatively). One can envision the development of electromagnetic energy sources, the output of which can be pulsed, shaped, and focused, that can couple with the human body in a fashion that will allow one to prevent voluntary muscular movements, control emotions (and thus actions), produce sleep, transmit suggestions, interfere with both short-term and long-term memory, produce an experience set, and delete an experience set [emphasis added]. This will open the door for the development of some novel capabilities that can be used in armed conflict, in terrorist/hostage situations, and in training….” (Begich, p.110).

The above descriptions are consistent with exactly the kind of problems that TIs claim they have as a result of what they believe to be targeting by neuro-weaponry! Psychiatrists do not read these documents (unless they work for the CIA), but by their standards the author of this document is delusional––because according to the psychiatric metanarrative, technology with these capacities could not possibly exist!

Furthermore, as early as 1980, John B. Alexander of the U.S. Army said,

“Mind-altering techniques designed to impact opponents are well-advanced. The procedures employed include manipulation of human behavior through the use of psychological weapons affecting sight, sound, smell, temperature, electromagnetic energy or sensory deprivation.” (Begich, p.100.)

Colonel Warden’s report goes on specifically to mention the creation of voices, referred to as Voice to Skull by TIs,

“It would also appear to be possible to create high fidelity speech in the human body, raising the possibility of covert suggestion and psychological direction… Thus, it may be possible to ‘talk’ to selected adversaries in a fashion that would be most disturbing to them.” (Begich, p.110, also at Earthpulse/Mind Control, accessed July 2016.)

Not only is this kind of impossible technology forecast in this report but Begich found that quite a few patents (unclassified) proving this technology — called Voice to Skull by TIs — existed.

In the early research, Begich comments it was reported that “clear sound signals” had been sent and received — this is reported in the non-classified sector. Dr Robert Becker, a physician known for his work on bio-electricity, wrote in 1995 about a current Voice to Skull device, that “such a device has obvious applications in covert operations designed to drive a subject crazy with voices, or to deliver undetectable instructions to a potential assassin.” (Begich, p.124.)

Begich in 2006 notes, about the Air Force report, confirming Welsh’s contention made years after the report, that the technology goes back to the 1950s: “The above report was a forecast for the year 2020. However, the reality is that these technologies already exist and there are a number of patents in the open literature which clearly show the possibilities. This research is not new but goes back to the 1950s.” (p.112.) The work done in the classified sector was far more advanced than someone without knowledge of this area could discern in 1995. Begich says that “what was known from experience” is that the government withheld patents under the advisement of the military. When inventors’ intellectual property is seized, “the inventors are given a choice — work for the government or you cannot continue your research on or even talk about the invention under a national security order. Those who do not cooperate have their work…shut down.” (Ibid, p.125.)

While the research in the 1990s was not new, what was new was the idea of openly using these weapons upon the civilian populations of “the enemy” and also as we will see upon US citizens. In 1995, the EPA wrote, “A new class of weapons, based on electromagnetic fields, has been added to the muscles of the military organism. The C3I [Command, Control, Communications and Intelligence] doctrine is still growing and expanding. It would appear that the military may yet be able to completely control the minds of the civilian population.” (p.112.)

The non-covert targeting of civilian populations by the military is a significant departure from its history. Clearly manipulation was used in the past but it was not openly espoused. But with such advanced technology evidently the military did not want to be confined to covert operations. Begich’s statement that in the past “the military used persuasion through real information…to win populations over” needs to emended. The military equally or more often used false information as well as false flag operations (e.g., attacks covertly committed by the military and attributed to Communists or terrorists) on civilians in enemy countries. But what is unprecedented was the ability and intention of the military to use “mind manipulation” —  through directed energy interventions on the brain itself — to gain support, or perhaps more likely not to garner support but to quell the resistance of civilian populations to US military interventions. (Ibid, also at Earthpulse/Mind Control, accessed July, 2016).

These kinds of weapons — those discussed above and others, euphemistically termed “non-lethal weapons” — are to be used not only against citizens of the “enemy” or against stateless terrorists but against Americans — and not only for the purpose of non-consensual experimentation which we have seen has been standard practice for decades, but also to control domestic “adversaries”! As Dr. Nick Begich notes, “On July 21, 1994, Dr. Christopher Lamb, Director of Policy Planning, issued a draft Department of Defense directive which would establish a policy for non-lethal weapons.” The policy connected the military’s weapons’ research to civilian law enforcement agencies. (Begich, p.156, also at The Everyday Concerned Citizen, Is the US Department of Justice Secretly Permitting Local Law Enforcement and the Military to Assault American Citizens Using Covert Directed-Energy “Non-Lethal” Weapons?, accessed July, 2016.)

According to this directive, non-lethal weapons are to be used on the government’s domestic “adversaries”. The definition of “adversary” now appears to include any American whose activities are disapproved of by the military or by law enforcement. The directive states (emphasis added): “The term ‘adversary’ is used above in its broadest sense, including those who are not declared enemies but who are engaged in activities we wish to stop. This policy does not preclude legally authorized domestic use of the nonlethal weapons by United States military forces in support of law enforcement.” (Ibid, p.157,  The Everyday Concerned Citizen, Is the US Department of Justice Secretly Permitting Local Law Enforcement and the Military to Assault American Citizens Using Covert Directed-Energy “Non-Lethal” Weapons?, accessed July, 2016.)

Begich aptly notes, “This allows the use of the military against the citizens of the country that they are supposed to protect…” It belies McPhate’s contention below that the goals of MK-ULTRA were abandoned in the 1970s. This describes a police state in which “non-lethal” weapons may be used upon anyone engaged in “activities” the military or police “wish to stop” — a police state in which the first Amendment has been completely vitiated, and the military, police, and Intelligence agencies are sovereign rulers invading not just persons’ homes (without warrants) but the sacred sanctuary of their brains, and in which even freedom of thought is monitored, proscribed, punished, manipulated. Or in other words 1984 on steroids! This of course by the standards of Psychiatry is both highly improbable and impossible. Tell that to the Military!

Furthermore, this plan is not merely a daydream of the Department of Defense. In 1995, the Pentagon received from the government $50 million to be used conjointly with the Department of Justice to develop these weapons —  and significant funding has been available every year since then. (Begich, p.158.) Begich aptly notes, “Not since the Civil War…has the military machine been turned against American citizens.” (Ibid, p.159.) Ramola D notes that “we are being publicly told that the Department of Defense long ago, in 1994, struck a deal with the Department of Justice to permit the military to use non-lethal weapons on American civilians, inside America, in support of law enforcement.”(The Everyday Concerned Citizen, Is the US Department of Justice Secretly Permitting Local Law Enforcement and the Military to Assault American Citizens Using Covert Directed-Energy “Non-Lethal” Weapons?, accessed July, 2016.)

According to military analyst and Washington Post journalist William Arkin, Department of Defense spending on electro-magnetic weapons had reached a billion dollars a year in 2008. (Belitsos, op.cit. “The Covert Use of Energy Weapons for Political Control, accessed July, 2016.) Air Force Secretary Michael Wynne stated in 2007 that nonlethal weapons should be tested on U.S. civilians in crowd control situations before being used on the battlefield. Domestic use would make it easier to avoid bad press in the international community: “Because if I hit someone with a non-lethal weapon and they claimed that it injured them, I think I would be vilified in the world press.” (The Seattle Times, September 13, 2006, “Test Non-Lethal Weapons in the US, See also Associated Press article at “US to Use Microwave Weapons on American Citizens“, accessed July 2006.) So in order to avoid unfavorable international publicity, it is better to test these experimental weapons on domestic political dissidents!

I have now presented, to the jury of readers, a summary of the case against the Deep State—based on a demonstration that Deep State operations, as described in the TI metanarrative, do in fact exist. Above I listed the obstacles, 1) to 6) , to fairly assessing the testimony of the targeted individual. There is lack of familiarity with TIs, 1), and with accounts of group stalking, 5), and of advanced neuro-weaponry, 3), which I have tried to remedy.

I have attempted here to overcome a formidable but egregious mistaken objection to the TI metanarrative which is based on 2), people’s difficulty believing the US government would subject American citizens to harm. I have shown above that this is not merely a “conspiracy theory” meme but has been corroborated by legislative as well as Presidential commissions and reports by US representatives: Over and over American citizens have been subjected by US intelligence and military to dangerous, harmful, and often lethal experiments — for the ostensible sake of national security. The use of cybernetic weaponry for political control has been openly advocated by top officials in the military in documents produced by the military. To think that experimentation and this kind of application of weaponry came to an abrupt end in the late 1970s when the Church Committee convinced Congress to make it illegal would be naïve (see Jon Rappoport, Jan 9, 2015, CIA Mind Control Program: Did it Really End?, accessed November 2016), considering the historical record — as noted — of the CIA, and considering that no one was ever held accountable for these crimes against humanity — no one paid a fine, no one went to prison, no one lost his job. Not even Helms who, as mentioned above, had destroyed the MK ULTRA files.

I have attempted to address 4), the belief that only TIs are making these kind of “paranoid” claims about Deep State (including the CIA) operations. I have examined testimony by whistle-blowers, former employees of US intelligence — not only is there no oversight to protect the public but the Deep State is able to manipulate State power to deter whistle-blowers from speaking up.

I have addressed 5), the difficulty believing that such resource-intensive activities as group stalking take place, by showing that activities like group stalking have existed before in totalitarian countries — and that there is evidence, presented in mainstream press and ACLU reports, to suggest that a massive program, using citizen-spies, of surveillance and harassment was implemented post-9/11. Furthermore, it is obvious from cursory research that advanced technology which psychiatrists claim could not exist, 5), does in fact exist.

Above all, I tried to show that, contrary to 6), public faith in psychiatric “expertise, that psychiatric authority is not based on the access to and application of a legitimate body of knowledge but is based on pretense and the enactment of a variety of ceremonies that create the illusion in the public mind that mental health professionals are scientists, are doctors of medicine (often they are MDs but their medical expertise is irrelevant to what they do as psychiatrists) when in actuality their categories of “mental illnesses” have no more validity than a collectively shared fantasy and their methods of “treating” mental illness are nothing more than methods of social control. Those therapists who are helpful to clients are effective simply because they are compassionate, intelligent, and humane — the adoption of a “medical model” would undermine the efficacy of any therapist.

The psychiatric metanarrative about TIs is yet another example of the mental health professions’ historical subordination of the quest for truth to financial exigencies, and to their own social mandate to control and correct those who deviate from dominant social norms, to domicile, tranquilize, contain and mute troubled or troubling persons, persons who are disturbing to their own families and kinship groups. The casualty has been the truth and the erstwhile losers have been those individuals who are battling to assert and recover those constitutional rights and liberties on which this country was founded — albeit imperfectly.

Below is a discussion of the article in The New York Times about TIs which was based on the psychiatric metanarrative.

 

Back to Top

Discussion of the New York Times Article About TIs Based on the Psychiatric Metanarrative

United States of Paranoia: They See Gangs of Stalkers

MIKE McPHATE  | JUNE 10, 2016 | The New York Times

Nobody believed him. His family told him to get help. But Timothy Trespas, an out-of-work recording engineer in his early 40s, was sure he was being stalked, and not by just one person, but dozens of them.

He would see the operatives, he said, disguised as ordinary people, lurking around his Midtown Manhattan neighborhood. Sometimes they bumped into him and whispered nonsense into his ear, he said.

“Now you see how it works,”they would say.

At first, Mr. Trespas wondered if it was all in his head. Then he encountered a large community of like-minded people on the internet who call themselves “targeted individuals,” or T.I.s, who described going through precisely the same thing.

The group was organized around the conviction that its members are victims of a sprawling conspiracy to harass thousands of everyday Americans with mind-control weapons and armies of so-called gang stalkers. The goal, as one gang-stalking website put it, is “to destroy every aspect of a targeted individual’s life.”

McPhate picks a poor example of a TI—or the best example if his goal was to persuade readers TIs are really psychotics.

Trepas’ confusion is made clear by the end of the article when Trepas himself wonders if TIs really exist. He could have picked Ramola D, winner of Grace Paley award for short stories; or Karen Stewart who worked for NSA for 28 years; or Gloria Naylor, best-selling novelist; or numerous other people I could name who were very accomplished before they became TIs. But then New York Times readers would be less inclined to dismiss TIs as psychotic. Mr. Trepas is not representative of the majority of TIs with whom I have spoken.

The author has set up his narrative. Mr. Trepas is a troubled person. He sees what he thinks are spies “disguised” as ordinary persons. (A knowledgeable TI would know that “ordinary persons” are recruited into the surveillance program.) At first McPhate tells us Trepas wonders if he is delusional, if “it was all in his head.” But then he encounters a large community of “like-minded people” who were organized around the conviction that there is a “sprawling conspiracy” to harass thousands of Americans.

Trepas begins to view his “delusional thoughts” as a legitimate interpretation of his experience, this is where the problem is defined. McPhate tells readers repeatedly throughout the article that the problem is the psychotic does not recognize he is mentally ill. This is the essential plot of the narrative — the basis of the conflict that propels the action in the psychiatric metanarrative about TIs. The problem is created or aggrandized when the pseudo-TI, or the covert psychotic, encounters a group of “non-compliant psychotics”– the psychiatric term for patients who are unwilling to take the medications psychiatrists say they need, and/or deny they are mentally ill. They are the unwitting villains in the psychiatric metanarrative about TIs.

The article continues:

A growing tribe of troubled minds

Mental health professionals say the narrative has taken hold among a group of people experiencing psychotic symptoms that have troubled the human mind since time immemorial. Except now victims are connecting on the internet, organizing and defying medical explanations for what’s happening to them.

From McPhate’s viewpoint and that of many if not most Americans, mental health professionals are the experts on reality. The “medical” experts say that the TIs’ interpretation of their experience should be discounted–and therefore the journalist will discount it. The TI is a psychotic in a new guise and her interpretations should not be taken seriously but viewed only as symptoms of her troubled mind. Psychotics have existed “since time immemorial.”

But now “victims” of “psychosis” are connecting with other covert psychotics on the Internet and “defying” “medical” explanations of their experience. This spells trouble. Only the psychiatric, the medical, explanation is real. In the psychiatric metanarrative, the TI is a non-compliant psychotic, and the behavior and beliefs of non-compliant psychotics are taken out of their social context — in which they make sense — and construed as unintelligible symptoms of an illness. The TI is treated by mental professionals as a non-compliant mental patient, and there is nothing she can say to change that diagnosis except by deciding to be a compliant mental patient.

The community, conservatively estimated to exceed 10,000 members, has proliferated since 9/11, cradled by the internet and fed by genuine concerns over government surveillance. A large number appear to have delusional disorder or schizophrenia, psychiatrists say.

Again it is repeated that there is a large and growing number of these troubled minds. Their growth is attributed to 9/11 and the Internet, and they are “fed” by “genuine concerns” over government surveillance. The journalist obviously must acknowledge the genuineness of this concern because, after all, readers know about Edward Snowden’s disclosures — but he wastes no time in getting back to his topic. A large number of these persons are schizophrenic or afflicted with delusional disorder — psychiatrists say so. The term “schizophrenic” is introduced, a term that has taken on the most ominous connotations, as opposed to the more mild term “delusional disorder.”

In the psychiatric metanarrative, schizophrenics are afflicted with the worst mental illness and thus constitute the lowest caste in the psychiatric status hierarchy of the mentally afflicted. They are the untouchables who for centuries were sequestered in state institutions and are now in our midst but restrained — often by force of law — by the fetters of toxic sedating “anti-psychotic” drugs. Thomas Szasz called schizophrenia “the sacred symbol” of psychiatry and argued that its evocation of chaos and unreason gave psychiatry its identity as the epitome and protector of order and reason (even to Freud who wrote contemptuously of schizophrenics), guarding us from these barbarians who had arisen inexplicably from the midst of Western civilization itself.

So “a large number” — psychiatrists say — of TIs are schizophrenics or otherwise afflicted. What about those who are not psychotic? Will the journalist give them a voice, allow them to express their concerns, and to comment on the psychiatric narrative? Or will they remain voiceless? In fact by the end of the article they have disappeared altogether, since McPhate does not interview one TI or one whistle-blower — with the possible exception of Dr John Hall — whom he presents as credible.

Yet, the phenomenon remains virtually unresearched.

The phenomenon has been defined by McPhate: Psychotic persons who defy psychiatric explanations and thus, do not get the help they need. But research is required on this medical problem.

For the few specialists who have looked closely, these individuals represent an alarming development in the history of mental illness: thousands of sick people, banded together and demanding recognition on the basis of shared paranoias.

Specialists in what? Psychobabble? The journalist defines the “alarming development” in the history of psychiatry: Thousands of sick paranoid people “banded together” — a “growing tribe of troubled minds.”

They are banded together like criminals — “a tribe of troubled minds” — and “demanding recognition.” The problem is a medical problem — and thus a social problem because we have now a tribe of psychotics who refuse to accept that they are mentally ill and thus will not get the psychiatric help they need. Psychiatry’s narrative, dramatized by the journalist, seems designed to evoke the public’s deepest fears about this “alarming development.” The words themselves suggest something sinister. These paranoid persons “defy” and “demand” (from society). The journalist thus takes the psychiatric narrative and gives it a journalistic and dramatic form — he is documenting a serious new medical-social problem. The TI’s metanarrative, insofar as it is alluded to — that the TI is a victim of surveillance, groupstalking, mind manipulation — is depoliticized, emptied of substantive content, and redefined as psychotic symptomotology. The journalist and the psychiatrist can make the TI’s narrative disappear — they can banish from the public imagination any genuine concerns the TIs’ metanarrative may evoke about surveillance and other pernicious operations of the Deep State.

But of what do they “demand” recognition? The question is elided by the phrasing: “on the basis.” The journalist implies they demand not just recognition but acceptance of their collective “paranoias.” This is in fact true, however carelessly phrased. TIs do not want to be classified and dismissed as psychotics, as paranoid. They want the TI metanarrative as expressed by their most articulate spokespersons to be taken seriously and reckoned with by other members of civil society — including mental health professionals whose responsibility is to help the distressed, and journalists whose responsibility is to search for the truth.

The journalist does not investigate what the TI defines as an alarming development: The growth of an apparatus of surveillance, control, and torture which victimizes American citizens, and is outside accountability. All indications suggest he has not even read the books given him by TIs he consulted -– and he has certainly not seriously considered the testimony by scientists and former agents who confirm the TIs’ “delusions.”

They raise money, hold awareness campaigns, host international conferences and fight for their causes in courts and legislatures.

These psychotics are busy and effective activists for their cause.

Perhaps their biggest victory came last year, when believers in Richmond, Calif., persuaded the City Council to pass a resolution banning space-based weapons that they believe could be used for mind control. A similar lobbying effort is underway in Tucson.

They deceived the people of Richmond, California.

An “echo chamber” of paranoia

Dr. Lorraine Sheridan, who is co-author of perhaps the only study of gang-stalking, said the community poses a danger that sets it apart from other groups promoting troubling ideas, such as anorexia or suicide. On those topics, the internet abounds with medical information and treatment options.

This tribe, this community of psychotics poses a real and distinctive danger to themselves and to the public because of the Internet — according to the expert on group stalking whose “investigation” “found” group-stalking did not exist. As mentioned above, this study was flawed and showed lack of rudimentary knowledge about experimental methodology.

An internet search for“gang-stalking,”however, turns up page after page of results that regard it as fact. “What’s scary for me is that there are no counter sites that try and convince targeted individuals that they are delusional,”Dr. Sheridan said.

According to the mental health professional, a psychologist and “expert” on gang-stalking, these delusional persons go to the Internet and find copious websites with “information” that confirm the reality of their sense that they are being stalked. The expert finds it frightening that there are no “counter” websites to tell them they are “delusional.” Of course she accepts the psychiatric metanarrative. Not because she is intentionally complicit — although past history suggests some of the most prominent psychiatrists and psychologists worked for the CIA. But because (see discussion above), like most mental health professionals, she is angered and disturbed by non-compliant patients — patients who won’t take their “medication,” and who will not accept the psychiatrists’ evaluation of them as “mentally ill.”

They end up in a closed ideology echo chamber,” she said.

We are told by the expert on reality how the psychotic delusion is anchored in the sick mind. It never occurs to her that she may be in a closed ideology echo chamber…

“In instructional tracts online, veterans of the movement explain the ropes to rookies:

Do not engage with the voices in your head.

If your relatives tell you you’re imagining things, they could be in on it.

Do not visit a psychiatrist.”

Here we see the basis of the psychiatrist’s own fear. These “psychotics” are violating the sacred psychiatric injunction: When troubled, consult a mental health professional.

This violation threatens to undermine psychiatric authority, or more precisely the authority of the mental health system with its hierarchy of professionals, including psychologists, social workers, and other allied disciplines.

TIs should take note. If they randomly consult a psychiatrist or any mental health professional, the odds are they will be treated as non-compliant psychotics. The psychiatric metanarrative denies that the State in America has the ability and the will to subject persons to sophisticated forms of tortures — and refuses to look seriously at the copious evidence that it has done so in the past and is doing so now.

Note that the journalist uses again the term “tribe,” with its menacing connotations — earlier the reference was to a tribe of troubled minds. Don’t be fooled, the experts warns: This new breed of psychotics comes from all classes and even includes professionals in higher socio-economic echelons, highly educated people, people the average person would not suspect were really psychotics, even schizophrenics, passing as normal.

In Facebook forums and call-in support groups, they commiserate over the skepticism of their loved ones and share stories of black vans that circle the block or co-workers conscripted into the campaign.

They are unhappy that their loved ones don’t believe them and they share stories the journalist depicts as bizarre. This emerging psychiatric meta-narrative dramatized by the journalist makes the TIs appear very paranoid, and it seeks to drive a wedge between the TI and her loved ones who will increasingly find the psychiatric metanarrative recounted in the Press — even in the prestigious New York Times.

A T.I. subgenre has blossomed on Amazon. Left, the cover of John Hall’s “Guinea Pigs: Technologies of Control,” and Robert Duncan’s “How to Tame a Demon.”

They have self-published dozens of e-books, with titles like “Tortured in America”and“My Life Changed Forever.”In hundreds of YouTube videos they offer testimonials and try to document evidence of their stalking, even confronting unsuspecting strangers.

All this evidence the expert warns is part of a planned effort — a conspiracy comes to mind, although the psychiatric expert would never call it a conspiracy — to “try to document” evidence that they are not psychotics but victims.

They don’t “try to” document evidence–they do document this. And McPhate chose to ignore it, despite McPhate’s correspondence with TIs and whistle-blowers — as TIs have noted. (See Human Rights Watch3 Blog, The Questionable Reporting of The New York times, accessed August, 2016.) He also does not mention that some of the people documenting the group stalking and the use of neuroweaponry are whistle-blowers or other experts (journalists for alternative blogs) with credentials and backgrounds that help establish their credibility.

Ramola D provides a list of authorities at The Everyday Concerned Citizen/Robert DuncanRamola herself is a prolific writer and TI (since late 2013) who won a Washington Writers’ Publishing House award in 1998 for her poetry collection Invisible Season, and the 2008 AWP Grace Paley Prize in Short Fiction for her collection Temporary Lives & Other Stories — she was for years a professor at George Washington University and is the recipient of a 2005 National Endowment for the Arts Fellowship in Poetry.

Of course, by omitting these credentials, it is easier to convince readers these whistle-blowers are delusional. Dr. Robert Duncan, for example, has multiple graduate degrees from Harvard and Dartmouth. He has worked for the Department of Defense and the CIA on AI and neuroscience projects which seek to stimulate and rewire the human brain. He became a whistle-blower when he discovered this technology was being used in torturous non-consensual experiments on American citizens, just as LSD had been used in non-consensual experiments by the CIA in a previous era in MK ULTRA, as documented by the US Congress’ Church Committee.

Although McPhate corresponded with Duncan, he left all of Duncan’s comments out of the article. McPhate’s manipulation of his readers is further illustrated by the fact that he selects one of Duncan’s relatively unimportant books to mention (“How to Tame a Demon”) — a book with a title (in the context McPhate has established) that makes it appear to the reader that Duncan is a psychotic who is obsessed by (literal) demons.

He could have mentioned Duncan’s seminal book, Project Soul Catcher: Secrets of Cyber and Cybernetic Warfare Revealed — but that title would not have been as likely to make Duncan look paranoid. Just mentioning a few of Duncan’s accomplishments would have undermined the psychiatric metanarrative McPhate promulgates. For example, Duncan writes, “My projects have included algorithms for Echelon and CIA natural-language parsing and classification of document content, IRS formula for red-flagging audits, writing the artificial intelligence code to automate tracking of the Soviet Nuclear Submarine Fleet and all water vessels, work integrating HAARP with SIGINT, SIGCOM, and SPAWAR…” — that is just the beginning of a long list. (See Dr. Robert Duncan.com, not Duncan’s website, accessed 2016.)

Again note that the TIs are presented as a threat: “Unsuspecting strangers” (emphasis added) -– that is, strangers who do not realize that TIs are really psychotics — are alerted they may be “confronted” by these disguised non-compliant psychotics. I have spoken to dozens of TIs. I don’t know any who “confronted” strangers. Many sought to tell their story to mental health professionals — invariably with adverse effects.

“They wanted to basically destroy me, and they did,” a young mother in Phoenix says in one video, choking back tears. She lost custody of her daughter and was sent to a behavioral health hospital, says the woman, whose name is being withheld to protect her privacy. “But I am going to fight back for the rest of my life.”

She adds, “And guess what, I’m not crazy.”

Here is the leitmotif, formulated in different ways, but always the denial of one’s insanity —  woven throughout the narrative. The journalist is trying to persuade the readers that the psychiatric metanarrative with its trope of the (mad and bad) non-compliant patients — here in the guise of the TI — is the truth, beyond doubt. The real problem, he tells us, echoing the psychiatrist, is that the covert psychotic will not admit, or does not realize — as a victim of the delusions of other TIs — that she is psychotic.

The journalist shows no sympathy for this bereaved woman who lost custody of her daughter. Or if he has any sympathy it is because she is, in his mind, a non-compliant psychotic who resists getting psychiatric help. He quotes her remark that she’s not crazy, but if there is any doubt that his intent is to convey that she is crazy, it is dispelled in the succeeding sentence about Dr. Sheridan’s study which found that all of the people who claimed to be victims of group stalking were delusional!

The woman quoted above lost custody of her daughter — probably because she went to an authority and volunteered information. The desire for the recognition for one’s identity, one’s sanity as a human being who is a subject, an equal, a person whose experiences and perspective are regarded as meaningful, leads many TIs — who cannot confide in family and friends — to seek out psychiatrists or therapists under the illusion that they will be understanding.

McPhate’s discussion with several mental health professionals is indicative: they do not hide their disdain for “patients” who refuse to accept they are ill. Although this is not discussed by McPhate, psychiatrists and other mental health professionals are particularly irked by the unwillingness of many patients to take psychiatric drugs. Ever since “psychotics” were released from state mental hospitals, they have been battling with mental health professionals for the right to liberty — a major site of contestation is the bodies of mental patients.

Many patients are reluctant to take “anti-psychotics” (above all other “meds”) because of the extremely discomforting or painful “side effects” typical of the neuro-toxic (see above) brain-damaging “anti-psychotics,” and/or because they are increasingly aware of adverse effects on their health. (See Seth Farber, 2012, The Spiritual Gift of Madness: The Failure of Psychiatry and the Mad Pride Movement, Rochester, Vermont: Inner Traditions.) Yet professionals insist that patients’ unwillingness is based on an irrational refusal to get well. (Yet we saw above that in the long run, these drugs actually impede the recovery process, although professionals are “in denial” about this fact.) Subconsciously, the psychiatrist sees the refusal to “accept one’s illness” as a threat to her authority, her legitimacy, her professional identity. (See Rosenhan experiment discussed above.) It is also a challenge to her socio-economic status, since an exodus of patients from the system would result in a loss of jobs and markets. It should be noted studies have shown mental patients were not significantly more violent than “normal” people.

Dr. Sheridan’s study, written with Dr. David James, a forensic psychiatrist, examined 128 cases of reported gang-stalking. It found all the subjects were most likely delusional.

I discussed this study above. This representation of the study is inaccurate. It did not “find” the subjects were delusional. It found that 2 mental health professionals, a psychiatrist and a psychologist, independently reached the conclusion that 128 subjects had to be delusional because what they reported in their written accounts was either highly unlikely or impossible. But on what basis can one call an event “highly unlikely”? Sheridan and James give examples of such events including hostile operatives being inserted in victim’s workplace and their children’s schools, 24-hour electronic surveillance involving teams of men in black vans, etc.

Scientific studies of the sort published in this journal generally calculate the probability statistically. There is no way for Sheridan and James, or anyone, to measure the likelihood of 24-hour surveillance. The TI reports seem highly unlikely to the professionals because it is an event they have never read about in the newspapers and that seems to lack a rationale. But before they come to convict the TI of being delusional — the diagnosis has very negative social consequences — they should examine the TI’s evidence.

Sheridan and James are like a jury which heard only the argument of the prosecution, and plugged up their ears when the expert witnesses for the defense — for the TI — took the stand.

In the light of this evidence, these allegations are very plausible — Intelligence agencies have behaved this way in the past here and elsewhere. Sheridan and James and McPhate have such strong prejudices that they refuse to examine the evidence — any decent lawyer for TIs would have easily gotten them thrown out of the jury pool. To determine conclusively if a TI is delusional one could hire a private investigator to determine if they are being stalked. (Of course if the perpetrators are canny they would realize an investigator was on the case, and temporarily stop the stalking.) Or one could examine the kind of documentary evidence for the operations of the Deep State I present above. Sheridan and James are not investigators — they are biased mental health professionals. And McPhate is not an investigative journalist — at least not here.

My own conviction as a psychologist who has not abandoned critical thinking is that most of the TIs I have met are not delusional. (In a few cases I have been unsure and a few I thought were delusional.) Certainly their allegations are very plausible and thus these allegations should not be dismissed as delusional. In most cases I have examined there is a clear difference between the “schizophrenic” and the TI. (I do not accept that “schizophrenia” is an incurable disease — I regard it as a emotional-spiritual crisis; its seeming chronicity a result of the iatrogenic drugs and standard practices of mental health professionals.)

“One has to think of the T.I. phenomenon in terms of people with paranoid symptoms who have hit upon the gang-stalking idea as an explanation of what is happening to them,” Dr. James said.

 A mishmash of conspiracy theories

McPhate uses the pejorative term mishmash as if conflict and diversity is not the norm in virtually every intellectual discipline dealing with complex phenomena. I doubt he would say quantum physics is a mishmash of theories.

Perhaps unsurprisingly, the community is divided over the contours of the conspiracy. Some believe the financial elite is behind it. Others blame aliens, their neighbors, Freemasons or some combination.

The movement’s most prominent voices, however, tend to believe the surveillance is part of a mind-control field test done in preparation for global domination. The military establishment, the theory goes, never gave up on the ambitions of MK Ultra, the C.I.A.’s infamous program to control the mind in the 1950s and ’60s.

What is implied here is that MK ULTRA was an anomalous program that ended in the 1960s.

A leading proponent of that view is an anesthesiologist from San Antonio named John Hall.

McPhate lets Hall talk but at this point in the article the framework is now established — the psychiatric metanarrative. So the unwary reader assumes these are the words of a mentally-afflicted man and they ring hollow.

John Hall, an anesthesiologist in San Antonio, has been a leading voice of those who feel targeted.

In his 2009 book, “A New Breed: Satellite Terrorism in America,”Dr. Hall gave his own account of being targeted. Agents bleached his water, he wrote, and bombarded him with voices making murderous threats.

The book made a splash because of the messenger: a licensed member of the medical establishment who was telling those who feel targeted that psychiatrists were misleading them. A janitor knows as much about the human mind, he wrote.

As we saw above, a janitor often does know more about the human psyche than the psychiatrist who cannot even distinguish the sane from the insane. In Rosenhan’s study it was other mental patients who suspected the pseudo-patients were not insane. None of the professionals guessed. Their training and miseducation prevents them from understanding what goes on in persons’ minds.

Dr. Hall, 51, was invited for an interview on “Coast to Coast AM,” a conspiracy-minded radio show based in California that is said to reach millions of listeners. After that, he said,“I had probably three or 4,000 emails from people saying:‘It’s happening to me in this state.’It’s happening to me in Florida.’It’s happening to me in California.’”

The similarities of the cases spoke to a wide-ranging campaign, he said. “If the psychiatrists want to say that this is schizophrenia or delusional disorder, that’s fine,” he said. “But every one of these victims have the same story.”

Dr. Hall discusses gang stalking, psychiatry and MK Ultra.

While Dr. Hall has faced scrutiny from the Texas Medical Board over his mental fitness, he retains his license. Over time, however, many others who identify as gang-stalking victims end up out of work. They are mocked by colleagues, tolerated by family. Friends and spouses fall away.

McPhate reports this outcome as if it is a result of TIs’ psychosis — their intractable attitude, their refusal to get psychiatric treatment.

A pretext for violence

The despair that results has led some to lash out in violence.

Many in the community, for example, are convinced that Aaron Alexis, who killed 12 people at the Washington Navy Yard in 2013, was a victim. Mr. Alexis, a former sailor, left behind a document accusing the Navy of attacking his brain with “extremely low frequency” electromagnetic waves. On the side of his shotgun were etched the words “my elf weapon.”

It was unclear when Myron May’s mental distress began, but by the fall of 2014, it had become too much. He quit his job as a prosecutor in New Mexico and traveled to Florida. There, he videotaped a testimonial about how gang-stalking had ruined his life.

“As you can see right now,” he says into the camera, “I am totally not crazy.”

Myron May: “I’m what’s called a targeted individual.”

Laying out his case, he describes an episode at a gas station where he believed somebody in dark glasses was mimicking his movements. “It was really creepy,” he said. “Everything I did, he did.”

Later in the video, he prays for forgiveness for his future sins. “Father,” he says, “right now I ask that you look down on all the targeted individuals across the globe. Help them to cope with this madness.”

“On Nov. 20, 2014, Mr. May walked into a library at Florida State University, where he had graduated in 2005, and shot three people, leaving one paralyzed. He dared the police to kill him, then fired in their direction before being fatally shot, officials said. He was 31.

Officers standing over the body of Myron May on Nov. 20, 2014, after the shooting at Florida State University.

The vast majority of people with psychosis never resort to violence. Still, studies suggest that a small number of those experiencing psychotic episodes — especially paranoid thoughts, accompanied by voices making commands — are more likely to act on hostile urges than people without a mental illness.

And what if paranoid thoughts are put in their mind by the CIA? Is the percentage of identified TIs — who McPhate claims are paranoid psychotics —  or real paranoids more likely to act on hostile urges than the angry non-TI, non-psychotic? McPhate presents no evidence to confirm this.

Furthermore several psychiatrists have demonstrated that the commonly prescribed “anti-depressants” (Selective Serotonin Reuptake Inhibitors or SSRI) actually cause some patients to become violent. Dr Peter Breggin writes, “It’s not the patient’s ‘mental illness’ that causes violence, it’s the drugs…[A]ntidepressants can and do cause violence on every level from people who feel more irritable or less loving toward their families to people who commit domestic violence or carry out mass murders.” (See Peter Breggin, July 25, Mad in America, “Violence Caused by Antidepressants”, accessed November, 2016).

Yet the idea that TIs and other “non-compliant psychotics” have a tendency toward violence is an integral part of the psychiatric metanarrative — a justification for forcing so-called patients, including TIs, to take psychiatric drugs, sometimes the very drugs that cause violence!

Many in the T.I. community, as anyone would, have repudiated the shootings by Mr. Alexis and Mr. May. But some also harbor troubling views about their perceived oppressors. They question how people could be so cruel.

Why is this troubling? Don’t most people take the view that their oppressors are cruel? It is troubling because McPhate accepts the psychiatric metanarrative which posits that the TI, the non-compliant psychotic, has a tendency to retaliate against her enemies — and thus requires psychiatric restraint — forced drugging.

Karen Stewart of Tallahassee, Fla., believes large numbers of regular people have been brainwashed by the National Security Agency into thinking that she is a traitor or terrorist. Wherever she goes, she says — to church, to the grocery store, to the doctor’s office — they are there, watching.

McPhate withholds critical information from the readers: Karen Stewart worked for the NSA as an Intelligence analyst from 1982 to 2010 — for 28 years. For 28 years she was never considered a psychotic. The biographical facts that are omitted buttress the TI metanarrative whereas the false depiction of Ms. Stewart strips her of her credentials, her authority, and reduces her to the status of an ordinary non-compliant lunatic. McPhate’s inaccurate depiction serves one purpose however — it strengthens the credibility of the psychiatric metanarrative.

Stewart writes elsewhere that she was “railroaded out” of NSA

“just two years before I could retire because I had dared ask the Inspector General to investigate a matter involving work credit and promotion theft. I moved to Florida in 2011 to get away and wait for the lawsuit (appeal to forbidden retaliatory firing) to be adjudicated by the Judge Lawrence Gallagher at the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (EEOC) in Baltimore.” (Washington’s BlogNSA Whistleblower Karen Stewart Speaks Candidly About Illegal and Criminal NSA & FBI Programs of Organized Stalking and Electronic Harassment in the USA & Abroad)

She states,

“Under former President Bush and now continued under President Obama, what apparently started decades ago as illegal and clandestine programs of experiments on human subjects, such as the CIA’s MK ULTRA, has resulted in the proliferation of Defense Contractors such as Lockheed-Martin, Raytheon, General Dynamics, and others, making secret agreements with Federal agencies such as DOD, DIA, NSA, DHS, etc., to allow them and related laboratories and universities to expand inhumane experimentation programs such as illegal experiments for Directed Energy Weapons on unwitting and non-consenting American citizens.”(See The Everyday Concerned Citizen/Karen Stewart, NSA Whistleblower: Synopsis of the Silent Holocaust Taking Place in the United States.

It baffles her, she said. But worse, “It makes me angry to see how many people in this country are sociopaths. They are absolute groupthink drones,” she said. “I don’t even consider them human anymore.”

“A need for meaning’

Susan Clancy, a Harvard-trained psychologist who has researched people who believe they’ve been abducted by aliens, said it could be extremely difficult to dissuade patients who have latched onto beliefs that they think explain their delusions.

“I think it’s a need for meaning and a need to understand your life and the problems you’re having,” she said. “You’re not some meaningless nobody. You’re being followed by the C.I.A.”

McPhate brings in yet another professional — this one from Harvard — to give weight to the psychiatric metanarrative. Yet he made contact with a number of former whistle-blowers, and quotes only one — without even mentioning her career at NSA.

Yet many of the people McPhate interviewed were not “meaningless nobodies.” Stewart was an NSA employee for decades. Robert Duncan, the whistle-blower whom he interviewed, is a former CIA employee and a scientific prodigy with multiple degrees from Ivy League schools. John Hall was a physician. Rosanne Schneider, whom he interviewed (but does not mention), is an author and artist. And furthermore there are numerous highly accomplished TIs. But including them would have undermined the psychiatric metanarrative.

In that way, Dr. Clancy said, the behavior shares a trait with religious belief: To abandon it would be life upending.

Paula Trespas, Mr. Trespas’s mother, said she avoided debating with him.

“It wasn’t something that he was making up,” she said. “He really felt the way he felt and experienced what he experienced. I got to the point where I was just finally saying to him: “I’m very, very sad that you have to go through this. I wish that there was something that I could do.’ ”

The big hope is that society will wake up to what’s happening and put a stop to it, those who feel targeted say. In some cases, they do seek psychiatric help. In others, the delusions subside. For the rest, the prognosis isn’t good, psychiatrists say. Many contemplate suicide.

Mr.Trespas, now 49, says he went so far as to prepare a rope.

Sitting at a coffee shop in Brooklyn last month, he says the stalking has thankfully quieted down. But he says his harassers have also been seeding his body with Morgellons, a painful, insectlike infestation of the skin that many doctors say is psychosomatic.

He is gaunt, with weary, sad eyes. It’s been eight years since it all began, he says. He can’t hold a job. His friends have drifted away.

The TI community includes a wide range of persons — many are accomplished writers or professionals, as McPhate noted above. Yet by choosing one of the loneliest, most confused, and most forlorn TIs, one who is not even sure of the TI metanarrative, he reinforces the credibility of the psychiatric metanarrative. This is a self-identified TI who may or may not be a TI. (Many TIs have reported that they have encountered disinformation agents posing as TIs.)

The online community has been a crucial support, he says. “But we don’t know exactly what’s happening,” he says. “Maybe we’re believing the wrong thing. I don’t know. That’s why I try to keep my mind open about who and what and why and how.”

Trepas is the only TI I’ve heard of who thinks “maybe we’re believing the wrong thing.”

One thing he is certain of though, he says: He’s not crazy.

McPhate ends the story on the cautionary motif of the psychiatric metanarrative: TIs are psychotics who refuse to accept that they have an illness — they are non-compliant psychotics.

It is a sad fact that the mainstream media has followed the lead of the psychiatric “authorities” in dismissing the allegations of TIs and defining them all as non-compliant treatment-resistant psychotics. They thus help to promulgate the psychiatric metanarrative about TIs. Journalists and mental health workers rest their case ultimately on articles like that of Sheridan and James. This article has the appearance of a genuine “investigation,” of a scientific study — but it is all hot air. It substitutes reliability for validity, the agreement or shared fantasy of mental health professionals for correspondence to social reality. In other words the hidden sub-text of pseudo-investigations like Sheridan and James is, “It is so because we the experts say it is so.”

It is my hope that in the future The New York Times will serve its function as the fourth estate. Instead of dismissing TIs and promulgating the psychiatric metanarrative, McPhate or another journalist will seriously investigate TIs’ claims. Instead of interviewing only the most troubled TIs, and thus, wittingly or unwittingly, reinforcing the psychiatric claim that TIs are covert psychotics, this journalist would interview some of the more articulate spokespersons for TIs (some of whom are mentioned above), and seriously consider their allegations.

He or she would not treat psychiatric opinions as revealed truth but would give voice to dissidents who do not subscribe to the psychiatric metanarrative. The journalist would present the testimony of a few of the whistle-blowers who have worked in intelligence — Robert Duncan is today the most prominent and outspoken of former employees of American intelligence who worked on cybernetic weaponry. While not revealing classified information, Duncan has exposed the advanced technologies used against innocent persons. As a whistle-blower he follows in the tradition of men like Edward Snowden and William Binney whose views as a supporter of TIs could also be solicited.

The torture of American citizens described by TIs is a violation of international proscriptions against torture and against non-consensual experiments on subjects. The policy of both APAs prohibit psychiatrists and psychologists from inflicting harm upon anyone. The Coalition for an Ethical Psychology wrote:

“The APA and other health professional organizations have a duty to support the ethical practice of the profession, which includes protecting their members from complicity in human rights abuses and other violations of international law.”(See Coalition for Ethical Psychology, Preserve Do-No-Harm for Military Psychologists: Coalition Responds to Department of Defense Letter to the APA, accessed November, 2016).

By labeling TIs as “psychotic”, mental health professionals are wittingly or unwittingly complicitous in the most serious kinds of human rights abuses — in crimes against humanity.

 

Back to Top

The CEP and the Power of the Ethically Guided Minority

The Coalition for Ethical Psychology has served an important and exemplary role within the American Psychological Association.They were formed in 2006 in response to psychologists’ participation at Guantanamo as mentioned above. Their goal is “to expose and oppose psychologist involvement in any state-supported abuse with a national security rationale.” They state,

“We are alarmed that the APA, the world’s largest mental health organization, has overlooked, and even colluded with, subversion of psychology to state power. The ethical commitment of psychology as a profession is to improve human welfare universally.” (See Coalition for Ethical Psychology, About.)

This is a far more subversive goal than the founders may realize, since the entire mental health system is a regime of surveillance and control — of the “mentally ill” — and a servant of State power. CEP places APA members between conflicting mandates: On the one hand, is the ancient injunction of the helping professions to “do no harm” and the ethical obligation to serve the universal good, and on the other hand is their perceived obligation to the state to control trouble or troubling individuals. This is a conflict of interests considering the repressive and often punitive nature of the modern state. Another factor compromising their ability to help clients is the professionals’ financial ties to the pharmaceutical industry, which has been enormously lucrative for mental health professionals and leads them to place profits before people. This conflict is most obvious with psychiatrists but it affects everyone working in the “mental health” system.

The mental health system is a social control agency similar to law enforcement and criminal justice, although distinctive in many respects, as shown above. The linchpin of the system is the administration of psychiatric drugs disguised as medicine: Psychiatric patients in the public sector — state mental hospital or group homes and “out-patient treatment” — are often subjected to involuntary psychiatric “out-patient” commitment (most heinously, the involuntary injection of psychotropic drugs). Involuntary treatment has recently itself been declared to be a violation of international law and human rights by the UN Committee on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities. (See Tina Minkowitz, Mad in America, Oct 13 2013, “UN Prohibition of Psychiatric Commitment: Review and Analysis”.)

Dr. Bonnie Burstow writes,

“Take away the medical veneer and what we have here are substances given for non-existent disorders [problems in living], all of which by their nature create chemical imbalances, all of which disable, a number of which are associated with violence, all of which profoundly damage the brain. . . Is damage as treatment the best we can do? Is a society of rampant iatrogenic damage acceptable?” (Bonnie Burstow, Psychiatry and the Business of Madness, 2015, New York, p.200)

An ethical psychology or psychiatry is impossible in an unethical society. As R.D. Laing pointed out, the well-adjusted bomber pilot — dropping bombs on women and children of the “enemy” — serving the interests of the State and of corporations, would be considered “mentally healthy” by mental health professionals although he is committing war crimes that violates elementary moral norms. That is, in an ethically perverse society, conformity and adjustment is sanctified and murder in service of the state assumes a façade of moral legitimacy.

The organizers of Coalition for an Ethical Psychology (CEP) are therapists in private practice (not in the public sector) and thus relatively free of State coercion. They are often unaware that the public mental health system is normally abusive. Abuse is not an aberration. CEP and others dedicated to realizing the ideal of an ethical society seek to expose unethical practices in the helping professions, and pressure professionals to uphold transcendent ethical norms. Every act of exposure and protest — no matter how selective — gives witness to values that transcend the mental health system and the State to which it is customarily subordinate.

I hope I have made it clear that many or most self-identified TIs are victims of no-touch torture and/or non-consensual experimentation. The declaration that all TIs are delusional is based upon premises that do not stand up to historical examination. Thus, the promulgation of the psychiatric metanarrative about TIs by professionals who have failed to investigate the allegations of thousands of self-identified Tis is a failure to take its own ethical mandate — to improve human welfare — seriously. If not an act of deliberate deception, it is an act of bullshitting, to quote Levine. Sheridan and Young’s pseudo-scientific study (see above) claims to have “found” that all TIs are delusional psychotics and thus enables professionals to silence and “treat” them, while avoiding the inner moral conflict that would ordinarily result from condoning and facilitating (no-touch) torture.

Like psychologists’ participation in the torture regime in Guantanamo, treating TIs as psychotic is a blatant, witting or unwitting, subservience to Deep State actions that are violations of human rights as recognized by international law. It is comparable to the Soviet psychiatry “treatment” of dissidents. The fact that a small minority of persons within the American Psychological Association have succeeded on occasion in pushing the group to take the high road and stand up for universal human welfare against the dictates of the State is testimony to the power of the individual inspired by transcendent moral ideals. Had the individuals who formed CEP not had such a strong commitment to the truth, had they not forced APA membership to confront their leaders’ involvement in designing a torture regime, the APA would still permit its members to participate in torture under the guise of “national security.” As Bruce Levine said, it’s easier to continue to bullshit than to face the truth. CEP provides a lesson in leadership, in creative maladjustment, for all of us.

A logical next step for an organization like CEP which opposes “psychologist involvement in any state-supported abuse” is to investigate the allegations of TIs and expose and oppose the a priori “diagnoses” of all TIs as psychotics. This focus may seem arbitrary or misleading since as stated, state-supported abuse is the norm in the mental health professions, but it has its own logic. Robert Whitaker and dissident professionals who have written for Mad in America oppose involuntary psychiatric drugging — another state-assisted abuse — but they would undoubtedly have no success in getting any professional body to publicly oppose involuntary drugging. Tina Minkowitz Esq., lawyer and psychiatric survivor, did however succeed in persuading the UN Committee on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities to assert forced treatment as a human rights abuse. (However UN bodies have little effect in the United States.) The CEP agenda must be guided by what is possible, and practical — and by the orientation of their own organization.

While treatment with brain-damaging drugs is the norm in the mental health system, overt torture is still regarded by most APA members with disdain — after all, it has no medical rationalization. Therefore it is possible that CEP could persuade members of the APA to oppose the routine labeling of TIs — without any investigation — as “psychotic.” (As I have shown, this diagnosis is “justified” by invalid studies.) An APA resolution of this kind would be publicized by the mainstream media, and would undermine the psychiatric metanarrative. Short of this, The New York Times and the mainstream media will continue to defer to Psychiatry and describe all TIs as non-compliant psychotics. Furthermore, while the corporate Press will continue to propagate the psychiatric metanarrative, it is time for journalists who have opposed US torture at Guantanamo and elsewhere, to expose no-touch torture on TIs and the complicity of mental health professionals in covering up these human rights abuses.

The therapeutic state fueled now by pharmaceutical industry grows without constraints while the Deep State operates without Congressional or public oversight. The development of a totalitarian regime — nominally a constitutional republic — in which human rights and the constitutional right to liberty are routinely trampled upon is today an ominous prospect in America. The prevention of such a development is now dependent upon the willingness of small minorities of individuals who are inspired by transcendental ethical ideals to mobilize larger groups to oppose the human rights abuses that are committed by the Deep State and by the mental health system and disguised and justified as “medical” treatments for an ever increasing number of covert “psychotics.”

 

Back to Top

***

This article may be re-published or re-posted in full or part, with attribution and linkback, by granted permission of the author. Please share widely.

Not long ago, in June 2016, The New York Times published a piece by Mike McPhate, titled “United States of Paranoia: They See Gangs of Stalkers,” purporting to offer an unbiased journalistic exploration of the subject of “Targeted Individuals.” This piece garnered quite some attention and consternation from among the ranks of those actually being targeted, surveiled, and assaulted today with EMF/sonic/scalar weapons–as well as those educated, informed Americans who are well-aware that such high-tech surveillance, targeting, and assault is indeed occurring–and was covered here earlier, in response, as well as here, in reportage of a key interviewee, Dr. Robert Duncan’s response.

Now Dr. Seth Farber, a deeply insightful psychologist, psychotherapist, scholar, and author steps forward to address the glaring omissions, elisions, deceptions, and inadequacies of Mr. McPhate’s article, pointing up the hollowness of its claim to objectivity, and offering a comprehensive discursive response that considers the diverse aspects of contemporary psychiatry, contemporary surveillance, historic non-consensual human experimentation, historic covert Intelligence operations, whistleblower testimony, classified military research, neuroweaponry, and the increasingly-evident hand of the “Deep State” which bear on this issue. I am pleased to publish this tremendous tour de force by Dr. Farber, honored that my words are included in it, and highly recommend that every single psychiatrist, psychologist, medical professional, and journalist in the USA and worldwide read it, closely and completely, to fully understand the extreme nature of Targeting in our midst today, as well as the unethical, colluding role played by psychiatrists and co-opted Media, in protecting it.

ayt-problems-with-psychiatristsaIn Dr. Farber’s words: The development of a totalitarian regime—nominally a constitutional republic—in which human rights and the constitutional right to liberty are routinely trampled upon is today an ominous prospect in America.” The prevention of such a development,” he emphasizes, is now dependent upon the willingness of small minorities of individuals who are inspired by transcendental ethical ideals to mobilize larger groups to oppose the human rights abuses that are committed by the Deep State and by the mental health system… I hope with all my heart that this article will be the harbinger of such profoundly-needed change. — Ramola D, December 2016

***

Dr. Seth Farber, Ph.D, is an author, psychotherapist, and an editor of The Journal of Mind and Behavior –he completed his doctorate in psychology at California Institute of Integral Studies in 1984. His work has been influenced by such renowned dissident psychiatrists as the late Thomas Szasz, M.D. who wrote the Foreword to Farber’s first book, Madness, Heresy and the Rumor of Angels: The Revolt against the Mental Health System (1993). See his books and email address at http://www.sethHfarber.com.

The Psychiatric Metanarrative, Targeted Individuals, and the Deep State: A Response to The New York Times

by Seth H. Farber, Ph.D

Introduction
The Corporate Media and Psychiatry: Veiling the Human Rights Violations of the Deep State
Advancing the Psychiatric Metanarrative, Neutralizing Deep State Critics
The Psychiatric Fantasy System and the Battle Against Non-Conformity
The Psychiatric Pharmaceutical Industrial Complex
The Deep State on Trial
The CIA Assassination of Its Own Agent — Protecting Whose Security?
Whistleblowers Post 9/11
TIs and No-Touch Torture
Neuroweaponry and Classified Military Research
Discussion of the New York Times Article About TIs Based on the Psychiatric Metanarrative
The CEP and the Power of the Ethically Guided Minority

Introduction

As a dissident psychologist-therapist and critic of the mental health system, I hope the Mike McPhate article in The New York Times will open the eyes of targeted individuals (“TIs”) and other supporters of constitutional rights, to the fraudulent nature of the mental health professions (“United States of Paranoia: They See Gangs of Stalkers,” June 11, 2016). Most TIs already know that if they are mentioned at all by the mainstream (i.e., corporate) press, it is to be ridiculed as “conspiracy theorists,” or dismissed as plain psychotics. The term “TI” refers to an individual who is a victim of organized group stalking and non-consensual harassment or experimentation with the use of advanced neuro-biological weaponry–these activities are believed to be initiated by Intelligence organizations. Ramola D (Dharmaraj), an award winning fiction-writer and poet, former English professor and social activist who became a TI in 2013, now an independent journalist, writes that the source of the targeting is “joint Military/Intel/Justice/Academic institutions.” (The Everyday Concerned Citizen, Human Rights, Accessed July 2016). Mental health professionals with rare exceptions believe TIs are paranoid psychotics who are not “targeted” by anyone.

Back to Top

The Corporate Media and Psychiatry: Veiling the Human Rights Violations of the Deep State

McPhate’s article exemplifies the collusion of the mainstream (corporate) media with Psychiatry, thus veiling (unwittingly, at this locus near the bottom of the hierarchy of power) the operations of the Deep State. I use “Psychiatry” as a synecdoche to denote the mental health system with its panoply of psychologists, social workers and various mental health professionals and workers. I use it also to denote the entire psychiatric-pharmaceutical industrial complex since the mental health system is oriented toward pushing toxic drugs (‘prescribing medications”)– and is financed largely by the multi-billion dollar pharmaceutical industry.

McPhate’s article in The New York Times is a chilling example of journalists’ willingness to abdicate their power of critical thought and leave the determination of what is “reality” in the hands of the secular priesthood which reigns today in the name of psychiatry –– although it is almost certain that had McPhate seriously discussed the Deep State, his article, as mentioned, would not have been printed. In McPhate’s article the pretense of journalistic “balance” is virtually abandoned. Instead we hear only one authoritative voice –- that of the psychiatrist, the mental health professional. (A month later The New York Times published another article that also deferred to the psychiatric metanarrative, “The Baton Rouge Gunman and ‘Targeted Individuals,’” July 19, 2016, accessed October, 2016.) Although journalists defer habitually (i.e., without deliberation) to the “expertise” of psychiatrists, the editorial board and publishers of the corporate newspapers like The New York Times have obviously deliberately decided not to print articles that discuss the operations or even the existence of targeting by “the Deep State.” Thus it is not surprising that McPhate wrote an article that would not have threatened any of the vested interests discussed below.

Peter Dale Scott, Professor Emeritus at the University of California, is most often associated with the esoteric and little known but increasingly publicized concept of the Deep State. It is the explicit or implicit root metaphor that is at the basis of the TI metanarrative, as well as the metanarrative of “9/11 Truthers,” critics of the official government account of the attacks on 9/11. The TI metanarrative is complex and has given rise to too many variations among its users. Hopefully the discussion here will provide enough background to give readers a rudimentary sense of the TI metanarrative and its understanding of the growing encroachment of the Deep State into the lives of ordinary Americans.

Scott describes the Deep State as

“a parallel secret government, organized by the intelligence and security apparatus, financed by drugs [and other sources], and engaging in illicit violence, to protect the status and interests of the military against threats from intellectuals, religious groups, and occasionally the constitutional government.” (Voltaire Network interview with Scott, April 6, 2011, accessed 2016.)

I would add that it protects not just military interests but corporate and law enforcement interests as well, and that it is largely unaffected by public opinion or elections and operates autonomously beyond the reach of the law, behind the structure of the legislative, judicial, and executive branches of government, influencing the operations of these branches and maintaining social control in societies that are nominally democratic. Ironically, although targeting maintains social control by creating an atmosphere of fear, it also, presumably inadvertently, transforms many of those targeted individuals who are not political activists (the majority of TIs) into political activists and critics of the Deep State and its anti-democratic functions.

Ramola D, an eloquent spokesperson for the TI narrative, tersely and succinctly conveys in a few words the extent of targeting today:

“All over the US today, and indeed the world, people are being nonconsensually rolled into covert programs of 24/7 physical assault, torture, and slow-kill assassination by EMR microwave/radio/sonic neuroweapons, also called Directed Energy Weapons or Non Lethal Weapons; 24/7 remote access, manipulation, and assault of their brains and central nervous systems; and 24/7 “full spectrum surveillance” involving overt community surveillance, concealed electronic monitoring, and public/community stalking, accompanied by discrediting and social ostracism by defamation and slander campaigns, and in-community harassment and PsyOps projects (more on all this below & in succeeding posts).” (The Everyday Concerned Citizen, 2015: “Targeted Individuals” are Non-Consensual Subjects in Criminal, Clandestine, Classified “Top Secret” MKULTRA-Extended Mind & Behavior Control/Torture Experimentation by Joint Military/Intel/Justice/Academic Institutions, as well as Targets of COINTELPRO and Electronic Warfare.)

But despite its prevalence, targeting amazingly remains largely “in the dark” to those who are not participants or victims. Wikispooks notes,

“In contrast to overtly authoritarian rule, deep states must operate more or less secretly, like terrorist groups, so preserving secrecy is a high priority. Control of the commercially-controlled media is essential to the effective preservation of secrecy needed for the deep state to work effectively.” (Accessed 2016 at Wikispooks/Deep State)

Psychiatry also plays a critical role in maintaining secrecy — in veiling the operations of the Deep State — although I will argue here that it does this even though the majority of mental health professionals are completely unaware of the existence of the Deep State. It is able to play this function unwittingly because the profoundly conformist nature of Psychiatry leads it to define any deviation from the norm as pathology — including any belief in the existence of a shadow government or Deep State (such a belief is disparaged as “conspiracy theory”), let alone being a victim of this entity (which is deemed “delusional”).

This is not to deny that a small but influential group of leading figures and institutions in Psychiatry have, from the establishment of the CIA to date, consciously (and secretively) collaborated with non-consensual and thus illegal experiments carried out by the CIA and other intelligence agencies, and psychologists with the sanction of the American Psychological Association: APA psychologists recently played a role in designing torture of Guantanamo detainees. (In fact leaders of both APAs have long had a close relationship with the CIA.)

This led to a backlash by membership of the American Psychological Association—organized by a few principled psychologists—which voted in 2008 to prohibit psychologists from working in national security settings, against the opposition of the APA leadership (Roy Eidelson, 2013, “APA Fiddles While Psychology Burns,“ in Psychology Today, August 5, 2013, accessed November, 2016).

(The activities of the infamous psychiatrist Ewan Cameron who reduced hundreds of patients to a vegetable-like state through intensive electroshock, funded by the CIA and the Canadian government, set a precedent followed by other mental health professionals who collaborated with the Deep State in designing and implementing programs of torture, used for various purposes. (See Colin Ross, 2006, The CIA Doctors, Richardson, Texas: Manitou).

But the attitude of mental health professionals to “mental patients” has been losing its soft edge of seemingly benign paternalism, and becoming increasingly punitive, although still wrapped in terminology of medical care. Psychiatry has undergone radical changes since the early 1960s when the state mental hospitals began to be emptied and the project of “deinstitutionalization” was announced. The state hospital population shrunk nationwide from over half a million in the late 1950s to 40,000 today. The ideal, if not the reality, was progressive–to reintegrate the “mentally ill” into the community. What took place was “transinstitutionalization” (see Thomas Szasz, 1998, Cruel Compassion, NY: Syracuse University Press): Patients were placed into small scale group homes and (originally) cheap hotels where they were given stupefying “anti-psychotic medication” and isolated from the community. Yet there were legal safeguards that were designed to protect arbitrary confinement and forced drugging of patients.

But the merger of psychiatry with the pharmaceutical industry created a new imperative — to confine ever more patients, to induct ever more persons into the mental health system, and to force psychiatric drugs on an ever increasing number of the “mentally ill.” Furthermore, as society has morphed into a national security state, so the mental health system has become more repressive and the legal safeguards of patients’ right to liberty have been razed. In the 1990s, states enacted involuntary outpatient commitment laws — the main purpose of these laws was to force “non-compliant” former mental patients to take neuro-toxic “anti-psychotic” drugs on an outpatient basis (see below). (The drugs in a “depot” form were injected into the patient’s body where it would be released gradually over the month.) In the psychiatric metanarrative, non-compliance is treated both as pathology and as misbehavior, as a sign that the patient is both mad and bad.

Recently, although the Murphy Bill (HR 2646, which passed the House in 2015) met resistance in the Senate, some of its worst provisions were incorporated into HR 34, the 21st Century Cures Act – a boondoggle for the pharmaceutical industry which lowers FDA safety standards (see Dr. Mercola, July 13, 2016, 21st-Century Cures or Corruption?) — which passed overwhelmingly in the Senate on December 7, 2016. This revised bill incorporates many of the worst provisions of the Murphy bill, including the one at the top of Psychiatry’s wish-list: The ability to force psychiatric treatment (psychiatric drugs) on anyone psychiatrists deem too mentally ill to realize drugs are “good” for them. In other words, a history of violence is no longer a criterion for forcing toxic drugs on “non-compliant” patients. Psychiatry will no doubt continue to push for those provisions not included in the new bill.

Patients’ rights activist Lauren Tenney, Ph.D. stated about the bill,

“It is urgent that people realize that no child will grow up without psychiatric evaluation. All people will become, in a generation or two, acclimated to being psychiatrized; psychiatry and its arms of drugs and institutions will become even more standard [than it is now] in our society.” (Mad in America, Nov 29, 2016, “Warning: A Psychiatric tsuNAMI is Upon U.S.”/From Katherine Hine–Warning, the US govt is trying to legalize forced psych drugging!)

Today in states across the country new hospitals “are being built in droves,” as Janet Phelan puts it. (See “Still Crazy After All These Years: Psychiatric Lockdown Returns to the US” in Activist Post, Oct 5, 2016, accessed November, 2016.) Sharon Cretsinger, social worker and director of Kent Empowerment Center, noted, about the Murphy Bill, that “the most frightening parts of [the Murphy Bill] are the severe limitations placed on PAIMI advocates (Protection and Advocacy for Individuals with Mental Illness) who are specifically prohibited from discussing with “individuals who lack insight into their condition” their right to refuse medication or act “against the wishes of their caregivers.” (Ibid)

PAIMI, an agency “which was specifically set up to address the needs and questions of individuals in treatment,” is prevented from advocating for patients, except in cases of “abuse and neglect.” The limits placed on advocates, Cretsinger says, “shows clearly that Murphy’s bill does not (want) anyone refusing treatment [‘medication’], or even talking about refusing treatment.” The Bill increases funding for involuntary out-patient commitment and for Assertive Community Treatment. Phelan describes ACT, “This enables teams of mental health workers to troll the streets, looking for homeless or other individuals to ‘treat’ in situ.” Of course typically ACT leads to involuntary treatment.

The bill also authorizes grants for “programs for infants and children at significant risk of developing, showing early signs of, or having been diagnosed with mental illness including serious emotional disturbance.” Those eligible for these services are defined as “a child from birth to not more than 5 years of age.”

This is an obvious effort to “funnel” babies into treatment with powerful psychotropic drugs–and create life-long (albeit a shortened life) customers for the pharmaceutical industry. Already there are 8 million children on psychotropic drugs. But, heavily lobbied by the drug industry, our representatives have decided to get more children hooked on drugs–decided to sacrifice babies on the altar of Mammon.

This is the stream of history into which TIs have entered, one which has seen a political battle against psychiatric coercion by patients themselves, beginning in the 1970s with the formation of the first “mental patients’ liberation” organizations. (For a history from 1960 to 2012, see Farber, 2012, The Spiritual Gift of Madness:The Failure of Psychiatry and the Rise of the Mad Pride Movement, Rochester, Vermont: Inner Traditions.) By 2016, the website Mad in America was booming-–with tens of thousands of readers every week, including many psychiatric survivors–– readers participate in discussions beneath the articles. But as dissent has flourished on the Internet, the movement against psychiatric coercion has shriveled in the “real” world. Patients were making progress but the tide began to reverse in the 1990s, and thereafter. The Murphy Bill, a product of post-9/11 America, represents a new, more pernicious, more repressive phase in the social control of mental patients. It mirrors the militarization of the police. (See Randy Balko, author of The Rise of the Warrior Cop , quoted at US Police Have Killed Over 5000 Civilians Since 9/11, MintPress News, accessed October, 2016.)

To what degree it will lead to deliberate collaboration of psychiatry with the military, law enforcement, and/or various agencies of the Deep State is unpredictable, although going full speed ahead on such a course risks the danger of polarization among mental health professionals who for the most part see themselves as “medical specialists” on a par with cardiologists and do not like to think of themselves as dirty cops. The backlash of APA membership’s against its leadership’s participation in scarcely veiled torture is indicative. (See James Risen, 2015, The New York Times, August 7, 2015, “Psychologists Approve Ban on Role in National Security Interrogations“.) At the top of the hierarchy of professionals we can infer that status-conscious professionals will be pleased, as always, to collaborate secretly with high status officials in Deep State agencies. The promulgation of the new psychiatric metanarrative will enable the majority of mental health professionals to tacitly co-operate with the Deep State with more extensive and more punitive modes of social control–while preserving their identity as medical helpers by defining TIs as just another category of “non-compliant psychotics”–-and with more punitive measures as a necessary response to the growing epidemic of mental illness and the emergence of more “troubling” (to use McPhate’s word), more “treatment-resistant” (a common professional term) manifestations of “psychosis.”

 

Back to Top

Advancing the Psychiatric Metanarrative, Neutralizing Deep State Critics

In fact McPhate’s article — strategically placed in The New York Times, the renowned bastion of (corporate) liberal journalism — helps to craft and popularize the emerging psychiatric metanarrative about TIs, which we will analyze below. (A metanarrative is a grand narrative, or theory that tries to give a coherent totalizing account to a variety of historical events and a multitude of human experiences.) As opposed to the psychiatric metanarrative, a TI metanarrative is also emerging and being used as a tool by TIs. While the narrative has a number of variations depending on the perspective of the individual theorist (whether a TI or not), it has a basic skeletal structure which has been shaped by the experiences and theories of many TIs and by the experiences and political theories of an increasing number of technical experts and whistle-blowers -– former employees of the CIA, NSA, and other Intelligence or military organizations.

These former employees are almost always highly educated and among the most intelligent strata of society, and include computer experts, highly sophisticated scientists (from electrical engineers to physicists) and spies. Intelligence agencies recruit the best and the brightest -– and increasing numbers of these persons are possessed by a keen conscience. Thus they find themselves morally unable to perform the tasks they are assigned or to sanction what they know is being done in the name of protecting national security.

If they are asked why they left the CIA or NSA, they invariably give the same answer. From William Binney who worked for the NSA for over 30 years before he resigned in 2001 to Edward Snowden, these persons will tell you with patriotic fervor that they took an oath, not to uphold the government or the NSA but to uphold the US Constitution. In other words these whistle-blowers argue that our actual government today as influenced by the agencies of the Deep State is in conflict with constitutional democracy as conceived by our founding fathers. Edward Snowden has given words and a face to today’s political dissident/whistle-blower in the US, persecuted or in exile ostensibly for giving information to the enemy, but in reality for exposing operations of the State to American citizens. (Chelsea or Bradley Manning did not receive equivalent public exposure -– primarily because she was imprisoned and silenced before she could speak to the Press.)

If McPhate even read any of the accounts by critics of the Deep State (he demonstrates no familiarity with their disclosures), he must have disregarded them, because the psychiatric metanarrative is presented in his article as the truth and the TI metanarrative is viewed through the prism of the psychiatric metanarrative as nothing more than a delusional symptom of the paranoid schizophrenic’s diseased mind. When McPhate describes TIs as unequivocally psychotic, he is ignoring or discounting the accounts of some of the smartest former employees of Intelligence, including those who designed the technology used for surveillance and control, and including those experts he interviewed. Robert Duncan, a whistle-blower and former CIA employee who helped to develop the cybernetic weapons that to his dismay are being used on innocent Americans, was interviewed and then virtually ignored (see below) by McPhate.

McPhate’s article is based uncritically on the psychiatric metanarrative that journalists for the corporate press are trying to make the official metanarrative: All TIs are mentally ill persons–they are not individuals who are victims of group-stalking and various forms of non-consensual experimentation with neuro-weaponry. (McPhate implies that not all Tis are mentally ill but seems to consider that fact irrelevant to his discussion.) They are psychotics who come together with other psychotics and reinforce each other’s delusions — thus they phobically avoid consulting mental health professionals to get the professional help they need.

The psychiatrist is the socially sanctioned arbiter of what is real (for most persons in secular society), and the TI’s metanarrative with its references to historical events and accounts by contemporary whistle-blowers and its claims about the power of the (secretive) Deep State is not even recounted except very briefly and elliptically by the journalist — ostensibly because the psychiatric authority has determined it provides no cues to reality and it will only mislead readers. Psychiatry’s business is the construction and reproduction of “reality” — psychiatry provides the stamp of authority for the official reality and works with journalists to propagate the new metanarrative about TIs. By failing to interrogate power, journalists are betraying their vocation as the 4th estate, which historically held private and government institutions accountable to democratic ideals and exposed potential totalitarian and plutocratic threats to democracy. (Today such journalism can be found in books and in Internet magazines, but only rarely in the mainstream Press.)

Most persons including TIs assume that the psychiatric diagnostic system is legitimate. This is why TIs often claim they were “misdiagnosed.” They assume that there are correct diagnoses, free of bias, just as in other fields of medicine. Many TIs think if they find an honest psychiatrist they will be cleared, legitimized, given a “correct” diagnosis, not realizing that the psychodiagnostic system itself is a fantasy, a delusion! They don’t understand that every mental health diagnosis is a misdiagnosis, that the system of psychodiagnosis is nothing but a collective fantasy -– in psychiatric terms, it is a consensually validated (financially remunerative) delusional system.

For example, TIs who have gone to the mental health system have typically been diagnosed as “schizophrenic,” “paranoid,” and with “delusional disorder.” All of these diagnoses imply the TI is hearing voices that do not exist, or imagining people are stalking her or manipulating her brain with neuro-weaponry/or attacking her body with remote-influencing technologies. In the psychiatric metanarrative on TIs’, the TI is so overwhelmed by a paranoid distrust of people in general that she fantasizes the government or the CIA or other malevolent forces are persecuting her.

Yet many TIs optimistically and/or naively think they can change their psychiatrist’s mind by presenting documentary evidence of the existence of these Deep State operations. What they do not understand is psychiatrists and other mental health professionals are indoctrinated to regard any behavior or allegations that deviate from the social norm as pathological. This is not surprising considering the historical function of Psychiatry was the control of deviants, of poor people, of mad people, the preservation of the status quo. (Since the 1980s, its function has also been to market drugs for its pharmaceutical partners.) The purpose of institutional “mental health” was not to rehabilitate people, to help them heal from their wounds or to promote progressive social change. (Some people were helped in unusual instances by mental health professionals -– this happened far more frequently in the private sector.) But the allegation that the government -– the CIA, the Military — is secretly using bizarre neuro-weaponry (or directed-energy weaponry) against Americans and subjecting them to gang stalking is not something the mental health professional wants to even consider. It is no surprise that in the emerging Psychiatric metanarrative, allegations of Deep State covert operations are construed as symptoms of paranoid delusions.

 

Back to Top

The Psychiatric Fantasy System and the Battle Against Non-Conformity

This is nothing new. Psychiatrists typically react to proponents of radical change by seeking to pathologize them. Braginsky and Braginsky did a series of studies in the early 1970s published in their book Mainstream Psychology:A Critique (see discussion in Sarbin, T. And Mancuso, J., Medical Diagnosis or Moral Verdict, 1980, NY; Pergamon Press). Psychiatrists watched an interview between a doctor and a pseudo-patient. In the first segment, the patients reported irritability, poor sleep, etc. In the second and third segment segments, they expressed either middle of the road or New Left views. In the fourth segment, both groups criticized mental health professionals.

Sarbin and Mancuso summarize: “As the New Left radical’s complaints shift from statement about self to statements about society, the patient is regarded as increasingly psychologically disturbed.” The moderate patient’s degree of psychopathology remains stable as he or she expresses anti-New Left sentiments. The judgments of the severity of the pathology of both groups “dramatically increase when they criticize mental health professionals” (Sarbin and Mancuso, 1980, pp.94-5). Even the politically moderate patient who was perceived as only moderately disturbed (despite being presented as a hospitalized mental patient) is diagnosed as very “psychotic” after his attack on the mental health profession.

The experiment was repeated with a different group of psychiatrists with one change: In the 4th segment, both groups make flattering statements about the mental health professionals, e.g. “helpful,” kind,” and “very special” people. The result for Segments 1-3 were the same but after watching Segment 4, the psychiatrists decided the patients were cured (p.95). This is an extreme reaction and one that likely reflected the fact that the psychiatrists did not know the patients’ diagnosis upon admission – the patient unlike in the study below did not feign psychotic symptoms — and (the fact) that the study was conducted during a more tolerant phase of the mental health system in the early 1970s as compared to today.

One would expect that today the patients upon praising mental health professionals would be deemed to be psychotics in remission, as was the case with Rosenhan’s experiment -– conducted during the same period but with patients identified as “schizophrenic.” Athough Rosenhan’s experiment was conducted at the same time, and the patients were cooperative, they did not go so far as to flatter the doctors. Furthermore psychiatrists in the Braginsky and Braginnsky experiment were not told the pseudo-patients’ original diagnosis was “schizophrenia”––since they did not complain of voices or delusions, they could as easily have been hospitalized for depression. Today psychiatry is more aggressive than in the early 1970s and even “normal” patients are regarded as mentally ill.

Surprisingly few people, even mental health professionals, know about the classic Rosenhan experiment; it created an explosion of controversy within the mental health field at the time,it appeared, although it never entered the public imagination. Rosenhan, a psychologist, and 7 mentally healthy associates–all went to emergency rooms of local hospitals and feigned they were having auditory hallucinations. The pseudo-patients included a psychology graduate student in his twenties, three psychologists, a pediatrician, a psychiatrist, a painter, and a housewife. Once admitted they acted completely normally-–but none of the staff suspected they were sane. Significantly, quite a few patients made comments to the pseudo-patients like, “You’re not really crazy.”

They were interviewed by psychiatrists or psychologists who wrote evaluations of the patients and interpreted all their present behavior as evidence of their schizophrenia, and claimed to discover the roots of their alleged schizophrenia in their early childhood experiences. (At the time of this experiment Psychiatry was still based on the psychoanalytic dogma that pathology was caused by incidents in early childhood). Rosenhan noted, “Once a person is designated abnormal all his other behaviors and characteristics are colored by that label. Indeed that label is so powerful that many of the pseudo-patients’ normal behaviors were overlooked entirely or profoundly misinterpreted.” (Accessed 2016 at isites.Harvard.edu: On Being Sane in Insane Places, by David L. Rosenhan (pdf))

It took most of the pseudo-patients weeks to obtain release–in order to do so, all had to agree to take psychiatric drugs (which they later flushed down the toilet–no longer possible) and agree with the psychiatrists that they were mentally ill. All were finally released in times ranging from 7 to 52 days with the diagnosis of “schizophrenia in remission.” Rosenhan noted in an interview many years later, “I told friends, I told my family: ‘I can get out when I can get out. That’s all. I’ll be there for a couple of days and I’ll get out.’ Nobody knew I’d be there for two months … The only way out was to point out that they’re [the psychiatrists] correct. They had said I was insane, [I told